AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES INC
S-1/A, 1996-07-12
REFUSE SYSTEMS
Previous: AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES INC, 8-A12G, 1996-07-12
Next: PANACO INC, 10-K/A, 1996-07-12



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 12, 1996
    
 
   
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-4889
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          4953                  13-3858494
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                        No.)
</TABLE>
 
                              745 MCCLINTOCK DRIVE
                                   SUITE 305
                           BURR RIDGE, ILLINOIS 60521
                                 (708) 655-1105
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                               ANN L. STRAW, ESQ.
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                              745 MCCLINTOCK DRIVE
                                   SUITE 305
                           BURR RIDGE, ILLINOIS 60521
                                 (708) 655-1105
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                          COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
        Stephen W. Rubin, Esq.                   Howard L. Shecter, Esq.
Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP          Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
            1585 Broadway                            101 Park Avenue
       New York, New York 10036                  New York, New York 10178
            (212) 969-3000                            (212) 309-6000
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
 APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC:
    As soon as possible after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
                           --------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box: / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------
 
   
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                     CROSS REFERENCE SHEET SHOWING LOCATION
           IN PROSPECTUS OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEMS OF FORM S-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ITEM AND HEADING                                                 LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------
<C>        <C>        <S>                                                 <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front
            Cover Page of Prospectus....................................  Facing Page of Registration Statement; Cross
                                                                           Reference Sheet; Outside Front Cover Page
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus......  Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page
       3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to
            Fixed Charges...............................................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; The Company
       4.  Use of Proceeds..............................................  Use of Proceeds
       5.  Determination of Offering Price..............................  Underwriting
       6.  Dilution.....................................................  Dilution
       7.  Selling Security Holders.....................................  Not applicable
       8.  Plan of Distribution.........................................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
       9.  Description of Securities to be Registered...................  Description of Capital Stock
      10.  Interest of Named Experts and Counsel........................  Not applicable
      11.  Information With Respect to the Registrant
                 (a)  Description of Business...........................  Prospectus Summary; Business; Management's
                                                                           Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                                                                           and Results of Operations
                 (b)  Description of Property...........................  Business
                 (c)  Legal Proceedings.................................  Business
                 (d)  Dividends and Related Stockholder Matters.........  Risk Factors; Capitalization; Dividend Policy;
                                                                           Description of Capital Stock
                 (e)  Financial Statements..............................  Consolidated Financial Statements; Unaudited
                                                                           Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial
                                                                           Statements; Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
                                                                           Financial Statements; Financial Statements of
                                                                           Acquired Companies (CDI Acquisition)
                 (f)  Selected Financial Data...........................  Prospectus Summary; Selected Consolidated
                                                                           Financial Data
                 (g)  Supplementary Financial Information...............  Not applicable
                 (h)  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                       Condition and Results of Operations..............  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                           Condition and Results of Operations
                 (i)  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                       Accounting and Financial Disclosure..............  Experts
                 (j)  Directors and Executive Officers..................  Management
                 (k)  Executive Compensation............................  Management
                 (l)  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                       and Management...................................  Principal Stockholders; Shares Eligible for Future
                                                                           Sale
                 (m)  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions....  Certain Transactions
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for
            Securities Act Liabilities..................................  Not applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 12, 1996
    
 
                                2,750,000 SHARES
 
   
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
                                 --------------
 
    All of the shares of Common Stock  offered hereby are being issued and  sold
by  American Disposal Services, Inc. (the  "Company"). It is currently estimated
that the initial public offering  price will be between  $12 and $14 per  share.
See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price.
 
   
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of  the Company. The Common Stock has  been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market under the trading symbol "ADSI."
    
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 6 FOR  A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISK FACTORS  THAT
SHOULD  BE CONSIDERED  BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS  OF THE SHARES  OF COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
                              -------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE  SECURITIES
 AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION,  NOR  HAS THE
   SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED   UPON   THE   ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY   OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.
      ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO   THE  CONTRARY  IS   A  CRIMINAL   OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                <C>                <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                        PRICE TO         UNDERWRITING        PROCEEDS TO
                                         PUBLIC          DISCOUNT (1)        COMPANY (2)
<S>                                 <C>                <C>                <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share.........................          $                  $                  $
Total (3).........................          $                  $                  $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1)  See  "Underwriting"  for  information  concerning  indemnification  of  the
    Underwriters and other information.
 
(2) Before deducting expenses of the  offering payable by the Company  estimated
    at $1,000,000.
 
(3)  The Underwriters  have been granted  an option, exercisable  within 30 days
    from the date hereof, to purchase up to 412,500 additional shares of  Common
    Stock, at the Price to Public per share, less the Underwriting Discount, for
    the  purpose  of  covering  over-allotments,  if  any.  If  the Underwriters
    exercise such  option  in full,  the  total Price  to  Public,  Underwriting
    Discount  and Proceeds  to Company  will be  $             , $           and
    $         , respectively. See "Underwriting."
                              -------------------
 
    The shares of Common Stock are offered  by the Underwriters when, as and  if
delivered to and accepted by them, subject to their right to withdraw, cancel or
reject orders in whole or in part and subject to certain other conditions. It is
expected  that delivery of the certificates representing the shares will be made
against payment on or about             , 1996, at the offices of Oppenheimer  &
Co., Inc., Oppenheimer Tower, World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281.
                              -------------------
OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.                                          CS FIRST BOSTON
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1996.
<PAGE>

   
                                 [MAP]
 
    
                              -------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH  STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN  THE MARKET  PRICE OF  THE  COMPANY'S
COMMON  STOCK AT A  LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    DURING THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PERSONS  PARTICIPATING
IN THE DISTRIBUTION MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNTS OR FOR THE
ACCOUNTS  OF OTHERS  IN THE COMPANY'S  COMMON STOCK PURSUANT  TO EXEMPTIONS FROM
RULES 10B-6, 10B-7, AND 10B-8 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
 
    The Company intends  to furnish its  stockholders annual reports  containing
financial statements audited by its independent certified public accountants and
quarterly  reports for the  first three quarters of  each fiscal year containing
unaudited financial information.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND THE COMPANY'S  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (INCLUDING  THE
NOTES   THERETO)  APPEARING  ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  UNLESS  OTHERWISE
INDICATED,  ALL  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION,  SHARE  AND  PER  SHARE  DATA  IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS:  (I) GIVE EFFECT TO  AN EXCHANGE OF THE  COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK, PAR
VALUE $.01 PER  SHARE ("COMMON STOCK"),  IN CONNECTION WITH  THE FORMATION OF  A
HOLDING COMPANY, EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 1996; (II) GIVE EFFECT TO A 13.5 FOR
1  STOCK SPLIT; (III)  EXCLUDE 1,085,070 SHARES  OF COMMON STOCK  OF THE COMPANY
ISSUABLE UPON  EXERCISE OF  OUTSTANDING  WARRANTS AND  STOCK OPTIONS;  AND  (IV)
ASSUME  NO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS'  OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION. AS USED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS,  THE  TERMS  "COMPANY"   AND  "AMERICAN  DISPOSAL  SERVICES"   REFER
COLLECTIVELY  TO AMERICAN DISPOSAL  SERVICES, INC. AND  ITS SUBSIDIARIES, UNLESS
THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES.
                            ------------------------
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    American Disposal Services  is a regional,  integrated, non-hazardous  solid
waste  services  company  that  provides solid  waste  collection,  transfer and
disposal services primarily in  the Midwest. The Company  owns five solid  waste
landfills  and owns, operates  or has exclusive contracts  to receive waste from
seven transfer  stations.  The Company's  landfills  and transfer  stations  are
supported  by its  collection operations,  which serve  over 85,000 residential,
commercial and industrial customers.
 
   
    The Company began its operations in the Midwest and currently has operations
in Arkansas, Illinois,  Kansas, Missouri, Ohio,  Oklahoma and Pennsylvania.  The
Company  has  adopted  an  acquisition-based  growth  strategy,  and  intends to
continue its  expansion, generally  in  its existing  and proximate  markets.  A
cornerstone  of the Company's  growth strategy is to  identify and acquire solid
waste landfills located in secondary  markets that are within approximately  125
miles  of significant metropolitan centers and to secure dedicated waste streams
for such  landfills  by acquisition  or  development of  transfer  stations  and
acquisition   of  collection   companies.  The   Company  expects   the  current
consolidation trends in the solid waste industry to continue as many independent
landfill and collection operators lack the capital resources, management  skills
and  technical expertise  necessary to  operate in  compliance with increasingly
stringent environmental and other governmental regulations. Due in part to  this
consolidation,  the  Company believes  that  significant opportunities  exist to
expand and further  integrate its operations  in each of  its existing  markets.
Since  January  1993,  the  Company  has  acquired  22  solid  waste businesses,
including four solid waste  landfills, 17 solid  waste collection companies  and
one transfer station.
    
 
   
    The  Company's operating program generally involves a four-step process: (i)
acquiring solid waste  landfills in  its target markets;  (ii) securing  captive
waste  streams  for  its landfills  through  the acquisition  or  development of
transfer stations  serving those  markets,  through acquisitions  of  collection
companies  and by entering  into long-term contracts  directly with customers or
collection  companies;  (iii)  making   "tuck-in"  acquisitions  of   collection
companies  to further penetrate  its target markets;  and (iv) integrating these
businesses into the Company's operations  to achieve operating efficiencies  and
economies  of scale.  The implementation of  the Company's  operating program is
substantially complete in  its Missouri  region (which  also includes  Arkansas,
Kansas  and Oklahoma),  where the  Company has  completed the  acquisition of 12
collection companies  and  the  acquisition or  development  of  three  transfer
stations.  The Company is in the initial  phases of its operating program in the
Illinois, Ohio and Pennsylvania regions in which the Company began operations in
1995. In addition, the  Company may, as  specific opportunities arise,  evaluate
and pursue acquisitions in the solid waste collection and disposal industry that
do not strictly conform to the Company's four-step operating program.
    
 
    The  Company's operating  strategy emphasizes  the integration  of its solid
waste collection  and  disposal  operations and  the  internalization  of  waste
collected.  One  of  the  Company's  goals  is  for  its  captive  waste streams
(including the Company's collection operations and third party haulers operating
under long-term contracts) to provide  in excess of 50%  of the volume of  solid
waste  disposed of at each of its landfills. During the three months ended March
31, 1996, the Company's  captive waste constituted  an average of  approximately
63% of the solid waste disposed of at its landfills.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    Each  member of the Company's senior operating management team has worked at
a senior level in the solid waste industry in the Midwest for over 10 years.
 
   
    The Company has recorded net losses to common stockholders of  approximately
$749,000,  $2.4 million and $3.7 million  during the fiscal years ended December
31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. Additionally, the Company has had working
capital deficits in the past, and at  March 31, 1996, the Company had a  working
capital deficit of approximately $9.6 million.
    
 
   
                                  RISK FACTORS
    
 
   
    Prospective  purchasers of the Common  Stock offered hereby should carefully
consider the factors  set forth under  the caption "Risk  Factors." Among  other
things, prospective purchasers should be aware of the risks associated with: (i)
the Company's ability to manage its growth effectively; (ii) the availability of
acquisition  targets and integration of future acquisitions; (iii) the Company's
history of losses and working capital deficits and its integration of  completed
acquisitions;  (iv) the Company's  limited operating history;  (v) the Company's
significant leverage;  (vi)  the Company's  ability  to compete  in  the  highly
competitive  solid  waste  collection  and  disposal  industry;  and  (vii)  the
Company's ability  to  fund  future capital  requirements  and  working  capital
deficits.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Common Stock offered..............  2,750,000 shares
Common Stock outstanding after the
 Offering.........................  8,426,901 shares (1)
Use of proceeds...................  Reduction of indebtedness, acquisitions, working capital
                                    and general corporate purposes.
Nasdaq National Market symbol.....  ADSI
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Does not include 1,085,070 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
    of warrants and stock options outstanding as of March 31, 1996.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       PRO FORMA     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       YEAR ENDED         MARCH 31,
                                                     -------------------------------  DECEMBER 31,  ---------------------
                                                       1993       1994       1995       1995 (1)      1995        1996
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues...........................................  $   7,730  $  18,517  $  30,004   $   44,500   $   5,034  $  11,724
Cost of operations.................................      5,750     12,647     17,286       22,330       3,047      6,108
Selling, general and administrative expenses.......      1,646      4,910      5,882        9,493       1,080      1,935
Depreciation and amortization expense..............      1,166      3,226      6,308       13,040         984      2,718
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------  ----------
Operating income (loss)............................       (832)    (2,266)       528         (363)        (77)       963
Interest expense...................................       (417)    (1,497)    (3,030)      (5,314)       (511)    (1,617)
Interest income....................................         35          2        189          189           4         78
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------  ----------
Loss before income taxes and extraordinary item....     (1,214)    (3,761)    (2,313)      (5,488)       (584)      (576)
Income tax benefit (expense).......................        391      1,372       (332)        (332)        156        160
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------  ----------
Loss before extraordinary item.....................       (823)    (2,389)    (2,645)  $   (5,820)       (428)      (416)
                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                      ------------
Extraordinary item -- gain (loss) on early
 retirement of debt................................         74         --       (908)                      --         --
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------                ---------  ----------
Net loss...........................................       (749)    (2,389)    (3,553)                    (428)      (416)
Preferred stock dividend requirement of
 subsidiary........................................         --         --       (190)                      --        (63)
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------                ---------  ----------
Net loss to common stockholders....................  $    (749) $  (2,389) $  (3,743)               $    (428) $    (479)
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------                ---------  ----------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------                ---------  ----------
Pro forma net loss per share of common stock.......                                    $     (.96)
                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                      ------------
Pro forma weighted average common stock and common
 stock equivalent shares used to calculate pro
 forma share amounts...............................                                     6,065,445
                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                      ------------
Supplemental pro forma net loss per share of common
 stock (5).........................................                                    $     (.59)
                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                      ------------
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (2).........................................  $     334  $     960  $   6,836   $   12,677   $     907  $   3,681
EBITDA margin (3)..................................        4.3%       5.2%      22.8%        28.5%       18.0%      31.4%
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ----------------------------
                                                                                         ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED (4)
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................   $   6,706      $  17,830
Working capital (deficit)............................................................      (9,558)        16,440
Property and equipment, net..........................................................      81,696         81,696
Total assets.........................................................................     115,432        128,555
Long-term debt, net of current portion...............................................      49,006         46,664
Redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary.............................................       1,908             --
Total stockholders' equity...........................................................      33,318         65,566
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Pro  forma information for the year ended December 31, 1995 gives effect to
     the  CDI  Acquisition  (as  defined   in  "The  Company")  and   borrowings
     outstanding  under  the Credit  Facility (as  defined  in "Risk  Factors --
     Significant Leverage") and the application  of the net proceeds  therefrom,
     as  if each of the  foregoing had occurred or been  in effect on January 1,
     1995. See the Pro  Forma Consolidated Statement  of Operations and  related
     notes included elsewhere herein.
 
(2)  EBITDA  represents  operating  income plus  depreciation  and amortization.
     While EBITDA data  should not be  construed as a  substitute for  operating
     income,  net income (loss)  or cash flows from  operations in analyzing the
     Company's operating  performance, financial  position and  cash flows,  the
     Company  has included  EBITDA data  (which are  not a  measure of financial
     performance under  generally  accepted accounting  principles)  because  it
     understands  that  such  data are  commonly  used by  certain  investors to
     evaluate a company's performance in the solid waste industry.
 
(3)  EBITDA margin represents EBITDA expressed as a percentage of revenues.
 
(4)  Adjusted to give effect to borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility
     and the application  of the  net proceeds therefrom,  and the  sale of  the
     Common  Stock  offered  hereby and  the  application of  the  estimated net
     proceeds therefrom as described in "Use of Proceeds." See "Capitalization."
 
   
(5)  Supplemental pro forma  net loss  per share of  Common Stock  for the  year
     ended  December 31, 1995 represents pro forma  net loss per share of Common
     Stock adjusted to  give effect  to the  issuance of  1,375,000 shares,  the
     number  of shares of Common Stock being issued in the Offering the proceeds
     of which are being used to repay approximately $16.1 million of the  Credit
     Facility,  as if such issuance and repayment was completed on the first day
     of the period presented, and a related reduction in interest expense.
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK BEING OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS
INVOLVES   A  HIGH  DEGREE  OF  RISK.  IN  ADDITION,  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  THAT INVOLVE  RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES.  DISCUSSIONS
CONTAINING  SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS MAY  BE FOUND  IN THE  MATERIAL SET
FORTH UNDER "PROSPECTUS SUMMARY,"  "RISK FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION  AND
ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS,"  "BUSINESS --
INTRODUCTION,"  "BUSINESS  --  INDUSTRY  BACKGROUND,"  "BUSINESS  --  STRATEGY,"
"BUSINESS  -- ACQUISITION  PROGRAM," "BUSINESS  -- OPERATIONS"  AND "BUSINESS --
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS" AS WELL AS IN THE PROSPECTUS GENERALLY. THE COMPANY'S
ACTUAL  RESULTS  COULD  DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM  THOSE  ANTICIPATED  IN   THESE
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF  CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET
FORTH  IN  THE  FOLLOWING  RISK  FACTORS  AND  ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS   PROSPECTUS.
ACCORDINGLY,  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE FOLLOWING RISK
FACTORS, IN ADDITION  TO THE OTHER  INFORMATION CONCERNING THE  COMPANY AND  ITS
BUSINESS  CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS, BEFORE PURCHASING  THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
ABILITY TO MANAGE GROWTH
 
    The Company's goal is to increase the scale of its operations  significantly
through  the acquisition  of other solid  waste businesses  and through internal
growth. Consequently, the Company  may experience periods  of rapid growth  with
significantly  increased staffing level requirements.  Such growth could place a
significant strain on the Company's management and on its operational, financial
and other resources.  The Company's ability  to maintain and  manage its  growth
effectively  will  require  it  to develop  its  management  information systems
capabilities and improve  its operational  and financial  systems and  controls.
Moreover,  the Company will need to  attract, train, motivate, retain and manage
its senior managers, technical professionals and other employees. Any failure to
expand its management information system capabilities, to implement and  improve
its  operational and  financial systems and  controls or  to recruit appropriate
additional personnel  in an  efficient  manner at  a  pace consistent  with  the
Company's  business growth would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
AVAILABILITY OF ACQUISITION TARGETS; INTEGRATION OF FUTURE ACQUISITIONS
 
    The  Company's  ongoing  acquisition  program  is  a  key  element  of   its
acquisition-based  growth  strategy  for expanding  its  solid  waste management
services. Consequently, the future growth of  the Company depends in large  part
upon  the successful continuation  of this acquisition  program. The Company may
encounter substantial competition in its efforts to acquire landfills,  transfer
stations  and collection companies.  There can be no  assurance that the Company
will succeed  in locating  or acquiring  appropriate acquisition  candidates  at
price levels and on terms and conditions that the Company considers appropriate.
In  addition, if in the  future the Company is  successful in acquiring targeted
companies, it will need to integrate these acquired companies into the Company's
operations. There  can  be  no  assurance that  the  Company  will  successfully
integrate  future acquisitions into its  operations. See "Business -- Strategy,"
"-- Acquisition Program" and "-- Competition."
 
   
HISTORY OF LOSSES AND WORKING CAPITAL DEFICITS; INTEGRATION OF COMPLETED
ACQUISITIONS
    
 
   
    The Company has recorded net losses to common stockholders of  approximately
$749,000,  $2.4 million and $3.7 million  during the fiscal years ended December
31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively,  and has had working capital deficits  in
the  past. See  "-- Funding of  Future Capital Requirements  and Working Capital
Deficits" and "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results  of Operations --  Introduction." The financial  position and results of
operations of the Company will depend to a large extent on the Company's ability
to integrate effectively the operations of the 22 companies it has acquired from
January 1993 to date and to realize expected efficiencies and economies of scale
from such acquisitions. There can be no assurance that the Company's efforts  to
integrate  these operations  will be  effective, that  expected efficiencies and
economies of  scale  will be  realized  or that  the  Company will  be  able  to
consolidate  successfully its  operations. The failure  to achieve  any of these
results could cause  the Company's net  losses and working  capital deficits  to
continue  and could  have a material  adverse effect on  the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
   
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY
    
 
   
    Following the  Exchange (as  defined in  "The Company"),  the Company  began
operating  as a consolidated  entity effective as  of January 1,  1996. Prior to
1996, the Company's operations  were conducted by ADS,  Inc. ("ADS") and  County
Disposal, Inc. ("CDI"), two subsidiaries of the Company, the operations of which
were  acquired by  the Company's  stockholders in  1993 and  1995, respectively.
Accordingly, the Company has  a limited history of  operating as a  consolidated
entity  and may experience  difficulties as it integrates  the operations of its
subsidiaries.
    
 
SIGNIFICANT LEVERAGE
 
    The Company has  incurred significant  debt obligations  in connection  with
financing  its acquisitions and business growth. In May 1996 the Company entered
into an $87 million revolving credit and term loan facility with  Internationale
Nederlanden  (U.S.)  Capital Corporation,  as  administrative agent,  and Morgan
Guaranty Trust  Company  of  New  York,  as  documentation  agent  (the  "Credit
Facility").  As of March  31, 1996, the  Company's consolidated indebtedness was
$67.6 million,  its  consolidated  total  assets were  $115.4  million  and  its
stockholders'  equity was  $33.3 million  (or $48.5,  $128.6 and  $65.6 million,
respectively, as adjusted  to give  effect to borrowings  outstanding under  the
Credit  Facility and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, and the sale
of the Common  Stock offered  hereby and the  application of  the estimated  net
proceeds  therefrom  as described  under "Use  of  Proceeds"). During  the three
months ended March 31,  1996, the Company's  operating income plus  depreciation
and  amortization ("EBITDA") was $3.7 million,  and interest expense during this
period was  $1.6  million.  The  Company's ability  to  meet  its  debt  service
obligations   and  to  reduce  its  total  debt  will  depend  upon  its  future
performance, which, in turn, will be subject to general economic conditions  and
to  financial,  business  and  other factors  affecting  the  operations  of the
Company, many of which are beyond the Company's control. If the Company fails to
generate sufficient cash flow to repay its debt, the Company may be required  to
refinance  all  or  a portion  of  its  existing debt  or  to  obtain additional
financing. There can  be no assurance  that such refinancing  or any  additional
financing  could be obtained  on terms favorable  to the Company  or at all. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
   
HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY
    
 
    The  solid waste collection and disposal  business is highly competitive and
requires substantial  amounts of  capital. The  Company competes  with  numerous
solid  waste management  companies, many of  which are  significantly larger and
have greater financial  resources than  the Company. The  Company also  competes
with  those  counties, municipalities  and solid  waste districts  that maintain
their  own   waste  collection   and   disposal  operations.   These   counties,
municipalities  and solid waste  districts may have  financial advantages due to
the availability to them of user fees,  charges or tax revenues and the  greater
availability  to  them of  tax-exempt  financing. In  addition,  competitors may
reduce the price of their services in an effort to expand market share or to win
competitively bid  municipal  contracts. There  can  be no  assurance  that  the
Company will be able to compete successfully. See "Business -- Competition."
 
   
FUNDING OF FUTURE CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND WORKING CAPITAL DEFICITS
    
 
    The  Company's acquisition-based  growth strategy  has resulted  in a steady
increase in its  capital requirements,  and such  increase may  continue in  the
future  as the  Company pursues its  strategy. The Company  has incurred working
capital deficits in the past, and there  can be no assurance that its  available
working  capital  will be  sufficient in  the  future as  it pursues  its growth
strategy. At  March 31,  1996, the  Company  had a  working capital  deficit  of
approximately $9.6 million. For calendar year 1996, the Company expects to spend
approximately   $13  million  for  capital  expenditures.  To  the  extent  that
internally generated  cash, the  cash  available to  the  Company from  the  net
proceeds  of the Offering and  cash available under the  Credit Facility are not
sufficient  to  provide  the  cash  required  for  future  operations,   capital
expenditures,  acquisitions, debt repayment  obligations and financial assurance
obligations, the Company  will require  additional equity or  debt financing  in
order  to  provide such  cash. There  can  be no  assurance, however,  that such
financing will be available or, if  available, will be on terms satisfactory  to
the Company. Where appropriate, the Company may seek to minimize the use of cash
to finance its acquisitions by using capital
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
stock,  assumption of indebtedness or notes.  However, there can be no assurance
the owners of the businesses the Company may wish to acquire will be willing  to
accept  non-cash consideration in whole or in part. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results of Operations -- Liquidity  and
Capital Resources" and "Business -- Acquisition Program."
 
DEPENDENCE ON THIRD PARTY COLLECTION OPERATIONS
 
    A  portion  of  the solid  waste  delivered  to the  Company's  landfills is
delivered by third  party collection  companies under  informal arrangements  or
without   long-term  contracts.  If  these   third  parties  discontinued  their
arrangements with the Company  and if the Company  were unable to replace  these
third  party arrangements  without incurring  significant additional  costs, the
Company's business,  financial  condition and  results  of operations  might  be
materially adversely affected.
 
LIMITATIONS ON EXPANSION
 
    The Company's operating program depends on its ability to expand and develop
its  landfills,  transfer stations  and  collection operations.  The  process of
obtaining permits  to  operate or  expand  solid waste  landfills  and  transfer
stations  has become increasingly difficult  and expensive, often taking several
years, requiring numerous hearings and compliance with zoning, environmental and
other regulatory measures, and often being subject to resistance from citizen or
other groups. There can be no assurance  that the Company will be successful  in
obtaining  the permits it requires or that such permits will not contain onerous
terms and conditions. An inability to receive such permits could have a material
adverse effect on  the Company's  business, financial condition  and results  of
operations.  See "-- Extensive Environmental and Land Use Laws and Regulations."
In some areas, suitable  land may be unavailable  for new landfill sites.  There
can  be  no assurance  that  the Company  will  be successful  in  obtaining new
landfill sites or expanding the permitted capacity of its current landfills once
its landfill capacity  has been consumed.  In such event,  the Company could  be
forced  to dispose of collected waste  at landfills operated by its competitors,
which could have a  material adverse effect on  the Company's landfill  revenues
and collection expenses. See "Business -- Operations -- Landfills."
 
EXTENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL AND LAND USE LAWS AND REGULATIONS
 
    The  Company is subject to extensive and evolving environmental and land use
laws and regulations, which have  become increasingly stringent in recent  years
as  a  result of  greater  public interest  in  protecting and  cleaning  up the
environment. These laws and  regulations affect the  Company's business in  many
ways,  including as set forth below. See "Business -- Environmental Regulations"
for further information concerning the matters set forth below.
 
    EXTENSIVE PERMITTING  REQUIREMENTS.   In  order  to develop  and  operate  a
landfill or other solid waste management facility, it is necessary to obtain and
maintain  in  effect  one  or  more  facility  permits  and  other  governmental
approvals, including those  related to  zoning, environmental and  land use.  In
addition, the Company may be required to obtain similar permits and approvals in
order  to expand  its existing landfill  and solid  waste management operations.
These permits and approvals are difficult  and time consuming to obtain and  are
frequently  subject to community opposition, opposition by various local elected
officials or citizens and other  uncertainties. In addition, after an  operating
permit  for a landfill or other facility  is obtained, the permit may be subject
to modification or revocation by the issuing agency, and it may be necessary  to
obtain  periodically a renewal of the permit, which may reopen opportunities for
opposition to the permit. Moreover, from  time to time, regulatory agencies  may
delay  the review or grant of these  required permits or approvals or may modify
the procedures or  increase the stringency  of the standards  applicable to  its
review  or grant of such permits or  approvals. In addition, the Company may not
be able to ensure that  its landfill operations are  included and remain in  the
solid  waste management plan of the state or county in which such operations are
conducted. The Company may also  have difficulty obtaining host agreements  with
counties   or  local  communities,  or  existing  host  communities  may  demand
modifications of existing host agreements in connection with planned expansions,
either of which could increase the Company's costs and reduce its margins. There
can be  no  assurance that  the  Company will  be  successful in  obtaining  and
maintaining  in effect  the permits  and approvals  required for  the successful
operation and growth of  its business, including  permits or approvals  required
for  planned landfill expansions,  and the failure  by the Company  to obtain or
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
maintain in  effect  a  permit  significant to  its  business  could  materially
adversely  affect  the Company's  business, financial  condition and  results of
operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    DESIGN, OPERATION  AND  CLOSURE REQUIREMENTS.    The design,  operation  and
closure  of landfills  are subject  to extensive  regulations. These regulations
include,  among  others,   the  regulations  (the   "Subtitle  D   Regulations")
establishing   minimum  federal  requirements  adopted   by  the  United  States
Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") in October 1991 under Subtitle D  of
the  Resource Conservation  and Recovery  Act of  1976 ("RCRA").  The Subtitle D
Regulations generally became effective  on October 9,  1993 (except for  certain
municipal  solid waste  landfills accepting  less than 100  tons per  day, as to
which the  effective  date  was  April 9,  1994,  and  new  financial  assurance
requirements,  which  are  scheduled to  become  effective April  9,  1997). The
Subtitle D  Regulations  require  all  states  to  adopt  regulations  regarding
landfill design, operation and closure requirements that are as stringent as, or
more  stringent  than,  the Subtitle  D  Regulations.  All states  in  which the
Company's landfills are  located have  in place  extensive landfill  regulations
consistent with the Subtitle D requirements. These federal and state regulations
require  the  Company  to  design  the  landfill  in  accordance  with stringent
technical requirements,  monitor  groundwater, post  financial  assurances,  and
fulfill  landfill closure and post-closure  obligations. These regulations could
also require the  Company to  undertake investigatory,  remedial and  monitoring
activities,  to  curtail  operations  or  to  close  a  landfill  temporarily or
permanently. Furthermore, future  changes in these  regulations may require  the
Company to modify, supplement, or replace equipment or facilities at costs which
may be substantial.
 
    LEGAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  PROCEEDINGS.   In  the  ordinary  course  of its
business,  the  Company  may  become  involved   in  a  variety  of  legal   and
administrative  proceedings  relating to  land  use and  environmental  laws and
regulations. These may include proceedings  by federal, state or local  agencies
seeking  to impose civil or criminal penalties  on the Company for violations of
such laws  and regulations,  or to  impose liability  on the  Company under  the
Comprehensive  Environmental Response,  Compensation, and Liability  Act of 1980
("CERCLA") or  comparable state  statutes, or  to revoke  or deny  renewal of  a
permit; actions brought by citizens' groups, adjacent landowners or governmental
entities  opposing  the issuance  of  a permit  or  approval to  the  Company or
alleging violations of  the permits pursuant  to which the  Company operates  or
laws  or regulations  to which  the Company is  subject; and  actions seeking to
impose liability on  the Company for  any environmental damage  at its  landfill
sites  or that  its landfills  or other properties  may have  caused to adjacent
landowners or others, including groundwater  or soil contamination. The  Company
could  incur substantial legal expenses during  the course of the aforementioned
proceedings, and the adverse outcome of  one or more of these proceedings  could
materially  adversely  affect the  Company's  business, financial  condition and
results of operations. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings."
 
    During the ordinary course of its  operations, the Company has from time  to
time  received, and  expects that  it may  in the  future receive,  citations or
notices from governmental authorities that its operations are not in  compliance
with  its  permits or  certain  applicable environmental  or  land use  laws and
regulations. The Company generally seeks to work with the authorities to resolve
the issues  raised by  such citations  or notices.  There can  be no  assurance,
however,  that the  Company will  always be successful  in this  regard, and the
failure to  resolve a  significant issue  could result  in one  or more  of  the
adverse   consequences  to   the  Company   described  below   under  "Potential
Liabilities."
 
    POTENTIAL LIABILITIES.   There may  be various adverse  consequences to  the
Company  in the  event that a  facility owned or  operated by the  Company (or a
predecessor owner or operator  whose liabilities the  Company may have  acquired
expressly or under successor liability theories) causes environmental damage, in
the  event  that waste  transported  by the  Company  (or a  predecessor) causes
environmental damage at another site, in the event that the Company fails (or  a
predecessor  failed) to comply  with applicable environmental  and land use laws
and regulations or the terms of a permit or outstanding consent order or in  the
event  the  Company's owned  or  operated facility  or  the soil  or groundwater
thereunder is  or becomes  contaminated.  These may  include the  imposition  of
substantial  monetary  penalties  on  the  Company;  the  issuance  of  an order
requiring the curtailment or termination of the operations involved or affected;
the revocation or denial of permits  or other approvals necessary for  continued
operation  or landfill expansion; the imposition  of liability on the Company in
respect of any environmental damage (including groundwater
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
or soil contamination)  at its  landfill sites or  that its  landfills or  other
facilities  or  other Company-owned  or operated  facilities caused  to adjacent
landowners or others  or environmental  damage at another  site associated  with
waste  transported by  the Company; the  imposition of liability  on the Company
under CERCLA or  under comparable  state laws;  and criminal  liability for  the
Company  or its officers. Any of the foregoing could materially adversely affect
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    As described  under  "Business  -- Environmental  Regulations,"  CERCLA  and
analogous  state laws impose  retroactive strict joint  and several liability on
various parties that are, or have been, associated with a site from which  there
has  been, or is threatened, a release of any hazardous substance (as defined by
CERCLA) into the environment. Liability  under RCRA, CERCLA and analogous  state
laws  may include responsibility for costs of site investigations, site cleanup,
natural resources damages and property  damages. Liabilities under RCRA,  CERCLA
and  analogous  state laws  can be  very  substantial and,  if imposed  upon the
Company, could  materially adversely  affect the  Company's business,  financial
condition and results of operations.
 
    In  the ordinary course of its  landfill and waste management operations and
in connection with its review of  landfill and other operations to be  acquired,
the  Company  has discovered,  and may  in the  future discover,  indications of
groundwater contamination  at certain  landfills. In  such events,  the  Company
would  seek or be required to determine  the magnitude and source of the problem
and, if  appropriate  or  required  by applicable  regulations,  to  design  and
implement  measures to remedy,  or halt the spread  of, the contamination. There
can be no assurance, however, that contamination discovered at a landfill or  at
other  Company sites will not result in  one or more of the adverse consequences
to the Company described above.
 
    TYPE, QUANTITY AND SOURCE  LIMITATIONS.  Certain  permits and approvals  may
limit  the types of waste that may be  accepted at a landfill or the quantity of
waste that  may  be accepted  at  a landfill  during  a given  time  period.  In
addition,  certain permits  and approvals,  as well  as certain  state and local
regulations, may  limit  a landfill  to  accepting waste  that  originates  from
specified  geographic areas or seek to  restrict the importation of out-of-state
waste  or  otherwise   discriminate  against   out-of-state  waste.   Generally,
restrictions  on  the  importation  of  out-of-state  waste  have  not withstood
judicial challenge. However, from time  to time federal legislation is  proposed
which  would allow  individual states to  prohibit the  disposal of out-of-state
waste or to limit the  amount of out-of-state waste  that could be imported  for
disposal  and would require  states, under certain  circumstances, to reduce the
amounts of waste exported to other states. Although such legislation has not yet
been adopted by Congress, if this  or similar legislation is enacted, states  in
which  the  Company  operates  landfills  could act  to  limit  or  prohibit the
importation of out-of-state waste. Such state actions could materially adversely
affect landfills within those states that receive a significant portion of waste
originating from out-of-state.
 
    In addition, certain states and localities may for economic or other reasons
restrict the exportation  of waste  from their  jurisdiction or  require that  a
specified   amount  of  waste   be  disposed  of   at  facilities  within  their
jurisdiction. In 1994,  the United States  Supreme Court held  unconstitutional,
and  therefore invalid, a local ordinance that sought to impose flow controls on
taking waste out of the locality. However, certain state and local jurisdictions
continue to seek to enforce such restrictions and, in certain cases, the Company
may elect not to challenge such restrictions based upon various  considerations.
In  addition, the aforementioned proposed federal legislation would allow states
and localities to impose certain  flow control restrictions. These  restrictions
could  result in the volume of waste going to landfills being reduced in certain
areas, which may materially  adversely affect the  Company's ability to  operate
its  landfills  at their  full capacity  and/or  affect the  prices that  can be
charged for landfill disposal  services. These restrictions  may also result  in
higher  disposal costs for  the Company's collection  operations. If the Company
were unable to pass  such higher costs through  to its customers, the  Company's
business,  financial  condition and  results of  operations could  be materially
adversely affected.
 
POTENTIAL LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS
 
   
    The businesses acquired by the Company may have liabilities that the Company
did not discover or may have been unable to discover during its  pre-acquisition
investigations, including liabilities arising from
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
   
environmental contamination or non-compliance by prior owners with environmental
laws  or  regulatory requirements,  and for  which the  Company, as  a successor
owner, may be responsible. Any indemnities  or warranties, due to their  limited
scope,  amount,  or duration,  the financial  limitations  of the  indemnitor or
warrantor or other reasons, may not fully cover such liabilities.
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT
 
    The Company is highly dependent on  its senior management team. The loss  of
the  services of  any member  of senior management  may have  a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
In an effort  to minimize  this risk, the  Company has  entered into  employment
contracts  with  certain  members of  senior  management. The  Company  does not
maintain "key man" life insurance with  respect to members of senior  management
except for a $2.0 million policy maintained on the Company's President.
 
   
DISCRETION OF MANAGEMENT TO ALLOCATE OFFERING PROCEEDS
    
 
   
    The  Company  intends to  use 50%,  or approximately  $16.1 million,  of the
estimated net  proceeds from  the Offering  to repay  certain indebtedness.  The
Company  anticipates that  the remaining net  proceeds of this  Offering will be
used for  acquisitions,  working capital  and  general corporate  purposes.  The
Company's  management will have  complete discretion to  allocate the balance of
the net  proceeds from  the  Offering among  acquisitions, working  capital  and
general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
LIMITS ON INSURANCE COVERAGE
 
    There  can be no assurance that  the Company's pollution liability insurance
will provide sufficient coverage in the  event an environmental claim were  made
against  the Company or that the Company will  be able to maintain in place such
insurance at reasonable costs. An uninsured or underinsured claim of  sufficient
magnitude  could  have  a material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's business,
financial condition  and  results  of operations.  See  "Business  --  Liability
Insurance and Bonding."
 
   
INCURRENCE OF CHARGES RELATED TO CAPITALIZED EXPENDITURES
    
 
    In  accordance with  generally accepted  accounting principles,  the Company
capitalizes certain expenditures and advances relating to acquisitions,  pending
acquisitions   and  landfill   development  and   expansion  projects.  Indirect
acquisition costs,  such  as  executive salaries,  general  corporate  overhead,
public  affairs  and other  corporate services,  are  expensed as  incurred. The
Company's policy  is  to charge  against  earnings any  unamortized  capitalized
expenditures and advances (net of any portion thereof that the Company estimates
will  be recoverable, through sale or  otherwise) relating to any operation that
is permanently shut down, any pending  acquisition that is not consummated,  and
any  landfill development or expansion project that is not or not expected to be
successfully completed. Therefore, the Company may be required to incur a charge
against earnings in future periods,  which charge, depending upon the  magnitude
thereof,  could materially  adversely affect  the Company's  business, financial
condition and results of operations.  See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis
of  Financial  Condition  and Results  of  Operations --  Liquidity  and Capital
Resources" for  a  discussion of  capitalized  expenditures in  connection  with
certain operations and projects.
 
   
USE OF ALTERNATIVES TO LANDFILL DISPOSAL
    
 
    Alternatives  to landfill  disposal, such  as recycling  and composting, are
increasingly being used. In addition, incineration is an alternative to landfill
disposal in certain of the Company's markets. There also has been an  increasing
trend  at the state and local levels to mandate recycling and waste reduction at
the source and to prohibit the disposal of certain type of wastes, such as  yard
wastes, at landfills. These developments may result in the volume of waste going
to  landfills being  reduced in  certain areas,  which may  affect the Company's
ability to operate  its landfills at  their full capacity  or affect the  prices
that  can be charged for landfill disposal services. For example, Illinois, Ohio
and Pennsylvania, states in which  the Company operates landfills, have  adopted
bans  on the  disposal of  yard waste  or leaves  in landfills  located in those
states, and  all of  the states  in which  the Company  operates landfills  have
adopted  rules  restricting  or  limiting disposal  of  tires  at  landfills. In
addition, each of the states in which the Company operates landfills has adopted
plans or requirements which set goals for specified percentages of certain solid
waste items to be recycled. These recycling  goals are being phased in over  the
next few years. These alternatives, if and when
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
adopted  and implemented,  may have a  material adverse effect  on the business,
financial condition and results of operations  of the Company. See "Business  --
Environmental Regulations -- State and Local Regulations."
 
   
ABILITY TO MEET FINANCIAL ASSURANCE OBLIGATIONS
    
 
   
    The  Company is  required to  post a  performance bond  or a  bank letter of
credit or  to provide  other forms  of financial  assurance in  connection  with
closure  and post-closure  obligations with  respect to  landfills or  its other
solid waste management operations and may be required to provide such  financial
assurance  in connection with municipal  residential collection contracts. As of
July 11,  1996,  the  Company  had  outstanding  approximately  $15  million  of
performance  bonds and $90,000 in letters of  credit. If the Company were unable
to obtain surety bonds or letters of credit in sufficient amounts, or to provide
other required forms  of financial assurance,  it would be  unable to remain  in
compliance with the Subtitle D Regulations or comparable state requirements and,
among  other things,  might be  precluded from  entering into  certain municipal
collection contracts and  obtaining or holding  landfill operating permits.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations --  Liquidity  and  Capital Resources"  and  "Business  --  Liability
Insurance and Bonding."
    
 
SEASONALITY
 
    The  Company's revenues tend to be somewhat lower in the winter months. This
is primarily attributable to the fact that: (i) the volume of waste relating  to
construction  and  demolition activities  tends to  increase  in the  spring and
summer months; and (ii)  the volume of industrial  and residential waste in  the
regions  where the Company operates tends  to decrease during the winter months.
In addition, particularly harsh weather conditions may delay the development  of
landfill capacity and otherwise result in the temporary suspension of certain of
the  Company's operations  and could  materially adversely  affect the Company's
overall business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
   
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE
    
 
   
    The Company was formed in connection with the Exchange pursuant to which all
of the outstanding common stock of ADS  and CDI was exchanged for Common  Stock.
As  a result of the Exchange, the Company is a holding company that conducts all
of its operations through its  subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company will  rely
on  distributions from ADS  and CDI to  provide the funds  necessary to meet its
obligations under  the Credit  Facility  and otherwise.  The ability  of  either
subsidiary  to make such payments  to the Company is  subject to applicable laws
and contractual restrictions that  may restrict or prohibit  the making of  such
payments.
    
 
CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Immediately  following  the Offering,  the Company's  principal stockholders
will beneficially  own  approximately  60%  of the  outstanding  shares  of  the
Company's  Common Stock. See "Principal Stockholders." As a result, such persons
will have  the  ability  to  exercise significant  influence  over  all  matters
requiring  stockholder approval, such as the  election of directors, mergers and
acquisitions. Such a high  level of ownership by  such persons and entities  may
have  a  significant effect  in delaying,  deferring or  preventing a  change in
control of the Company.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
    The Board of Directors may issue  up to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred  Stock
in  the future  without stockholder  approval upon  such terms  as the  Board of
Directors may  determine. The  rights of  the holders  of Common  Stock will  be
subject  to, and may be adversely affected by,  the rights of the holders of any
Preferred Stock that  may be  issued in the  future. The  issuance of  Preferred
Stock,  while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and
other corporate purposes,  could have  the effect  of delaying  or preventing  a
change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders. The
Company  has  no present  plans  to issue  any  shares of  Preferred  Stock. See
"Description of Capital  Stock --  Undesignated Preferred  Stock." In  addition,
following  the Offering  the Company  will become  subject to  the anti-takeover
provisions of Section 203  of the Delaware General  Corporation Law, which  will
prohibit  the  Company  from  engaging  in  a  "business  combination"  with  an
"interested   stockholder"   for   a   period   of   three   years   after   the
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
date  of the transaction  in which the person  became an interested stockholder,
unless the  business  combination  is  approved  in  a  prescribed  manner.  The
application  of Section 203 also could have the effect of delaying or preventing
a change  of  control of  the  Company. See  "Description  of Capital  Stock  --
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter Provisions."
 
NO PRIOR TRADING MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK; POTENTIAL VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock,
and  there can be no assurance that an  active trading market will develop or be
sustained after  the  Offering.  The  initial  public  offering  price  will  be
determined  through negotiations between the Company, and the representatives of
the Underwriters  based on  several factors  and may  not be  indicative of  the
market  price of  the Common Stock  after the Offering.  See "Underwriting." The
market price of the shares of Common Stock may be highly volatile and is  likely
to  be affected  by factors  such as actual  or anticipated  fluctuations in the
Company's operating results, announcements of new contracts by the Company,  its
competitors  or their  customers, government  regulatory action,  general market
conditions  and  other  factors.  In   addition,  the  stock  market  has   from
time-to-time  experienced significant  price and  volume fluctuations  that have
particularly affected the  market prices  for the  common stock  of solid  waste
disposal  companies  and  that  have  often  been  unrelated  to  the  operating
performance of particular  companies. These broad  market fluctuations may  also
adversely  affect the market price  of the Company's Common  Stock. In the past,
following periods of volatility in the  market price of a company's  securities,
securities  class action  litigation has  occurred against  the issuing company.
There can be no assurance that such litigation will not occur in the future with
respect to the Company. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and  a
diversion  of management's attention and resources,  which could have a material
adverse effect on  the Company's  business, financial condition  and results  of
operations.  Any adverse determination in such litigation could also subject the
Company to significant liabilities.
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
    The assumed initial public offering  price is substantially higher than  the
net  tangible book value per share  of Common Stock. Investors purchasing shares
of Common Stock in the Offering  will therefore incur immediate and  substantial
net  tangible book value dilution. To the extent that stock options and warrants
(currently outstanding or subsequently granted) to purchase the Company's Common
Stock are exercised, there may be further dilution. See "Dilution."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT ON FUTURE MARKET PRICE
 
   
    Sale of substantial amounts of shares  in the public market or the  prospect
of  such sales could adversely  affect the market price  of the Company's Common
Stock. Upon  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company  will  have  outstanding
8,426,901  shares of Common Stock, of  which the 2,750,000 shares offered hereby
will be freely tradeable. The Company's officers and directors and holders of 5%
or more of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock prior  to the Offering,  who
beneficially  own an aggregate of 5,888,279 shares of Common Stock or options or
warrants to purchase  shares of Common  Stock, have agreed  not to offer,  sell,
contract  to sell or grant  any option to purchase  or otherwise dispose of such
securities for 180  days after  the date of  this Prospectus  without the  prior
written  consent of Oppenheimer  & Co., Inc.  In its sole  discretion and at any
time without notice, Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.  may release all or any portion  of
the  shares subject to lock-up agreements. In addition, following 180 days after
the Offering, the holders  of 5,032,861 shares of  Common Stock and warrants  to
purchase 215,455 shares of Common Stock have demand and "piggy-back" rights with
respect  to the  registration of  such shares  of Common  Stock for  sale to the
public. If such holders, by exercising their registration rights, cause a  large
number  of shares  to be  sold in the  public market,  such sales  could have an
adverse effect on the market price for the Company's Common Stock. In  addition,
if  the  Company  is  required  to  include  such  shares  in  Company-initiated
registration statements,  this could  have an  adverse effect  on the  Company's
ability  to  raise needed  capital. See  "Shares Eligible  for Future  Sale" and
"Underwriting." The Company intends to  file a registration statement under  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the "Securities  Act"), upon completion of
the Offering or  shortly thereafter, covering  the sale of  1,100,000 shares  of
Common  Stock reserved for issuance under  the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan.
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
Upon completion of the Offering, there will be outstanding options to purchase a
total of 869,615  shares of Common  Stock and  warrants to purchase  a total  of
215,455 shares of Common Stock. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Option Plan."
 
   
ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
    
 
    The  Company has never  declared or paid  dividends on its  Common Stock and
does not anticipate paying  dividends in the  foreseeable future. See  "Dividend
Policy."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    American  Disposal Services, Inc. was incorporated  in the State of Delaware
in November  1995. The  Company is  the  sole stockholder  of ADS,  an  Oklahoma
corporation  that was  formed in January  1991, and CDI,  a Delaware corporation
that was formed in April 1995. The Company acquired all the shares of the common
stock of ADS and CDI, effective as of January 1, 1996, in exchange for which the
previous stockholders of  ADS and CDI  received shares of  the Company's  Common
Stock  (the "Exchange"). As part of the  Exchange, all options and warrants that
had previously  been granted  by ADS  and  CDI were  cancelled in  exchange  for
options  and warrants granted by  the Company. In addition,  effective as of May
31, 1996, the Company completed a 13.5-for-1 stock split of the Company's Common
Stock (the "Stock Split"; together with the Exchange, the "Restructuring").
    
 
   
    In January  1993,  affiliates  of  Charterhouse  Group  International,  Inc.
("Charterhouse") acquired a majority interest in ADS, the primary asset of which
was  the Pittsburg County landfill near  McAlester, Oklahoma. In connection with
the Charterhouse investment,  ADS recruited the  Company's President in  January
1993,  and assembled the balance of the Company's senior management team between
1993 and 1995. As  a result of the  management team's substantial experience  in
the  solid waste  industry and the  financial expertise and  capital provided by
Charterhouse, the  Company  was able  to  finance its  acquisition-based  growth
strategy, which from the outset focused on the identification and acquisition of
solid  waste landfills  located in secondary  markets. Using  this strategy, CDI
acquired three landfills in  Illinois, Ohio and Pennsylvania  in 1995 (the  "CDI
Acquisition").  Since  January 1993,  the Company  has  acquired 22  solid waste
businesses, including  four solid  waste landfills,  17 solid  waste  collection
companies and one transfer station.
    
 
    The  Company's  principal executive  offices are  located at  745 McClintock
Drive, Suite 305, Burr Ridge, Illinois 60521, and its telephone number is  (708)
655-1105.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The  net proceeds to the  Company from the sale  of the Common Stock offered
hereby, assuming an  initial public offering  price of $13.00  per share,  after
deducting  underwriting discounts and offering  expenses payable by the Company,
are estimated to be approximately $32.2 million (approximately $37.2 million  if
the  Underwriters'  over-allotment option  is  exercised in  full).  The Company
intends to use such proceeds: (i) to repay approximately $16.1 million of one of
the term loans  outstanding under the  Credit Facility which  bears an  interest
rate  of 8.79% and has a  maturity date of June 30,  2001; and (ii) to apply the
remaining approximately  $16.1 million  for  acquisitions, working  capital  and
general  corporate purposes.  See "Risk Factors  -- Discretion  of Management to
Allocate Offering Proceeds." The proceeds from the Credit Facility repaid all of
the Company's  existing  bank  debt  and  a portion  of  a  note  payable  to  a
stockholder, and redeemed the preferred stock of a subsidiary. See "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operations --
Liquidity and Capital Resources." While the Company has entered into letters  of
intent  for certain proposed  acquisitions, these proposed  transactions are not
material to the Company's business.
    
 
    Pending use of the net proceeds for the above purposes, the Company  intends
to  invest  such  funds in  short-term,  investment-grade  securities, including
government obligations and money market instruments.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has never  declared or paid any  dividends on its Common  Stock,
and  neither ADS nor CDI has declared or paid any dividends on its common stock.
The Company and its Board of  Directors currently intend to retain any  earnings
for  use in  the operation and  expansion of  the Company's business  and do not
anticipate paying any dividends on the Common Stock for the foreseeable  future.
The  Credit Facility prohibits the payment  of cash dividends without prior bank
approval. See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The  net tangible book value  of the Company's Common  Stock as of March 31,
1996 was  $15,761,000, or  $2.78 per  share.  The "net  tangible book  value  as
adjusted"  per  share represents  the  amount of  total  tangible assets  of the
Company less total liabilities,  divided by 8,426,901, the  number of shares  of
Common  Stock outstanding after the Offering, after giving effect to the sale of
2,750,000 shares of Common  Stock offered hereby at  an assumed public  offering
price  of  $13.00  per  share  and application  of  the  estimated  net proceeds
therefrom. The net tangible book  value as adjusted of  the Company as of  March
31,  1996 would  have been  $48,009,000 or $5.70  per share.  This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value as adjusted of $2.92 per share  to
existing  stockholders  and an  immediate  dilution of  $7.30  per share  to new
investors purchasing shares in the Offering.
 
    The following table illustrates the dilution per share as described above:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>
Assumed public offering price.......................................             $   13.00
  Net tangible book value before the Offering.......................  $    2.78
  Increase attributable to new investors............................       2.92
                                                                      ---------
Net tangible book value as adjusted after the Offering..............                  5.70
                                                                                 ---------
Dilution to new investors...........................................             $    7.30
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
    If the Underwriters'  over-allotment option  is exercised in  full, the  net
tangible  book value as adjusted will be  $6.00 per share, resulting in dilution
to new investors purchasing shares in the Offering of $7.00 per share.
 
    The following table  sets forth, on  an as  adjusted basis as  of March  31,
1996, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
cash  consideration paid to the Company and  the average price per share paid by
the existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of Common Stock
in the Offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SHARES                   TOTAL CASH
                                                  PURCHASED (1)             CONSIDERATION           AVERAGE
                                             -----------------------  --------------------------     PRICE
                                               NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                             ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders......................   5,676,901       67.4%   $  41,589,000       53.8%    $    7.33
New investors..............................   2,750,000       32.6%      35,750,000       46.2%    $   13.00
                                             ----------        ---    -------------        ---
    Total..................................   8,426,901        100%   $  77,339,000        100%
                                             ----------        ---    -------------        ---
                                             ----------        ---    -------------        ---
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The foregoing table assumes no exercise of the Underwriters'  over-allotment
    option or of warrants and stock options outstanding as of March 31, 1996. As
    of  March 31, 1996, there were  outstanding warrants and options to purchase
    an aggregate  of  1,085,070 shares  of  Common  Stock. To  the  extent  that
    additional  options are granted under the  Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan,
    there could be further  dilution to new investors  if the exercise price  of
    such  options is less than the initial  public offering price per share. See
    "Management -- 1996 Stock Option Plan."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth: (i) the actual capitalization of the Company
at March 31, 1996; and (ii) the capitalization of the Company at March 31,  1996
as  adjusted to reflect borrowings under the Credit Facility and the application
of the net proceeds therefrom to repay  all of the Company's existing bank  debt
and a portion of a note payable to a stockholder, and redeem the preferred stock
of a subsidiary, and the sale of 2,750,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby
and  the  application of  the estimated  net proceeds  therefrom to  repay $16.1
million of  borrowings  outstanding  under  the Credit  Facility.  See  "Use  of
Proceeds."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                   ---------------------
                                                                                                  AS
                                                                                    ACTUAL     ADJUSTED
                                                                                   ---------  ----------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Current portion of long-term obligations.........................................  $   4,167  $    1,793
Note payable to stockholder (1)..................................................     12,500          --
                                                                                   ---------  ----------
  Short term debt and current portion of long-term obligations...................  $  16,667  $    1,793
                                                                                   ---------  ----------
                                                                                   ---------  ----------
Long-term obligations............................................................  $  49,006  $   46,664
Redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary.........................................      1,908          --
Stockholders' equity (2):
  Preferred stock: 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or
   outstanding...................................................................         --          --
  Common stock: 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,676,901 shares issued and
   outstanding; 8,426,901 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted..............         57          84
  Warrants outstanding...........................................................        107         107
  Additional paid-in capital.....................................................     41,532      73,753
  Accumulated deficit............................................................     (8,378)     (8,378)
                                                                                   ---------  ----------
    Total stockholders' equity...................................................     33,318      65,566
                                                                                   ---------  ----------
      Total capitalization.......................................................  $  84,232  $  112,230
                                                                                   ---------  ----------
                                                                                   ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Subsequent  to March 31, 1996,  $7.5 million of the  note payable was repaid
    with borrowings under the  Credit Facility, and  the remaining $5.0  million
    was repaid with existing cash.
    
 
   
(2) Excludes 412,500 additional shares of Common Stock that may be sold pursuant
    to  the Underwriters' over-allotment  option and 1,085,070  shares of Common
    Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants
    and stock options under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following table presents selected consolidated statement of  operations,
balance  sheet and other data of the Company for the periods presented. See "The
Company" and  the  Notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included
elsewhere  herein  for information  concerning  the basis  of  presentation. The
following selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 1994 and  1995
and  for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995 have been
derived from  the  audited  consolidated financial  statements  of  the  Company
included  elsewhere in  this Prospectus and  should be read  in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations."  The selected consolidated financial data  as of December 31, 1991,
1992 and 1993 and for  the years ended December 31,  1991 and 1992, are  derived
from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included herein. The
selected  consolidated financial  data as  of March 31,  1996 and  for the three
months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited but have been prepared on the
same basis as  the audited  financial data and,  in the  opinion of  management,
contain  all  adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal  recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for such periods.
The results of  operations for the  three months  ended March 31,  1996 are  not
necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full fiscal year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                THREE
                                                                                                               MONTHS
                                                                                                             ENDED MARCH
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          31,
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                               1991         1992         1993         1994         1995         1995
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..................................  $      33    $     146     $   7,730    $  18,517    $  30,004    $   5,034
Cost of operations........................         22          249         5,750       12,647       17,286        3,047
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses.................................        167          625         1,646        4,910        5,882        1,080
Depreciation and amortization expense.....          9          100         1,166        3,226        6,308          984
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income (loss)...................       (165)        (828)         (832)      (2,266)         528          (77)
Interest expense..........................         --          (26)         (417)      (1,497)      (3,030)        (511)
Interest income...........................         --           --            35            2          189            4
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Loss before income taxes and extraordinary
 item.....................................       (165)        (854)       (1,214)      (3,761)      (2,313)        (584)
Income tax benefit (expense)..............         --           --           391        1,372         (332)         156
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Loss before extraordinary item............       (165)        (854)         (823)      (2,389)      (2,645)        (428)
Extraordinary item -- gain (loss) on early
 retirement of debt.......................         --           --            74           --         (908)          --
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss..................................       (165)        (854)         (749)      (2,389)      (3,553)        (428)
Preferred stock dividend requirement......         --           --            --           --         (190)          --
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss applicable to common
 stockholders.............................  $    (165)   $    (854)    $    (749)   $  (2,389)   $  (3,743)   $    (428)
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Loss per share of common stock:
  Loss before extraordinary item..........  $    (.31)   $   (1.42)    $    (.51)   $    (.91)   $    (.76)   $    (.15)
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Extraordinary item......................         --           --           .04           --         (.24)          --
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net loss................................  $    (.31)   $   (1.42)    $    (.47)   $    (.91)   $   (1.00)   $    (.15)
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average common stock and common
 stock equivalent shares used to calculate
 per share amounts........................    539,508        600,832    1,607,586    2,612,749    3,729,055    2,770,889
 
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (1)................................  $    (156  ) $    (728  ) $      334   $      960   $    6,836   $      907
EBITDA margin (2).........................     (472.7  )%    (498.6  )%        4.3 %        5.2 %       22.8 %       18.0%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                               1996
                                            -----------
 
<S>                                         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..................................   $  11,724
Cost of operations........................       6,108
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses.................................       1,935
Depreciation and amortization expense.....       2,718
                                            -----------
Operating income (loss)...................         963
Interest expense..........................      (1,617)
Interest income...........................          78
                                            -----------
Loss before income taxes and extraordinary
 item.....................................        (576)
Income tax benefit (expense)..............         160
                                            -----------
Loss before extraordinary item............        (416)
Extraordinary item -- gain (loss) on early
 retirement of debt.......................          --
                                            -----------
Net loss..................................        (416)
Preferred stock dividend requirement......         (63)
                                            -----------
Net loss applicable to common
 stockholders.............................   $    (479)
                                            -----------
                                            -----------
Loss per share of common stock:
  Loss before extraordinary item..........   $    (.08)
                                            -----------
  Extraordinary item......................          --
                                            -----------
  Net loss................................   $    (.08)
                                            -----------
                                            -----------
Weighted average common stock and common
 stock equivalent shares used to calculate
 per share amounts........................    6,065,445
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (1)................................  $    3,681
EBITDA margin (2).........................        31.4 %
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                   1991       1992       1993       1994       1995        1996
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents......................................  $     109  $      12  $   2,134  $     548  $   6,383   $   6,706
Working capital (deficit)......................................        118       (332)       788     (2,237)    (8,819)     (9,558)
Property and equipment, net....................................        393        467     15,156     17,062     81,250      81,696
Total assets...................................................        629        705     35,651     37,557    114,693     115,432
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net of current
 portion.......................................................         --         --     16,073     18,487     48,789      49,006
Redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary.......................         --         --         --         --      1,908       1,908
Stockholders' equity...........................................        585         89     12,531     12,132     33,855      33,318
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  EBITDA  represents  operating  income plus  depreciation  and amortization.
     While EBITDA data  should not be  construed as a  substitute for  operating
     income,  net income (loss)  or cash flows from  operations in analyzing the
     Company's operating  performance, financial  position and  cash flows,  the
     Company  has included  EBITDA data  (which are  not a  measure of financial
     performance under  generally  accepted accounting  principles)  because  it
     understands  that  such  data are  commonly  used by  certain  investors to
     evaluate a company's performance in the solid waste industry.
 
(2)  EBITDA margin represents EBITDA expressed as a percentage of revenues.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following discussion should  be read in  conjunction with the "Selected
Consolidated Financial Data",  the Company's  Consolidated Financial  Statements
and  the notes thereto and the Company's  Pro Forma Financial Statements and the
notes thereto, included elsewhere herein.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
   
    The Company has  adopted an acquisition-based  growth strategy that  focuses
on:  (i) the identification and acquisition  of solid waste landfills located in
secondary markets  that  are  within  approximately  125  miles  of  significant
metropolitan  centers;  and  (ii)  securing  dedicated  waste  streams  for such
landfills by  the  acquisition  or  development of  transfer  stations  and  the
acquisition  of collection companies. The  Company has completed 22 acquisitions
since January  1993. All  of these  acquisitions were  accounted for  under  the
purchase  method  of  accounting  for  business  combinations.  Accordingly, the
amortization of goodwill and landfill airspace reflects the fair market value of
the Company's  assets  at  the  time of  their  acquisition  rather  than  their
historical  cost  basis,  and  the  results  of  operations  for  such  acquired
businesses are  included in  the Company's  financial statements  only from  the
applicable date of acquisition. As a result, the Company believes its historical
results of operations for the periods presented are not directly comparable.
    
 
    There  are several other aspects of the Company's growth strategy that cause
management to believe that  the Company's historical  results of operations  may
not be consistent with future performance, including the following:
 
    - CONCENTRATION  OF LANDFILL ASSETS.  Since  the CDI Acquisition, the mix of
      the Company's assets  has been  concentrated in landfills,  as opposed  to
      collection  and  transfer  station  operations. As  a  result  of goodwill
      associated with the  Company's acquisitions and  the amortization  expense
      associated with its landfill assets and closure obligations, the amount of
      depreciation  and amortization as  a percentage of  the Company's revenues
      for the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the three months ended  March
      31,  1996 was relatively  high as compared to  other solid waste companies
      (21.0% and 23.2%, respectively). Management believes that this  percentage
      is likely to decline as the Company penetrates the market in its Illinois,
      Ohio   and  Pennsylvania  regions  by  acquiring  or  developing  transfer
      stations,   acquiring   collection   operations   and   making   "tuck-in"
      acquisitions of collection companies.
 
    - MANAGEMENT  CAPABILITIES.    Since  1993,  the  Company  has  assembled  a
      management team with substantial experience  in the solid waste  industry.
      The  Company believes that  its senior management team  has the ability to
      manage the Company's  operations as  they expand.  Therefore, the  Company
      believes  that the amount of  selling, general and administrative expenses
      is likely to decline as a percentage of revenues as the Company grows.
 
    - CELL DEVELOPMENT COSTS.  Cells developed to date at the landfills acquired
      in the CDI Acquisition have  been constructed with double liner  composite
      systems.  The Company  is exploring  the possibility  of using alternative
      design systems at its Ohio and Illinois landfills, which should result  in
      lower cell development costs.
 
    Consistent  with its operating program, the Company believes acquisitions of
solid waste  companies will  have a  positive impact  on its  future results  of
operations  and,  accordingly, believes  that  the Company's  historical results
should be considered in  conjunction with the  Unaudited Pro Forma  Consolidated
Financial   Statements  and   the  notes  thereto   included  elsewhere  herein.
Additionally, neither the  historical nor  the pro forma  results of  operations
fully  reflect the operating efficiencies and  improvements that are expected to
be achieved by integrating acquired businesses, internalizing waste flows to the
Company's landfills and realizing other synergies. See "Business -- Strategy."
 
GENERAL
 
    REVENUES.  The Company's revenues are attributable primarily to fees charged
to customers for waste collection, transfer and disposal services. The Company's
collection services are generally provided under
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
direct  agreements   with  its   customers  or   pursuant  to   contracts   with
municipalities.  Commercial and municipal contract  terms, where used, generally
range from one  to five  years and commonly  have automatic  renewal options.  A
relatively  small portion of such agreements  also provide for the prepayment of
certain fees, which  fees are reflected  as deferred revenues.  The table  below
shows  for the periods indicated, the percentage of the Company's total revenues
attributable to services provided:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   31,
                                                    -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                       1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Collection (1)....................................       57.8%        68.0%        55.3%        63.5%        39.4%
Transfer..........................................         --(2)       9.1          5.0          8.9          1.9
Landfill (1)......................................       42.2         22.8         39.0         27.0         58.5
Other.............................................         --          0.1          0.7          0.6          0.2
                                                        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
    Total Revenues................................      100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
                                                        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
                                                        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The portion  of collection  revenues attributable  to disposal  charges  for
    waste  collected by the  Company and disposed of  at the Company's landfills
    has  been  excluded  from  collection  revenues  and  included  in  landfill
    revenues.
 
(2) In  1993,  the Company  did  not separately  account  for its  revenues from
    collection and transfer operations and, accordingly, revenues from  transfer
    operations are reflected as collection revenues.
 
    A   component   of  the   Company's   business  strategy   is   to  maximize
internalization of waste it collects and thereby realize higher margins from its
operations. By  disposing  of  waste at  Company-owned  landfills,  the  Company
retains the margin generated through disposal operations that would otherwise be
earned  by third-party landfills. During the  three months ended March 31, 1996,
98%  of  the  total  tonnage  collected  by  the  Company  was  disposed  of  at
Company-owned  landfills. This represents approximately 29% of the total tonnage
disposed of at Company-owned landfills in the three months ended March 31, 1996.
During such  period, 34%  of  the total  tonnage  disposed of  at  Company-owned
landfills was delivered pursuant to long-term contracts.
 
    EXPENSES.    Cost  of  operations include  labor,  maintenance  and repairs,
equipment  and  facility  rent,  utilities  and  taxes,  the  costs  of  ongoing
environmental  compliance,  safety and  insurance, disposal  costs and  costs of
independent haulers transporting Company waste to disposal sites. Disposal costs
include certain landfill taxes, host community fees, landfill site  maintenance,
fuel  and  other equipment  operating  expenses and  provision  for post-closure
expenses, consisting  of cap  maintenance, groundwater  monitoring, methane  gas
control and recovery and leachate treatment/disposal, anticipated to be incurred
in the future.
 
    Selling,  general and  administrative ("SG&A")  expenses include management,
clerical and  administrative  compensation,  overhead,  sales  costs,  community
relations  expenses, provisions for  estimated uncollectible accounts receivable
and unrealizable acquisition costs and management  fees paid to an affiliate  of
Charterhouse.  Upon closing of  the Offering, in lieu  of paying such management
fees, the Company will begin  to pay a salary  to the Company's Chairman  (which
should  result in savings  to the Company of  approximately $300,000 per annum).
See "Certain Transactions."
 
    Depreciation and amortization expense includes depreciation of fixed assets,
closure costs and amortization of landfill airspace, goodwill, other intangibles
and loan origination fees. The  amount of landfill amortization expense  related
to  airspace consumption can vary materially from landfill to landfill depending
upon the purchase price, landfill configuration and cell development costs.
 
    Certain direct landfill development  costs, such as engineering,  upgrading,
construction  and  permitting  costs,  are capitalized  and  amortized  based on
airspace consumed. All  of the  Company's capitalized  expenditures relating  to
cell  development and landfill  expansion work are in  connection with cells for
which the Company holds a permit for development. The Company believes that  the
costs  associated with engineering, owning and operating landfills will increase
in the future as a result of  federal, state and local regulation and a  growing
community awareness of the landfill permitting process. Although there can be no
assurance, the
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
Company believes that it will be able to implement price increases sufficient to
offset  these increased expenses. All  indirect landfill development costs, such
as executive  salaries, general  corporate overhead,  public affairs  and  other
corporate services, are expensed as incurred.
 
    The  Company  capitalizes engineering,  legal,  accounting and  other direct
costs incurred in  connection with potential  acquisitions, accounted for  using
the  purchase method for business  combinations. The Company, however, routinely
evaluates  such  capitalized   costs  and  expenses   those  costs  related   to
acquisitions  not likely to occur. Indirect acquisition costs, such as executive
salaries, general corporate overhead and other corporate services, are  expensed
as incurred.
 
    Accrued  closure and post-closure costs represent an estimate of the current
value of  the  future  obligations  associated  with  closure  and  post-closure
monitoring  of  non-hazardous  solid  waste  landfills  currently  owned  by the
Company. Site specific closure and  post-closure engineering cost estimates  are
prepared  annually  for  landfills owned  by  the Company.  Estimated  costs are
accrued based on accepted tonnage as landfill airspace is consumed. The  Company
periodically  updates its  estimates of  future closure  and post-closure costs.
These changes are accounted for on a prospective basis. The Company expects  its
closure  and  post-closure costs  per  ton to  decrease  as it  expands landfill
capacity and as such costs are amortized over greater airspace.
 
    The Company has  estimated that, as  of December 31,  1995, total costs  for
post-closure  activities,  including  cap  maintenance,  groundwater monitoring,
methane gas control and  recovery and leachate treatment/disposal  for up to  30
years  after  closure  in  certain cases,  will  approximate  $11.3  million. In
addition, the Company has estimated that, as of December 31, 1995, closure costs
expected to occur during  the operating lives of  these facilities and  expensed
over  these facilities' useful lives will approximate $28.4 million. At December
31, 1994  and  1995  and March  31,  1996,  accruals for  landfill  closure  and
post-closure   costs  (including   costs  assumed   through  acquisitions)  were
approximately $1.1 million,  $6.2 million  and $6.6  million, respectively.  The
accruals  reflect  relatively young  landfills  with estimated  remaining lives,
based on current waste flows,  that range from 4 to  46 years, and an  estimated
average remaining life of greater than 20 years.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth items in the Company's consolidated statement
of operations as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                         ----------------------------------  ----------------------
                                                            1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                         ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues...............................................      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
Cost of operations.....................................       74.4        68.3        57.6        60.5        52.1
Selling, general and administrative expenses...........       21.3        26.5        19.6        21.5        16.5
Depreciation and amortization expenses.................       15.1        17.4        21.0        19.6        23.2
                                                             -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Operating income (loss)................................      (10.8)      (12.2)        1.8        (1.6)        8.2
Interest expense, net..................................       (4.9)       (8.1)       (9.5)      (10.0)      (13.1)
Income tax (expense) benefit...........................        5.0         7.4       (1.1)         3.1         1.4
Extraordinary gain (loss), net of income tax...........        1.0          --        (3.0)         --          --
                                                             -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
    Net loss...........................................       (9.7)%     (12.9)%     (11.8)%      (8.5)%      (3.5)%
                                                             -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                                             -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
EBITDA margin..........................................        4.3%        5.2%       22.8%       18.0%       31.4%
</TABLE>
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
    REVENUES.   Revenues for  the three months  ended March 31,  1996 were $11.7
million compared to $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 1995.  The
increase  in revenues  is due  primarily to the  effects of  the CDI Acquisition
(which occurred after  March 31, 1995).  Revenues of $7.2  million for the  1996
period
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
   
were  generated from  companies acquired  since March  31, 1995,  while revenues
attributable to  existing operations  amounted to  $4.5 million,  a decrease  of
$552,000.  This decrease was due primarily to the lapse of an exclusive contract
with a transfer station in Oklahoma.
    
 
    COST OF OPERATIONS.  Cost of operations for the three months ended March 31,
1996 was $6.1 million compared to $3.0 million for the three months ended  March
31, 1995. This increase was attributable primarily to the associated increase in
revenues  described  above.  As a  percentage  of revenues,  cost  of operations
decreased to  52.1% in  the  1996 period  from 60.5%  in  the 1995  period.  The
resulting  increase  in  margins  was  due  primarily  to  the  Company's higher
proportion of  landfill operations  (which generally  have higher  margins  than
disposal  operations), with  landfill revenues  increasing from  $1.4 million to
$6.9 million and from 27.0% to 58.5%  as a percentage of revenues. Margins  also
increased  because  of  increased  operating  efficiencies  resulting  from  the
consolidation of hauling operations and the opening of new transfer stations  in
the Company's Missouri region.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.  SG&A  expenses increased to
$1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 1996 compared to $1.1  million
for  the  three months  ended March  31,  1995. The  aggregate increase  in SG&A
expenses resulted  from expenses  associated with  the CDI  Acquisition, and  an
increase  in personnel and  other expenses related to  the anticipated growth of
the Company. As a  percentage of revenues, SG&A  expenses decreased to 16.5%  in
the  1996 period from 21.5% in the 1995 period. The decrease in SG&A expenses as
a percentage of revenues is due  partially to a significant increase in  revenue
producing  assets  while corporate  level personnel  and other  related expenses
increased moderately.  SG&A  expenses in  future  periods should  be  positively
affected  by savings of approximately $300,000 per annum due to the termination,
effective at the closing of the Offering, of the Company's management  agreement
with an affiliate of its principal stockholder. See "Certain Transactions."
 
    DEPRECIATION  AND  AMORTIZATION  EXPENSE.    Depreciation  and  amortization
expense for the three months ended March  31, 1996 was $2.7 million compared  to
$1.0  million  for  the three  months  ended  March 31,  1995.  The  increase in
depreciation and amortization expense  is due primarily  to the CDI  Acquisition
which  significantly increased landfill airspace  amortization and provision for
closure costs, and, to a lesser extent, the capital expenditures associated with
such  acquisition.  See  "--  Introduction."   As  a  percentage  of   revenues,
depreciation  and amortization expense was 23.2%  and 19.6% for the three months
ended March  31, 1996  and March  31, 1995,  respectively. The  relatively  high
percentages  are primarily  due to the  configuration of  the Wheatland landfill
during the three months ended March 31,  1995 and the high concentration of  the
Company's  assets in  landfills following the  CDI Acquisition  during the three
months ended March  31, 1996.  Net fixed assets  increased to  $81.7 million  at
March  31,  1996 from  $17.3  million at  March 31,  1995  and goodwill,  net of
accumulated amortization expense, increased to  $15.6 million at March 31,  1996
from $13.6 million at March 31, 1995.
 
    NET  INTEREST EXPENSE.  Net interest expense  was $1.5 million for the three
months ended March  31, 1996  compared to $507,000  for the  three months  ended
March  31, 1995.  This increase is  attributable to additional  debt incurred to
complete the CDI Acquisition.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  The  Company recorded an income  tax benefit of $160,000  for
the  three months ended March  31, 1996 and $156,000  for the three months ended
March 31, 1995 primarily due to the  effects of differences in the treatment  of
goodwill for book and tax purposes.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
    REVENUES.   Revenues in 1995 were $30.0 million compared to $18.5 million in
1994. The increase  in revenues  was due  primarily to  the effects  of the  CDI
Acquisition  and, to a lesser extent, price and volume increases attributable to
existing operations.  Revenues of  $10.1  million in  1995 were  generated  from
companies  acquired  during 1995,  while  increases in  revenue  attributable to
operations acquired prior to 1996 amounted to $1.3 million.
 
    COST OF OPERATIONS.  Cost of  operations in 1995 was $17.3 million  compared
to  $12.6 million in 1994. This increase  in costs was attributable primarily to
increases in  the  Company's  revenues  described  above.  As  a  percentage  of
revenues,  cost of operations was 57.6% in  1995 compared to 68.3% in 1994. This
decrease
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
was due primarily to operating efficiencies and improvements from the  Company's
development  of its Missouri region and the impact of the CDI Acquisition, which
shifted the relative proportion  of the Company's  assets toward landfills  that
typically operate at higher margins than collection operations.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL  AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.   SG&A  expenses  were $5.8
million in 1995 compared to $4.9 million  in 1994. The increase was a result  of
expenses  associated with the  CDI Acquisition, expenses  incurred in connection
with the  Company's increase  in personnel  and other  expenses related  to  the
anticipated expansion of the Company's operations. SG&A expenses as a percentage
of revenues were 19.6% in 1995 compared to 26.5% in 1994.
 
    DEPRECIATION  AND  AMORTIZATION  EXPENSE.    Depreciation  and  amortization
expense in 1995 was $6.3 million compared to $3.2 million in 1994. The  increase
in  depreciation and amortization expense  is due to the  acquisition of the CDI
landfills, with their  relatively higher depreciation  and amortization  expense
compared  to  depreciation and  amortization  expense of  collection operations,
depreciation of  increased capital  expenditures  and a  one time  write-off  of
$505,000  following the Company's election in 1995 not to pursue the enforcement
of several covenants not to compete. Net fixed assets increased to $81.3 million
in 1995 from $17.1 million in 1994 and goodwill, net of accumulated amortization
expense, increased to $15.7 million in 1995 from $13.6 million in 1994.
 
    NET INTEREST EXPENSE.   Net interest  expense increased to  $2.8 million  in
1995  from  $1.5 million  in 1994.  This  increase primarily  reflects increased
indebtedness incurred in connection with acquisitions and capital expenditures.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  Although the Company recorded a net loss in 1995, the Company
recorded an  income  tax expense  of  $300,000  in 1995  because  the  Company's
subsidiaries  were not then consolidated and CDI  reported a profit in 1995. The
Company recorded an income tax  benefit of $1.4 million in  1994. See Note 6  of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY  EXPENSE.   In 1995,  the Company  recognized an extraordinary
loss of  $908,000,  representing  unamortized deferred  debt  issuance  cost  in
connection  with the  extinguishment of  debt outstanding  under a  prior credit
facility.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues in 1994 were  $18.5 million compared to $7.7 million  in
1993.  The  increase  in revenues  was  due  primarily to  the  effects  of 1993
acquisitions, the operations of which  were included in the Company's  financial
results  for  a  full year  beginning  in  1994, and  the  additional  impact of
acquisitions completed during 1994.
 
    COST OF OPERATIONS.  Cost of operations in 1994 were $12.6 million  compared
to  $5.8 million  in 1993.  The increase in  the cost  of operations principally
reflects costs  associated with  acquired operations.  Cost of  operations as  a
percentage  of revenues, however, decreased from 74.4% in 1993 to 68.3% in 1994.
The improvement in  margins in  1994 resulted primarily  from lower  third-party
disposal  costs  as a  result  of diverting  waste  at acquired  businesses from
third-party landfills to Company-owned  landfills. Margins also benefitted  from
the integration of acquired companies.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL  AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.   SG&A  expenses  were $4.9
million in 1994 compared to $1.6 million in 1993. SG&A expenses as a  percentage
of revenues were 26.5% in 1994 compared to 21.3% in 1993. This increase reflects
expenses  incurred in  connection with the  Company's increase  in personnel and
other expenses related to the anticipated growth of the Company.
 
    DEPRECIATION  AND  AMORTIZATION  EXPENSE.    Depreciation  and  amortization
expense  in 1994 was $3.2 million compared to $1.2 million in 1993. The increase
in depreciation  and amortization  expense is  due to  the full  year impact  of
acquisitions completed during 1993.
 
    NET  INTEREST EXPENSE.   Net interest  expense increased to  $1.5 million in
1994 from  $382,000  in  1993,  primarily  because  the  Company's  indebtedness
increased  subsequent to 1993 as a  result of acquisitions, landfill development
and other capital expenditures.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Due to the capital intensive nature of the solid waste industry, the Company
has used, and expects to continue  using, substantially all cash generated  from
operations  to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures and landfill development.
Certain operating equipment has also been acquired using leases which have short
and medium-term  maturities.  As a  result,  the Company  has  incurred  working
capital  deficits in the past, and there  can be no assurance that its available
working  capital  will  be   sufficient  in  the  future   as  it  pursues   its
acquisition-based  growth strategy. Historically, the  Company has satisfied its
acquisition, capital  expenditure and  working capital  needs primarily  through
equity infusions from its principal stockholders and bank financing.
 
    The  Company's  capital expenditure  and  working capital  requirements have
increased significantly, reflecting  the Company's rapid  growth by  acquisition
and  development of revenue  producing assets, and will  increase further as the
Company continues to pursue its acquisition-based growth strategy. During  1994,
the  Company spent $5.6  million in capital expenditures,  of which $1.7 million
was for cell development  at the Company's initial  two landfills. During  1995,
when  the Company acquired three more  landfills, the Company spent $6.2 million
in capital expenditures,  of which  $4.9 million  was for  cell development.  In
connection  with such acquisitions, the Company required $25.5 million in equity
infusions from its  principal stockholders and  $36.7 million in  bank debt.  In
1996,  the  Company  expects  to spend  approximately  $13  million  for capital
expenditures  of  which  $8.1  million  is  anticipated  to  be  used  for  cell
development.  The increase in cell  development costs in 1996  over 1995 will be
due to the Company's ownership of the Clarion, Livingston and Wyandot  landfills
for  the entire year and  the fact that increased  volumes at the landfills will
cause cell development  to occur prior  to the winter  season when  construction
activities cease.
 
   
    Operating  activities provided net cash of $5.6 million in 1995 and used net
cash of $1.1 million in 1994.  From 1994 to 1995, depreciation and  amortization
expense  increased by $3.1 million and  accounts payable and accrued liabilities
increased by $1.8 million. The increase in each of these items was primarily due
to the Company's purchase  of three landfills in  1995. See " --  Introduction."
Investing activities used net cash of $68.4 million and $6.2 million in 1995 and
1994,  respectively. The increase  in the amount  of net cash  used in investing
activities between  1994 and  1995  is primarily  due  to the  CDI  Acquisition.
Financing activities provided net cash of $68.6 million and $5.7 million in 1995
and  1994,  respectively.  The  increase  in  net  cash  provided  by  financing
activities reflects proceeds from  a 1995 credit facility,  a note payable to  a
stockholder and net proceeds from issuances of common stock.
    
 
   
    In  May 1996, the Company entered into  the $87 million Credit Facility with
Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation, as administrative  agent,
and  Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company of  New York, as  documentation agent, which
repaid all of the Company's existing bank  debt and a portion of a note  payable
to  a  stockholder,  and  redeemed  the  preferred  stock  of  a  subsidiary. In
connection with such refinancing, the  Company recognized an extraordinary  loss
of  $721,000, representing unamortized  deferred debt issuance  cost. The Credit
Facility provides the Company with two term loans of $38 million and $25 million
which will be  used to  repay existing  debt and  financing fees,  a $7  million
revolving  credit  facility  for working  capital  purposes, and  a  $17 million
expansion facility which may  only be used for  acquisitions. The various  loans
and  lines of credit under the Credit  Facility bear interest at rates per annum
equal to, at the Company's discretion, either: (i) the higher of (a) the federal
funds rate plus  1/2 of 1%  and (b) the  prime rate, plus  an applicable  margin
ranging  from  1.00%  to  1.75%;  or  (ii)  the  London  Interbank  Offered Rate
("LIBOR"), plus  an applicable  margin ranging  from 2.50%  to 3.25%,  and  have
maturities  ranging from  2001 to  2003. As  of July  11, 1996,  the Company had
borrowed $73.4 million under the Credit Facility. As of such date, the  interest
rates  on the various loans and lines of credit under the Credit Facility ranged
from 8.00% to 8.75% and the total unused availability under the Credit  Facility
was  $13.6  million, of  which  $6.0 million  may  be used  for  working capital
purposes and $7.6 million may be used for acquisitions. The Company's ability to
use the expansion facility  is based upon a  number of covenants, including  the
maintenance  of specified debt  to equity and fixed  charge coverage ratios. The
Company is in  compliance with  the terms  of these  covenants. Other  covenants
contain  limitations on the payments of  dividends, the incurrence of additional
debt and the use of proceeds from debt or equity issuances. The Credit  Facility
requires the Company to use 50% of the
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
   
proceeds  of any equity offering (including the  Offering) to repay a portion of
the term loans  then outstanding.  Upon consummation  of this  Offering and  the
application  of the  net proceeds therefrom,  the Company expects  to have $13.6
million of availability under the Credit Facility, of which $6.0 million may  be
used for working capital purposes and $7.6 million may be used for acquisitions.
    
 
    The  Company expects that Subtitle D and other regulations that apply to the
non-hazardous waste  disposal industry  will  require the  Company, as  well  as
others  in the industry, to  alter operations and to  modify or replace existing
facilities. Such expenditures  have been  and will continue  to be  substantial.
Regulatory  changes could  accelerate expenditures for  closure and post-closure
monitoring and obligate the Company to spend sums in addition to those presently
reserved for  such purposes.  These  factors, together  with the  other  factors
discussed above, could substantially increase the Company's operating costs. See
"Risk Factors -- Extensive Environmental and Land Use Laws and Regulations."
 
    The  Company intends to  satisfy its interest obligations  as well as future
capital expenditures  and working  capital requirements,  with cash  flows  from
operations  and borrowings  under the Credit  Facility. After  completion of the
Offering, the  Company  may  need  to  raise  additional  capital  to  fund  the
acquisition  and integration of  additional solid waste  businesses. The Company
may raise such funds through bank  financings or public or private offerings  of
its  securities. There  can be  no assurance  that the  Company will  be able to
secure such funding, if necessary, on favorable terms, if at all. If the Company
is not successful in securing such funding, the Company's ability to pursue  its
business  strategy may be impaired and  results of operations for future periods
may be adversely affected. See "Risk Factors -- Capital Requirements and Limited
Working Capital."
 
CDI ACQUISITION
 
    Through the  CDI  Acquisition,  the Company  acquired  three  landfills  and
certain other assets (the "MSG Facilities") from the Municipal Services Group of
Envirite  Corporation.  See  "The Company."  For  the periods  presented  in the
historical financial statements of the MSG Facilities included elsewhere herein,
the MSG  Facilities' funds  were generated  from operating  activities and  from
financing  through Envirite  Corporation's credit  facility. Separate historical
financial statements  for  the MSG  Facilities  could not  be  prepared  because
Envirite  Corporation did  not maintain  intercompany accounts  that would allow
calculation of corporate overhead allocations  and certain balance sheet  items.
Operating  cash flows from the MSG Facilities for the fiscal years ended January
1, 1994 and December 31, 1994 and the  period from January 1, 1995 to the  dates
of  acquisition  of such  properties were  $3.1 million,  $3.0 million  and $3.8
million, respectively.  Capital  expenditures for  the  MSG Facilities  for  the
fiscal  years ended January  1, 1994 and  December 31, 1994  and the period from
January 1,  1995  to the  dates  of acquisition  of  such properties  were  $4.7
million,  $2.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively. These cash flows may have
been different  if the  MSG Facilities  had operated  independently of  Envirite
Corporation for the periods presented.
 
INFLATION AND PREVAILING ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
    To  date,  inflation  has not  had  a  significant impact  on  the Company's
operations. Consistent with industry practice,  most of the Company's  contracts
provide  for a  pass through of  certain costs, including  increases in landfill
tipping fees and, in some cases,  fuel costs. The Company therefore believes  it
should  be  able to  implement price  increases sufficient  to offset  most cost
increases resulting from inflation. However, competitive factors may require the
Company to  absorb at  least a  portion of  these cost  increases,  particularly
during  periods of high inflation. The Company is unable to determine the future
impact of a sustained economic slowdown.
 
SEASONALITY
 
    The Company's revenues tend to be somewhat lower in the winter months.  This
is  primarily attributable to the fact that: (i) the volume of waste relating to
construction and  demolition activities  tends  to increase  in the  spring  and
summer  months; and (ii) the  volume of industrial and  residential waste in the
regions where the Company operates tends  to decrease during the winter  months.
In  addition, particularly harsh weather conditions may delay the development of
landfill capacity and otherwise result in the temporary suspension of certain of
the Company's operations  and could  materially adversely  affect the  Company's
overall business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
    American  Disposal Services  is a regional,  integrated, non-hazardous solid
waste services  company  that  provides solid  waste  collection,  transfer  and
disposal  services primarily in  the Midwest. The Company  owns five solid waste
landfills and owns, operates  or has exclusive contracts  to receive waste  from
seven  transfer  stations. The  Company's  landfills and  transfer  stations are
supported by its  collection operations,  which serve  over 85,000  residential,
commercial and industrial customers.
 
   
    The Company began its operations in the Midwest and currently has operations
in  Arkansas, Illinois, Kansas,  Missouri, Ohio, Oklahoma  and Pennsylvania. The
Company has  adopted  an  acquisition-based  growth  strategy,  and  intends  to
continue  its  expansion, generally  in its  existing  and proximate  markets. A
cornerstone of the Company's  growth strategy is to  identify and acquire  solid
waste  landfills located in secondary markets  that are within approximately 125
miles of significant metropolitan centers and to secure dedicated waste  streams
for  such  landfills  by acquisition  or  development of  transfer  stations and
acquisition  of   collection  companies.   The  Company   expects  the   current
consolidation trends in the solid waste industry to continue as many independent
landfill  and collection operators lack the capital resources, management skills
and technical expertise  necessary to  operate in  compliance with  increasingly
stringent  environmental and other governmental regulations. Due in part to this
consolidation, the  Company believes  that  significant opportunities  exist  to
expand  and further  integrate its operations  in each of  its existing markets.
Since January  1993,  the  Company  has  acquired  22  solid  waste  businesses,
including  four solid waste  landfills, 17 solid  waste collection companies and
one transfer station.
    
 
   
    The Company's operating program generally involves a four-step process:  (i)
acquiring  solid waste  landfills in its  target markets;  (ii) securing captive
waste streams  for  its landfills  through  the acquisition  or  development  of
transfer  stations  serving those  markets,  through acquisitions  of collection
companies and by entering  into long-term contracts  directly with customers  or
collection   companies;  (iii)  making   "tuck-in"  acquisitions  of  collection
companies to further penetrate  its target markets;  and (iv) integrating  these
businesses  into the Company's operations  to achieve operating efficiencies and
economies of scale.  The implementation  of the Company's  operating program  is
substantially  complete in  its Missouri  region (which  also includes Arkansas,
Kansas and Oklahoma),  where the  Company has  completed the  acquisition of  12
collection  companies  and  the  acquisition or  development  of  three transfer
stations. The Company is in the initial  phases of its operating program in  the
Illinois, Ohio and Pennsylvania regions in which the Company began operations in
1995.  In addition, the  Company may, as  specific opportunities arise, evaluate
and pursue acquisitions in the solid waste collection and disposal industry that
do not strictly conform to the Company's four-step operating program.
    
 
    The Company's operating  strategy emphasizes  the integration  of its  solid
waste  collection  and  disposal  operations and  the  internalization  of waste
collected. One  of  the  Company's  goals  is  for  its  captive  waste  streams
(including the Company's collection operations and third party haulers operating
under  long-term contracts) to provide  in excess of 50%  of the volume of solid
waste disposed of at each of its landfills. During the three months ended  March
31,  1996, the Company's  captive waste constituted  an average of approximately
63% of the solid waste disposed of at its landfills.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    In the United  States, landfilling is  at present the  most common means  of
disposing  of  non-hazardous  municipal  solid  waste  ("MSW"),  which  consists
primarily of refuse and garbage  from households and commercial  establishments.
In  addition, landfilling is  one of the  means of disposing  of certain special
waste. Special waste, some types of which may require special handling, consists
of all waste not regulated as hazardous waste under federal or state laws  other
than MSW and may include asbestos, petroleum contaminated soil, incinerator ash,
foundry sands and sewage and industrial sludges.
 
    In October 1991, the EPA adopted the Subtitle D Regulations, which generally
became  effective on October 9, 1993 (except for certain MSW landfills accepting
less than 100 tons per  day, as to which the  effective date was April 9,  1994,
and  new  financial  assurance  requirements,  which  are  scheduled  to  become
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
effective April 9,  1997). The  Subtitle D Regulations  specify design,  siting,
operating,   monitoring,  closure   and  financial   requirements  for  landfill
operations and, among other things,  require upgraded or new composite  landfill
liners,   leachate  collection  and  treatment,   groundwater  and  methane  gas
monitoring, stricter  siting  and  locational  criteria,  closure  and  extended
post-closure  requirements and financial assurances (such as a surety bond) that
the owner  or operator  can meet  certain of  these obligations.  Each state  is
required  to revise its  applicable solid waste regulations  or programs to meet
the  requirements  of   the  Subtitle   D  Regulations   or  such   requirements
automatically  will  be imposed  by the  EPA. Many  states have  already adopted
regulations or programs as stringent as, or more stringent than, the Subtitle  D
Regulations,  including  all  of  those in  which  the  Company's  landfills are
located.
 
    The Company believes  that in recent  years there has  been a trend  towards
consolidation  of landfill ownership and that a similar trend is emerging in the
solid waste collection  industry, which historically  has been characterized  by
numerous  small companies. The Company believes  that these trends will continue
and are the result of several factors:
 
    - The Subtitle D Regulations and related state regulations and programs have
      significantly increased the amount of capital and the technical  expertise
      required  in  order to  own  and operate  a  landfill. As  a  result, many
      landfill operators  that  lack  the  required  capital  or  expertise  are
      electing to sell their landfills, as an alternative to closing them.
 
    - A  number of  municipalities are electing  to privatize  the operations of
      their municipal  landfills as  an alternative  to funding  the changes  to
      these  landfills that are required in order  to comply with the Subtitle D
      Regulations and related state regulations and programs.
 
    - As a result of  heightened sensitivity to  environmental concerns by  many
      communities,  it is  becoming increasingly  desirable in  many markets for
      collection companies to provide waste  reuse and reduction programs,  such
      as  recycling and composting, in addition to conventional waste collection
      services. This development, as well as more stringent bonding requirements
      being imposed  on waste  collection companies  by various  municipalities,
      have  increased  the  amount  of  capital  generally  required  for  waste
      collection operations, causing private collection companies that lack  the
      requisite   capital  to  sell  their   operations  to  better  capitalized
      companies.
 
STRATEGY
 
   
    The Company's objective is to build a large regional fully-integrated  solid
waste services company with an established market presence in secondary markets.
The  Company's strategy  for achieving this  objective is to  establish a market
presence generally anchored by its landfills; to increase volume in its  markets
through  "tuck-in"  acquisitions of  collection companies  and marketing  to new
customers; to provide a high level  of customer service; to implement  selective
price  increases; and to  continue to implement strict  cost controls and reduce
corporate overhead as a percentage of  revenues. The Company believes that  this
strategy  of building  an integrated entity  should provide  it with competitive
cost advantages  in its  targeted  regional markets.  The Company's  ability  to
implement  its strategy is enhanced by the experience of its senior managers and
their knowledge of the solid waste industry. There can be no assurance, however,
that the Company will be successful in the execution of its strategy. See  "Risk
Factors."
    
 
    The Company targets acquisitions in geographic areas characterized by one or
more   of  the  following  criteria:  (i)  the  availability  of  permitted  and
underutilized landfill capacity located outside of,  but within 125 miles of,  a
significant  metropolitan center; (ii)  the absence of  a dominant competitor in
the area  which  would  preclude  the Company  from  implementing  its  business
strategy;  (iii) anticipated  economic and population  growth; and  (iv) near or
medium-term scheduled closures of competing landfills.
 
    The Company  has  adopted  the  following  four-step  operating  program  in
executing its business strategy:
 
   
        1.   LANDFILL  ACQUISITIONS.  Once  the Company identifies  an area that
    qualifies under its target market criteria, the Company seeks to establish a
    market presence, generally by acquiring one  or more landfills in that  area
    that  can be accessed economically from  the metropolitan center or from the
    regional market area, either through direct hauling or through strategically
    located transfer stations. In evaluating a landfill acquisition, the Company
    considers,   among   others,    the   following    factors:   (i)    current
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    disposal  costs together with transportation  costs to the targeted landfill
    relative to transportation and disposal costs of potential competitors; (ii)
    expected landfill life; (iii) opportunities for landfill expansion; and (iv)
    projected short-term ability  to secure  a minimum of  500 tons  per day  of
    disposal volume.
 
        2.   SECURE  CAPTIVE WASTE  VOLUMES.  After  the Company  has acquired a
    landfill, it seeks to build a  market presence and increase the  utilization
    of the landfill by securing captive waste streams, which includes developing
    and  acquiring transfer  stations, entering into  waste collection contracts
    and acquiring waste collection companies. Generally, the Company pursues the
    acquisition  of  collection  companies   that:  (i)  have   well-established
    residential  or  commercial collection  routes  and accounts;  (ii)  own and
    operate transfer stations; or (iii) do not own landfills and are  vulnerable
    to  volatile disposal  pricing, which the  Company believes  it can minimize
    through landfill ownership.
 
        3.   "TUCK-IN"  ACQUISITIONS.   The  Company  acquires  service  rights,
    obligations, machinery and equipment in "tuck-in" acquisitions of collection
    companies  to: (i) increase the waste stream directed to its landfills; (ii)
    maximize its market presence; and (iii) take advantage of economies of scale
    which should increase earnings and return on capital.
 
        4.  INTEGRATION AND EXPANSION  OF OPERATIONS.  Immediately upon  closing
    any  acquisition,  the  Company  integrates the  acquired  company  into its
    operations  by:  (i)  instituting  strict  cost  control  procedures;   (ii)
    consolidating   and  rationalizing  collection  routes  and  pricing;  (iii)
    implementing Company operating policies  and procedures (including  programs
    designed  to improve employee productivity  and equipment utilization); (iv)
    establishing a sales and  marketing force; and  (v) converting the  acquired
    company   to  the  Company's  accounting,  data  processing  and  management
    reporting systems. During the transition period following acquisitions,  the
    Company  retains the management of certain companies it acquires in order to
    benefit from management's local operating knowledge and the goodwill it  has
    developed.  Additionally, on a selective basis,  the Company seeks to expand
    the capacity of its  landfills to accommodate  increasing waste volumes  and
    improve profitability.
 
ACQUISITION PROGRAM
 
   
    In   January  1993,  representatives  of   Charterhouse  and  the  Company's
management formulated an acquisition-based growth strategy to establish a  large
regional  fully-integrated solid  waste management services  company. To execute
its strategy, affiliates of  Charterhouse acquired a  majority interest in  ADS,
which  owned one landfill in Oklahoma,  and began assembling a senior management
team. See "The Company." Using ADS as a platform for this strategy, the  Company
has increased the number of landfills it owns from one to five and has completed
22 acquisitions of solid waste companies since January 1993.
    
 
    The  Company  has assembled  an  experienced acquisition  team  comprised of
operations,  environmental,   engineering,  legal,   financial  and   accounting
personnel,  each engaged in identifying and evaluating acquisition opportunities
in  order  to  execute  its  operating  program.  The  Company  has  established
pre-acquisition  review procedures for  acquisition candidates, including legal,
financial, engineering, operational and environmental reviews. The environmental
review includes, where appropriate, investigation of geologic, hydrogeologic and
other site conditions,  past and  current operations (including  types of  waste
deposited),  design  and  construction records,  permits,  regulatory compliance
history, regulatory agency records and available soil sampling, groundwater  and
air  monitoring results.  The Company  uses regional  managers to  assist in the
acquisition  process   by  identifying   suitable  candidates   and   performing
pre-acquisition review and evaluation tasks.
 
    In  considering  whether  to proceed  with  an acquisition,  in  addition to
determining whether the candidate meets the Company's criteria described  above,
the  Company  evaluates  a number  of  factors, including:  (i)  the acquisition
candidate's historical  and  projected  financial  results;  (ii)  any  expected
synergies  with  one or  more of  the Company's  existing operations;  (iii) the
proposed purchase price and  the Company's expected  resultant internal rate  of
return  on  investment and  the expected  impact on  the Company's  earnings per
share; (iv) whether the candidate will  enhance the Company's ability to  effect
other  acquisitions  in  the  vicinity;  (v)  the  candidate's  customer service
reputation and relationships  with the local  communities; (vi) the  composition
and  size of the candidate's customer base; (vii) the types of services provided
by the
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
candidate; and  (viii)  whether the  candidate  has definable  and  controllable
liabilities, including potential environmental liabilities. The Company believes
that significant opportunities exist to acquire new landfills and to develop its
existing markets, and reviews acquisition opportunities on an on-going basis.
 
   
    The  Company has  completed 22 acquisitions  of solid  waste companies since
January 1993, which are summarized in the table below.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              COMPANY                         BUSINESS              PRINCIPAL LOCATION          DATE ACQUIRED
- -----------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                  <C>                         <C>                        <C>
MISSOURI REGION:
  Wheatland                          Landfill                    Scammon, KS                January 1993
  Pittsburg Sanitation               Collection                  Pittsburg, KS              January 1993
  Ozark Sanitation                   Collection                  Carthage, MO               January 1993
  Trashmaster                        Collection                  Joplin, MO                 January 1993
  A-1 Trash Service                  Collection                  Verona/Aurora, MO          April 1993
  Tate's Transfer                    Transfer Station            Verona/Aurora, MO          April 1993
  Renfro Sanitation                  Collection                  Branson, MO                June 1993
  B&B Trash                          Collection                  Pittsburg, KS              July 1993
  B&B Refuse                         Collection                  Neosho, MO                 December 1993
  Apex Sanitation                    Collection                  Grove, OK and Green        December 1993
                                                                 Forest, AR
  Epps Sanitation                    Collection                  Branson, MO                December 1993
  Cummings Sanitation                Collection                  Nixa, MO                   May 1994
  Light Hauling                      Collection                  Branson, MO                August 1994
  Poole's Sanitation                 Collection                  Bentonville, AR            August 1994
  Southwest Waste                    Collection                  Springfield, MO            July 1996
WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA REGION:
  Clarion                            Landfill and Collection     Leeper, PA                 June 1995
  Mauthe Sanitation                  Collection                  Strattanville, PA          March 1996
OHIO REGION:
  Wyandot                            Landfill                    Upper Sandusky, OH         August 1995
  Environmental Transportation and   Collection                  Findlay, OH                May 1996
   Management
  R&R Waste Disposal                 Collection                  Findlay, OH                May 1996
  Seneca Disposal                    Collection                  Tiffin, OH                 June 1996
ILLINOIS REGION:
  Livingston                         Landfill                    Pontiac, IL                November 1995
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    MISSOURI REGION.  The Company established a market presence in the southwest
Missouri region in January 1993 with the acquisition of its Wheatland  landfill.
The  implementation of the Company's operating program is substantially complete
in its Missouri region. Since purchasing the Wheatland landfill, the Company has
acquired one transfer station and independently developed two transfer stations.
The Company also has exclusive contracts to accept waste from two other transfer
stations. Additionally, the Company acquired 13 collection companies,  including
the  three operations purchased simultaneously  with the Wheatland landfill. The
collection operations and  transfer stations have  been consolidated into  three
divisions.  The Company has  integrated acquired companies  by consolidating and
rationalizing routes  and pricing,  reducing overhead  through consolidating  an
acquired  company's  operations, implementing  the  Company's cost  controls and
operating procedures, converting acquired companies to the Company's  management
reporting  systems  and implementing  a sales  and  marketing team.  The Company
continues to pursue "tuck-in" acquisitions  of collection companies to  increase
its  per ton margins through internalizing waste streams. The Company also seeks
to expand  its  operations by  taking  advantage of  the  economic  efficiencies
provided  by  its integrated  operations  and is  in  the process  of developing
another transfer station. Since the  acquisition of its Wheatland landfill,  the
Company has increased the waste volume at its landfill by approximately 800 tons
per day.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    WESTERN  PENNSYLVANIA REGION.  The  Company entered the western Pennsylvania
region in  June  1995  with the  acquisition  of  its Clarion  landfill  and  an
affiliated  collection company. The Clarion landfill is located within 110 miles
of Pittsburgh and Erie, Pennsylvania. The Company is in the early stages of  its
operating  program in the western Pennsylvania  region. Since the acquisition of
the Clarion landfill, the Company has reached the maximum allowable waste volume
by increasing deliveries  to this landfill  by approximately 300  tons per  day,
primarily  through the expansion of its market presence and the geographic scope
of its operations. As part of  its ongoing strategy in the western  Pennsylvania
market,  the Company seeks to increase  its volume of internalized waste through
additional "tuck-in" acquisitions in order to increase per ton margins. In March
1996, the  Company completed  its first  "tuck-in" acquisition  of a  collection
company in this region.
 
   
    OHIO  REGION.   The Company established  a market  presence in north-central
Ohio in  August 1995  with the  acquisition of  its Wyandot  landfill, which  is
located   within  approximately  125   miles  of  Cleveland,   Ohio  and  within
approximately 75 miles of Toledo and Columbus, Ohio. The Company is in the early
stages of its  operating program  in the  north-central Ohio  region. Since  the
acquisition  of the Wyandot landfill, the Company has increased the waste volume
at this landfill by approximately 300 tons per day, primarily through  operating
under  contract with two  transfer stations and implementing  a new sales focus.
The Company recently completed the acquisition of three collection companies  in
the  Ohio  region  and  is pursuing  the  acquisition  of  additional collection
companies to increase its  volume of internalized waste.  To further expand  its
operations, the Company is seeking to increase capacity at the Wyandot landfill.
See  "-- Operations -- Landfills." Prior to  the acquisition by the Company, the
Wyandot landfill's waste  volume was  composed primarily of  special waste.  The
Company  is seeking  to increase  the volume  of MSW  relative to  special waste
deposited at the Wyandot  landfill through shifting the  focus of its sales  and
marketing efforts towards MSW collections.
    
 
    ILLINOIS REGION.  The Company established a market presence in north-central
Illinois in November 1995 with the acquisition of its Livingston landfill, which
is  located approximately 90 miles from downtown Chicago. The acquisition of the
Livingston landfill was attractive  to the Company's  management because of  the
expected  closing of two competing landfills  that currently accept an aggregate
of approximately 15,000 tons per day  and the management team's experience  with
the  Chicago market. The Company is in the early stages of its operating program
in the north-central Illinois  region. Since the  acquisition of the  Livingston
landfill,  the  Company  has increased  the  waste  volume at  this  landfill by
approximately 1,000  tons  per  day  through  intensified  sales  and  marketing
efforts. Presently, the Company is independently developing one transfer station
and  is  pursuing  the  acquisition of  another.  Additionally,  the  Company is
pursuing the acquisition of collection companies of varying size to increase its
volume of internalized waste which is currently delivered pursuant to  brokerage
contracts.  The Company  is also  seeking to  expand capacity  at the Livingston
landfill. See "-- Operations -- Landfills."
 
   
    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  successful   in
implementing  its operating program in  any of these existing  markets or in any
future  markets.  See  "Risk  Factors  --  Ability  to  Manage  Growth,"  "   --
Availability  of Acquisition Targets; Integration  of Future Acquisitions," " --
History of  Losses  and  Working  Capital  Deficits;  Integration  of  Completed
Acquisitions,"  "-- Limited  Operating History,"  "-- Funding  of Future Capital
Requirements and Working Capital Deficits" and "-- Limitations on Expansion."
    
 
OPERATIONS
 
   
    The  Company's  waste  management  operations  include  the  ownership   and
operation  of  solid waste  landfills,  transfer stations  and  waste collection
services. The  Company's  landfills  are relatively  underutilized  given  their
potential  size and the fact that the  Company's operating program in a majority
of its markets has not yet been  completed. There can be no assurance,  however,
that  the Company  will be  successful in  executing its  operating program. See
"Risk Factors." The  Company believes  that all  of its  landfills and  transfer
stations  comply  with or  exceed the  requirements mandated  by the  Subtitle D
Regulations and the applicable state regulations. The Company regularly monitors
incoming waste at its  landfills to determine if  such wastes are in  compliance
with its permits.
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
LANDFILLS
 
    The  Company currently  owns five  landfill operations  permitted to receive
solid  waste.  These  landfill  operations   are  located  in  Illinois,   Ohio,
Pennsylvania, Kansas and Oklahoma.
 
    Each  of the Company's landfill  operations is located on  land owned by the
Company. The permitted waste streams at each of these landfills include both MSW
and certain special waste  (the type of special  waste varying from landfill  to
landfill).  During the three months ended  March 31, 1996, the Company's captive
waste (including the  Company's collection  operations and  third party  haulers
operating under long-term contracts) constituted an average of approximately 63%
of the solid waste disposed of at its landfills.
 
    The  table  and  landfill  descriptions  below  provide  certain  additional
information, as of May 1, 1996, regarding the five landfill operations that  the
Company currently owns and operates.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       APPROXIMATE ACREAGE        APPROXIMATE
                                                                   ---------------------------  UNUSED PERMITTED
LANDFILLS                                        LOCATION            TOTAL     PERMITTED (1)      AIRSPACE (2)
- ---------------------------------------  ------------------------  ---------  ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                      <C>                       <C>        <C>               <C>
                                                                                                (IN MILLIONS OF
                                                                                                  CUBIC YARDS)
Livingston.............................  Pontiac, IL                     556          255(3)           31.4(3)
Wyandot................................  Upper Sandusky, OH              344           87               6.7
Clarion................................  Leeper, PA                      606           60               4.7
Wheatland..............................  Scammon, KS                      68           55               1.7
Pittsburg County.......................  Pittsburg, OK                    76           15               0.5
                                                                   ---------          ---               ---
    Total..............................                                1,650          472              45.0
                                                                   ---------          ---               ---
                                                                   ---------          ---               ---
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Permitted  acreage, as used in this table and in this Prospectus, represents
    the portion of  the total  acreage on  which disposal  cells and  supporting
    facilities have been constructed (including any that may have been filled or
    capped)  or may be  constructed based upon  an approval issued  by the state
    generally authorizing  the  development  or  siting of  a  landfill  on  the
    acreage.  Prior to actually constructing  and/or operating each new disposal
    cell on  the permitted  acreage, it  may be  necessary, depending  upon  the
    regulatory  requirements of the particular state,  for the Company to obtain
    additional authorizations with respect  to such cell.  The portion of  total
    acreage  that is not currently permitted  acreage is not currently available
    for waste disposal.
(2) Unused permitted  airspace represents  in  cubic yards  the portion  of  the
    permitted  acreage that has not yet been  used for waste disposal but may be
    available for waste  disposal after  certain approvals are  secured and,  in
    some  instances,  new  disposal  cells are  constructed.  Prior  to actually
    constructing and/or  operating a  new  disposal area  or cell  on  permitted
    acreage,  it may be necessary, depending upon the regulatory requirements of
    the particular  state or  locality,  for the  Company to  obtain  additional
    authorizations.
(3) Includes  approximately 200 acres and 26.0 million cubic yards for which the
    Company has received siting approval,  a prerequisite to obtaining a  permit
    for  a landfill  in Illinois.  The Company  submitted its  application for a
    permit in November 1995. There can be no assurance that any permit  received
    will  be for the same specifications  as the application, or that additional
    terms or conditions will not be imposed.
 
    The Company monitors the available  permitted in-place disposal capacity  at
each  of its  landfills on  an ongoing  basis and  evaluates whether  to seek to
expand this capacity. In making  this evaluation, the Company considers  various
factors,  including  the volume  of waste  projected  to be  disposed of  at the
landfill, the size  of the  unpermitted acreage  included in  the landfill,  the
likelihood  that  the  Company will  be  successful in  obtaining  the necessary
approvals and permits  required for the  expansion and the  costs that would  be
involved  in developing the expanded capacity.  The Company also considers on an
ongoing basis the extent to which it  is advisable, in light of changing  market
conditions  and/or  regulatory requirements,  to seek  to  expand or  change the
permitted waste  streams  at a  particular  landfill  or to  seek  other  permit
modifications.  Set forth below is certain information concerning certain of the
new permits, permit modifications  and approvals that  the Company is  currently
seeking   or   expects  to   seek   to  enable   it   to  expand   its  disposal
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
   
capacity. There can be no assurance  that the Company will succeed in  obtaining
any  of  such permits,  permit modifications  or  approvals, or  that additional
permits, permit  modifications  or  approvals  will  not  be  required  or  that
additional  requirements will not  be imposed by  regulatory agencies. See "Risk
Factors -- Limitations on  Expansion" and "--  Extensive Environmental Land  Use
Laws and Regulations."
    
 
   
    LIVINGSTON.  The Livingston landfill consists of approximately 556 acres, of
which  approximately  255  are  permitted acres.  There  are  approximately 31.4
million  cubic  yards   of  unused  permitted   or  sited  airspace,   including
approximately 26.0 million cubic yards for which the Company has received siting
approval, a prerequisite to obtaining a permit for a landfill in Illinois. Cells
developed  to date at the Livingston  landfill have been constructed with double
composite liner  systems.  In October  1995,  Livingston received  local  siting
approval  from  the Livingston  County Board  for a  major lateral  and vertical
expansion and  re-permitting of  the site.  The local  siting approval  included
authorization  to expand the residual waste  monofill into a facility capable of
accepting various  special wastes  and MSW.  The siting  approval also  included
authorization  to develop additional acreage north of the existing site. The net
effect of  this approval  was to  increase the  sited acreage  by 200  acres  to
approximately  255  acres  and  increase  the  site's  available  capacity  from
approximately 6.0  million cubic  yards to  an estimated  available capacity  of
approximately  31.4  million cubic  yards  as of  January  1, 1996.  The Company
submitted its  permit  application in  November  1995 and  such  application  is
pending  before the Illinois  Environmental Protection Agency.  In addition, the
Company is  seeking permission  from applicable  regulatory authorities  to  use
single  composite liner  systems in  constructing new  cells, which  the Company
believes should  reduce cell  development costs.  The Company  anticipates  that
after the planned expansion, the Livingston landfill would have approximately 20
years of total site life at current disposal levels.
    
 
   
    WYANDOT.   The Wyandot landfill consists of approximately 344 acres in three
proximate  locations,  and  the  Company  has  an  option  to  purchase  up   to
approximately 94 additional acres in the vicinity. Approximately 87 of the owned
acres  are permitted,  and there  are approximately  6.7 million  cubic yards of
unused permitted airspace. Cells developed to date at the Wyandot landfill  have
been  constructed with double composite liner systems. The Company plans to seek
permission from applicable regulatory authorities to use alternative designs  in
constructing   new  cells,  which  the   Company  believes  should  reduce  cell
development costs.  The  Company plans  to  apply for  a  permit from  the  Ohio
Environmental  Protection Agency  to expand its  landfill capacity  by using the
valley between two of the hills that are currently permitted for waste disposal,
as well as the option acreage. The Company anticipates that if it exercised  its
option,  obtained the required  permits and constructed  the additional landfill
areas, the Wyandot landfill would have approximately 20 years of total site life
at currently anticipated disposal levels.
    
 
   
    CLARION.  The Clarion landfill consists of approximately 606 acres, of which
approximately 60 are permitted acres. There are approximately 4.7 million  cubic
yards of unused permitted airspace. Cells developed at the Clarion landfill have
been,  and due to regulatory requirements  will continue to be, constructed with
double liner systems. The Clarion landfill  has approximately 13 years of  total
site life at current disposal levels.
    
 
   
    WHEATLAND.   The Wheatland landfill consists  of approximately 68 acres, and
the Company has an option to  purchase up to approximately 800 additional  acres
in  the vicinity. Approximately  55 of the  owned acres are  permitted acres and
there are approximately 1.7  million cubic yards  of unused permitted  airspace.
The  Company anticipates that after a  planned expansion, the Wheatland landfill
would have approximately  eight years  of total  site life  at current  disposal
levels.  In addition, the Company is evaluating several alternatives for further
expansion at the Wheatland landfill or for developing a landfill at a  different
site.
    
 
    PITTSBURG  COUNTY.  The Pittsburg  County landfill consists of approximately
76 acres, of which approximately 15 are permitted acres. There are approximately
0.5 million cubic yards of unused permitted airspace. The Company plans to apply
for a permit in the near future to build a lateral expansion that would increase
permitted capacity to approximately 30 acres. The Company anticipates that after
the planned expansion, the Pittsburg County landfill would have approximately 25
years of total site life at current disposal levels.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
TRANSFER STATIONS
 
    The Company has an active program  to acquire, develop and operate  transfer
stations  in its landfill  markets. Presently the Company  owns, operates or has
exclusive contracts to  receive waste from  a total of  seven transfer  stations
(three  of which  are owned and  four of  which are under  exclusive contract to
provide their  waste  to  the  Company) at  which  solid  waste  collected  from
individual customers in Company-owned vehicles or waste delivered by third-party
collection  companies  is  unloaded,  compacted,  reloaded  and  transported  to
Company-owned landfills.  The use  of transfer  stations reduces  the  Company's
costs  by improving  its utilization of  collection personnel  and equipment and
increasing the market area that the Company's landfills can serve. See, however,
"Risk Factors -- Extensive Environmental and Land Use Laws and Regulations." The
Company plans  to  expand  into  contiguous or  proximate  markets  through  the
development or acquisition of additional transfer stations in 1996.
 
COLLECTION OPERATIONS
 
   
    The  Company collects solid  waste from over  85,000 residential, commercial
and industrial  customers  through its  own  collection operations  and  through
brokerage  arrangements with other haulers.  The Company's collection operations
are conducted generally within a 50-mile radius of either its transfer  stations
or  landfills, which  allows the  Company to  serve a  geographic area  within a
radius of approximately 125 miles from its landfills. The Company also contracts
with local generators of  solid waste and  directs the waste  to either its  own
landfill  or to a third-party landfill or  for additional handling at one of its
transfer stations. During the three months  ended March 31, 1996, the  Company's
captive  waste (including  the Company's  collection operations  and third party
haulers  operating  under  long-term   contracts)  constituted  an  average   of
approximately 63% of the solid waste disposed of at its landfills. See, however,
"Risk Factors -- Dependence on Third Party Collection Operations."
    
 
   
    Fees  for the  Company's commercial  and industrial  collection services are
determined by  such  factors as  collection  frequency, type  of  equipment  and
containers  furnished, the type,  volume and weight of  the waste collected, the
distance to the  disposal or  processing facility and  the cost  of disposal  or
processing.  A  majority  of  the  Company's  commercial  and  industrial  waste
collection services  are performed  under contracts.  Substantially all  of  the
Company's   municipal  solid  waste  collection  services  are  performed  under
contracts with  municipalities.  These  contracts grant  the  Company  exclusive
rights  to service  all or  a portion  of the  residential homes  in a specified
community or provide a  central repository for  residential waste drop-off.  The
Company  had 46  municipal contracts  in place as  of March  31, 1996. Municipal
contracts in  the  Company's  market  areas  are  typically  awarded,  at  least
initially,  on a competitive bid basis and usually range in duration from one to
five years. Fees are based primarily on  the frequency and type of service,  the
distance  to the  disposal or  processing facility and  the cost  of disposal or
processing.  Municipal  collection   fees  are  usually   paid  either  by   the
municipalities  from  tax  revenues or  through  direct service  charges  to the
residents  receiving  the  service.  The  Company  also  provides   subscription
residential collection services directly to households.
    
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    The  Company has a coordinated marketing strategy which is formulated at the
corporate level and implemented at the regional level to achieve its desired mix
of MSW and special waste in each of its regions. For example, certain  employees
of  the Company in its  Ohio and Pennsylvania regions  focus on securing special
waste generated by industrial customers. In addition to competitive pricing, the
Company's  marketing  strategy  emphasizes  quality  service  particularly  with
respect  to rapid turnaround time at  its landfills. Each manager implements the
Company's marketing strategy, which is overseen by senior management.  Depending
upon  the size  of the region  and its customer  mix, each manager  may focus on
commercial, industrial, residential or municipal  accounts to a varying  degree.
The  Company maintains  periodic contact  with all  of its  accounts to increase
customer retention.  Company salespersons  call on  prospective customers  in  a
specified geographic territory.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Since  the Company acquires  its waste collection  operations primarily from
entrepreneurs who generally do  not have independent  sales forces, the  Company
often  retains these  entrepreneurs during  the transition  period following the
acquisition of such operations  to acquaint the Company's  sales force with  the
acquired companies' customer base.
 
    The  Company has a diverse customer base, with no single customer accounting
for more  than 10%  of the  Company's revenues  in 1995.  The Company  does  not
believe  that the  loss of  any single  customer would  have a  material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operation.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The solid waste collection and  disposal business is highly competitive  and
requires  substantial  amounts of  capital. The  Company competes  with numerous
local and regional  companies and, in  selected areas, with  the large  national
waste  management  companies.  The  industry  is  led  by  four  national  waste
companies, WMX  Technologies, Inc.,  Browning-Ferris Industries,  Inc.,  Laidlaw
Waste Systems, Inc. and USA Waste Services, Inc. and includes numerous local and
regional  companies of varying sizes and competitive resources such as Sanifill,
Inc., United Waste  Systems, Inc.,  Allied Waste Industries,  Inc. and  Republic
Industries,  Inc.  The large  national companies,  as  well as  a number  of the
regional  companies,  are  significantly  larger  and  have  greater   financial
resources  than the Company.  The Company also competes  with those counties and
municipalities that maintain their own waste collection and disposal operations.
These counties  and municipalities  may  have financial  advantages due  to  the
availability  to  them of  tax revenues  and tax  exempt financing.  The Company
competes primarily by charging competitive prices and offering quality  service.
Competitors may reduce the price of their services in an effort to expand market
share or to win competitively bid municipal contracts.
 
    The  solid waste  collection and  disposal industry  is currently undergoing
significant consolidation, and the Company encounters competition in its efforts
to acquire  landfills  and collection  operations.  Accordingly, it  may  become
uneconomical  for the Company to make further acquisitions or the Company may be
unable to locate or acquire suitable acquisition candidates at price levels  and
on  terms and conditions that the Company considers appropriate, particularly in
markets the Company does not already serve.
 
   
    Competition in the disposal industry may also be affected by the  increasing
national  emphasis on  recycling and other  waste reduction  programs, which may
reduce the volume of waste deposited  in landfills. See "Risk Factors --  Highly
Competitive Industry" and "-- Use of Alternatives to Landfill Disposal."
    
 
LIABILITY INSURANCE AND BONDING
 
    The  Company carries a  broad range of  insurance for the  protection of its
assets and operations  that it  believes is  customary to  the waste  management
industry,  including  pollution liability  coverage.  Specifically, each  of the
Company's five landfills has  pollution liability coverage  of $1.0 million  per
occurrence  or $2.0  million in the  aggregate subject to  a $25,000 deductible.
Nevertheless, if the Company  were to incur  liability for environmental  damage
which  exceeds coverage  limits or  is not  covered by  insurance, its business,
financial condition  and results  of operations  could be  materially  adversely
affected.
 
   
    The  Company is  required to  post a  performance bond  or a  bank letter of
credit or  to provide  other forms  of financial  assurance in  connection  with
closure  and post-closure  obligations with respect  to landfills  and its other
solid waste management operations and may be required to provide such  financial
assurance  in connection with municipal  residential collection contracts. As of
July 11,  1996,  the  Company  had  outstanding  approximately  $15  million  of
performance  bonds and $90,000 in letters of  credit. If the Company were unable
to obtain surety bonds or letters of credit in sufficient amounts, or to provide
other required forms  of financial assurance,  it would be  unable to remain  in
compliance with the Subtitle D Regulations or comparable state requirements and,
among  other things,  might be  precluded from  entering into  certain municipal
collection contracts and obtaining or holding landfill operating permits.
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    At June 30, 1996,  the Company employed approximately  347 employees, 30  of
whom  were managers  or professionals,  246 of  whom were  hourly paid employees
involved in collection, transfer and disposal
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
   
operations, and  71 of  whom  were sales,  clerical,  data processing  or  other
administrative  employees.  None of  the Company's  employees is  represented by
unions, and the Company has no knowledge of any organizational efforts among its
employees. The Company believes that its relations with its employees are good.
    
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
    The Company  is subject  to extensive  and evolving  environmental laws  and
regulations  that have  been enacted in  response to  technological advances and
increased concern over environmental issues. These regulations are  administered
by   the  EPA  and  various  other   federal,  state  and  local  environmental,
transportation, health and safety agencies. The Company believes that there will
continue to  be increased  regulation,  legislation and  regulatory  enforcement
actions related to the solid waste management, collection and disposal industry.
In  light  of  these developments,  the  Company attempts  to  anticipate future
regulatory requirements that might be imposed and plans accordingly to remain in
compliance with the regulatory framework.
 
    In order to develop and operate a landfill, transfer station or other  solid
waste  management  facility,  the  Company  typically  must  go  through several
governmental review processes and obtain one or more permits and often zoning or
other land use  approvals. These permits  and zoning or  land use approvals  are
difficult and time consuming to obtain or to secure renewal of and sometimes are
opposed  by various local elected officials and citizens' groups. Once obtained,
operating permits  generally must  be periodically  renewed and  are subject  to
modification and revocation by the issuing agency.
 
    The  Company's operation of solid waste  management facilities subject it to
certain operational, monitoring, site maintenance, closure and post-closure  and
financial  assurance obligations which change from  time to time and which could
give rise to increased capital  expenditures and operating costs. In  connection
with  the Company's acquisition of existing  landfills, it is often necessary to
expend considerable time, effort  and money in  complying with the  governmental
review  and permitting process necessary to maintain or increase the capacity of
these landfills. Governmental authorities have  the power to enforce  compliance
with  these laws and  regulations and to  obtain injunctions or  impose civil or
criminal penalties in the case of violations. During the ordinary course of  its
landfill  operations, the  Company has from  time to time  received citations or
notices from such authorities  that such operations are  not in compliance  with
certain  applicable  environmental laws  and regulations.  Upon receipt  of such
citations or notices,  the Company generally  works with the  authorities in  an
attempt  to resolve the issues  raised by such citations  or notices. Failure to
correct the  problems to  the  satisfaction of  the  authorities could  lead  to
curtailed operations or even closure of a landfill.
 
    In order to transport solid waste, it is generally necessary for the Company
to  possess one or more permits from state or local agencies. These permits must
also be periodically renewed and are  subject to modification and revocation  by
the  issuing agency. In addition,  the Company's waste transportation operations
are subject to evolving law and regulations that impose operational, monitoring,
training and safety requirements. The Company operates in substantial conformity
with its permits.
 
    The principal federal, state and  local statutes and regulations  applicable
to the Company's operations are as follows:
 
    THE RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT OF 1976 ("RCRA").  RCRA regulates
the  generation, treatment,  storage, handling,  transportation and  disposal of
solid waste and requires states to develop programs to insure the safe  disposal
of  solid  waste.  RCRA  divides  solid waste  into  two  groups,  hazardous and
non-hazardous. Wastes are generally classified as hazardous wastes if they:  (i)
either  (a)  are specifically  included on  a  list of  hazardous wastes  or (b)
exhibit  certain  hazardous  characteristics;  and  (ii)  are  not  specifically
designated  as  non-hazardous. Wastes  classified  as hazardous  under  RCRA are
subject to much  stricter regulation  than wastes  classified as  non-hazardous.
Among  the wastes  that are specifically  designated as  non-hazardous waste are
household waste and special wastes. These wastes, which will be accepted at  the
Company's  landfills, may contain  substances that may  be as toxic  or prone to
cause contamination as some wastes classified and regulated as hazardous.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    In October  1991, the  EPA adopted  the Subtitle  D Regulations.  These  new
regulations  became generally effective in October  1993 (except for certain MSW
landfills accepting less than 100 tons per  day, as to which the effective  date
was  April  9,  1994, and  new  financial assurance  requirements,  which become
effective April 9,  1997) and  include location  restrictions, siting  criteria,
facility   design  standards,  operating   criteria,  closure  and  post-closure
requirements,   financial   assurance   requirements,   groundwater   monitoring
requirements,   groundwater   remediation   standards   and   corrective  action
requirements. In addition, these new regulations require that new landfill units
meet more  stringent  liner  design  criteria  (typically,  composite  soil  and
synthetic  liners or two or more synthetic liners) designed to keep leachate out
of groundwater and have extensive collection systems to carry away leachate  for
treatment  prior  to  disposal.  Groundwater wells  must  also  be  installed at
virtually all landfills  to monitor  groundwater quality.  The Company  believes
that  there is no groundwater contamination at its landfills that is material to
its financial  condition. The  regulations also  require, where  threshold  test
levels  are present, that methane gas generated  at landfills be controlled in a
manner that  will  protect human  health  and  the environment.  Each  state  is
required  to revise its landfill regulations  to meet these requirements or such
requirements will be  automatically imposed upon  it by the  EPA. Each state  is
also  required  to adopt  and implement  a permit  program or  other appropriate
system to ensure  that landfills  within the state  comply with  the Subtitle  D
criteria.   All  states  in  which  the  Company  owns  landfills  have  adopted
regulations or programs as  stringent as or more  stringent than the Subtitle  D
Regulations,  which were first proposed in August  1988. All states in which the
Company's landfills  are  located  have  adopted the  required  plans  and  have
submitted  them to the EPA for review. Pennsylvania, Oklahoma, Ohio and Illinois
have each received full EPA approval for their programs, and Kansas has received
partial approval for its program.
 
    THE FEDERAL WATER  POLLUTION CONTROL  ACT OF  1977, AS  AMENDED (THE  "CLEAN
WATER  ACT").  The Clean Water Act establishes rules regulating the discharge of
pollutants from a variety of sources, including solid waste disposal sites, into
waters of the United States. If runoff or collected leachate from the  Company's
landfills  is discharged into waters  of the United States,  the Clean Water Act
would require the Company  to apply for and  obtain a discharge permit,  conduct
sampling and monitoring and, under certain circumstances, reduce the quantity of
pollutants  in such  discharge. Also,  virtually all  landfills are  required to
comply with  the new  federal storm  water regulations,  which are  designed  to
prevent  possibly  contaminated storm  water from  flowing into  surface waters.
These regulations required that applications for stormwater discharge permits be
submitted  by  October  1992.  The  Company  is  working  with  the  appropriate
regulatory  agencies to ensure that its  facilities are in compliance with Clean
Water Act requirements, particularly as they apply to treatment and discharge of
leachate and  storm  water. The  Company  has secured  or  has applied  for  the
required   discharge   permits  under   the  Clean   Water  Act   or  comparable
state-delegated programs. In  those instances where  the Company's  applications
for  discharge permits  are pending  and a final  discharge permit  has not been
issued, the Company is substantially  in compliance with applicable  substantive
standards  set by the respective states in administering the Clean Water Act. To
ensure  compliance  with  the  Clean   Water  Act  pretreatment  and   discharge
requirements,  the Company has  arranged to discharge  its effluent to municipal
wastewater treatment facilities, except at the Pittsburg County landfill,  where
the  state regulatory agency has allowed recirculation of the Company's leachate
to a lined area of the landfill.
 
    THE COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY ACT OF
1980 ("CERCLA"). CERCLA established a  regulatory and remedial program  intended
to  provide for the investigation and cleanup of facilities from which there has
been,  or  is  threatened,  a  release  of  any  hazardous  substance  into  the
environment. CERCLA's primary mechanism for remedying such problems is to impose
strict  joint and several liability for  cleanup of facilities on current owners
and operators of the site, former owners  and operators of the site at the  time
of  the disposal of the  hazardous substances, as well  as the generators of the
hazardous  substances  and  the  transporters  who  arranged  for  disposal   or
transportation  of the hazardous  substances. The costs  of CERCLA investigation
and cleanup can be very substantial. Liability under CERCLA does not depend upon
the existence or disposal of "hazardous waste" but can also be founded upon  the
existence  of  even  very  small  amounts of  the  many  hundreds  of "hazardous
substances" listed by the EPA, many of which can be found in household waste. If
the Company were to  be found to  be a responsible party  for a CERCLA  cleanup,
either  at one of the Company's owned or operated facilities, or at a site where
waste transported by  the Company has  been stored or  disposed of, the  Company
could be held completely
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
responsible  for all investigative and remedial costs even if others may also be
liable. CERCLA also authorizes the imposition of  a lien in favor of the  United
States  upon all real property  subject to or affected  by a remedial action for
all costs  for  which  a  party  is liable.  The  Company's  ability  to  obtain
reimbursement  from  others for  their allocable  share of  such costs  would be
limited by the Company's ability to find other responsible parties and prove the
extent of their  responsibility and  by the  financial resources  of such  other
parties.  In the past, legislation has been  introduced in Congress to limit the
liability  of  municipalities  and  others   under  CERCLA  as  generators   and
transporters  of municipal solid  waste. Although such  legislation has not been
enacted, if it were to  pass it would limit the  Company's ability to seek  full
contribution  from municipalities for CERCLA cleanup costs even if the hazardous
substances that were  released and caused  the need  for cleanup at  one of  the
Company's  facilities  were generated  by or  transported to  the facility  by a
municipality.
 
    Continued funding for implementation of RCRA, the Clean Water Act and CERCLA
is scheduled for reauthorization by  Congress this year. Depending upon  whether
and  how Congress acts, it is possible that each of these laws may be changed in
ways that may significantly affect the Company's business.
 
    THE CLEAN  AIR ACT.   The  Clean  Air Act,  including the  1990  amendments,
provides  for regulation, through state  implementation of federal requirements,
of the emission of air pollutants from certain landfills based upon the date  of
the  landfill  construction  and  volume  per  year  of  emissions  of regulated
pollutants. The EPA  has recently promulgated  new source performance  standards
regulating   air  emissions   of  certain  regulated   pollutants  (methane  and
non-methane organic compounds) from municipal solid waste landfills. The EPA has
also issued regulations  controlling the emissions  of particular regulated  air
pollutants  from  municipal solid  waste landfills.  Landfills located  in areas
designated as  having  air  pollution  problems may  be  subject  to  even  more
extensive  air pollution controls and emission limitations. In addition, the EPA
has issued standards regulating the disposal of asbestos-containing materials.
 
    Each  of   the  federal   statutes  described   above  contains   provisions
authorizing,  under certain circumstances,  the bringing of  lawsuits by private
citizens to enforce the provisions of the statutes.
 
    THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT  OF 1970 ("OSHA").  OSHA  establishes
employer  responsibilities and  authorizes the promulgation  by the Occupational
Safety and Health  Administration of occupational  health and safety  standards,
including  the obligation  to maintain  a workplace  free of  recognized hazards
likely to  cause  death  or  serious  injury,  to  comply  with  adopted  worker
protection  standards,  to maintain  certain  records, to  provide  workers with
required disclosures  and  to  implement  certain  health  and  safety  training
programs.  Various of  those promulgated  standards may  apply to  the Company's
operations, including those standards concerning  notices of hazards, safety  in
excavation and demolition work, the handling of asbestos and asbestos-containing
materials,  and worker training  and emergency response  programs. The Company's
employees are  trained  to  respond  appropriately in  the  event  there  is  an
accidental  spill or release of  packaged asbestos-containing materials or other
regulated substances during transportation or landfill disposal.
 
    STATE AND LOCAL REGULATION.  Each state in which the Company now operates or
may operate in  the future has  laws and regulations  governing the  generation,
storage,  treatment, handling, transportation and disposal of solid waste, water
and  air  pollution  and,  in   most  cases,  the  siting,  design,   operation,
maintenance,  closure  and post-closure  maintenance  of landfills  and transfer
stations. In addition, many states have adopted "Superfund" statutes  comparable
to,  and  in  some cases  more  stringent  than, CERCLA.  These  statutes impose
requirements for investigation and cleanup  of contaminated sites and  liability
for  costs and  damages associated  with such  sites, and  some provide  for the
imposition of liens on property owned by responsible parties. Furthermore,  many
municipalities  also  have  ordinances,  local  laws  and  regulations affecting
Company operations. These include  zoning and health  measures that limit  solid
waste  management  activities to  specified  sites or  activities,  flow control
provisions that direct the delivery of solid wastes to specific facilities, laws
that grant the right  to establish franchises for  collection services and  then
put  out for bid for the right to provide collection services, and bans or other
restrictions on the movement of solid wastes into a municipality.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    Certain permits  and approvals  may limit  the types  of waste  that may  be
accepted  at a  landfill or  the quantity  of waste  that may  be accepted  at a
landfill during a given time period. In addition, certain permits and approvals,
as well  as  certain  state and  local  regulations,  may limit  a  landfill  to
accepting  waste  that originates  from specified  geographic  areas or  seek to
restrict the importation of out-of-state waste or otherwise discriminate against
out-of-state waste. Generally, restrictions  on the importation of  out-of-state
waste  have not withstood judicial challenge. However, from time to time federal
legislation is  proposed which  would allow  individual states  to prohibit  the
disposal of out-of-state waste or to limit the amount of out-of-state waste that
could  be  imported  for  disposal  and  would  require  states,  under  certain
circumstances, to reduce the amounts of waste exported to other states. Although
such legislation  has  not been  passed  by Congress  yet,  if this  or  similar
legislation is enacted, states in which the Company operates landfills could act
to  limit or prohibit the importation  of out-of-state waste. Such state actions
could materially adversely affect landfills  within those states that receive  a
significant portion of waste originating from out-of-state.
 
    In addition, certain states and localities may for economic or other reasons
restrict  the exportation  of waste  from their  jurisdiction or  require that a
specified  amount  of  waste   be  disposed  of   at  facilities  within   their
jurisdiction.  In 1994, the  United States Supreme  Court held unconstitutional,
and therefore invalid, a local ordinance that sought to impose flow controls  on
taking waste out of the locality. However, certain state and local jurisdictions
continue to seek to enforce such restrictions and, in certain cases, the Company
may  elect not to challenge such restrictions based upon various considerations.
In addition, the aforementioned proposed federal legislation would allow  states
and  localities to impose certain  flow control restrictions. These restrictions
could result in the volume of waste going to landfills being reduced in  certain
areas,  which may materially  adversely affect the  Company's ability to operate
its landfills  at their  full capacity  and/or  affect the  prices that  can  be
charged  for landfill disposal  services. These restrictions  may also result in
higher disposal costs for  the Company's collection  operations. If the  Company
were  unable to pass such  higher costs through to  its customers, the Company's
business, financial  condition and  results of  operations could  be  materially
adversely affected.
 
    There  has been an increasing trend at  the state and local level to mandate
and encourage waste reduction at the source and waste recycling and to  prohibit
or  restrict the disposal of certain types of solid wastes, such as yard wastes,
leaves and tires, in landfills. The enactment of regulations reducing the volume
and types of wastes available for  transport to and disposal in landfills  could
affect the Company's ability to operate its facilities at their full capacity.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    The  principal  fixed assets  used  by the  Company  in connection  with its
landfill operations are  its landfills  which are described  under "Business  --
Operations  -- Landfills." The  five landfill operations  currently owned by the
Company are situated on sites owned by the Company.
 
   
    The principal fixed assets used by the Company in its collection  operations
and  transfer  stations are  approximately 47  acres of  land used  for transfer
stations and  other  facilities  related  to  collection  operations  (of  which
approximately  27 acres are owned and 20 acres are leased); and approximately 68
landfill equipment and machinery units,  16,887 collection containers and  small
equipment  units  and 283  trucks and  trailers (in  each instance,  such number
includes owned and leased units).
    
 
    The Company's corporate  headquarters are located  in Burr Ridge,  Illinois,
where it leases approximately 4,000 square feet of space.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    In  the  normal course  of its  business and  as a  result of  the extensive
governmental regulation  of the  waste industry,  the Company  may  periodically
become  subject  to various  judicial  and administrative  proceedings involving
federal, state or local  agencies. In these proceedings,  an agency may seek  to
impose  fines on  the Company  to revoke,  or to  deny renewal  of, an operating
permit held by the Company. From time  to time, the Company also may be  subject
to actions brought by citizens' groups or adjacent landowners in connection with
the  permitting and licensing of its landfills or transfer stations, or alleging
environmental damage  or violations  of the  permits and  licensees pursuant  to
which the Company operates.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
    Thirty-four  plaintiffs in the vicinity  of the Company's Wheatland landfill
initiated a  suit in  1993 seeking  actual and  punitive damages  for  nuisance,
trespass  and negligence. The suit is pending  in the District Court of Crawford
County, Kansas. Plaintiffs claim to have suffered a diminution in real  property
values,  lost  past and  future profits  for three  businesses, reduced  use and
enjoyment of  their residences  for individual  plaintiffs, mental  anguish  and
personal  injury. Three plaintiffs have  since voluntarily withdrawn their cases
and two additional plaintiffs  have reached settlement with  the Company for  an
aggregate  of $70,000. The Company has  entered into a settlement agreement with
the remaining  plaintiffs and  is  awaiting court  approval for  the  settlement
agreement  with respect to the  claims made by three  plaintiffs who are minors.
The Company believes that  such agreement will  not materially adversely  affect
its business, financial condition or results of operations.
    
 
   
    In  addition, the Company is or may become party to various claims and suits
pending for  alleged  damages to  persons  and property,  alleged  violation  of
certain laws and for alleged liabilities arising out of matters occurring during
the  normal  operation  of the  waste  management  business. In  the  opinion of
management, the  liability, if  any,  under these  claims  and suits  would  not
materially  adversely  affect the  business, financial  condition or  results of
operations of the Company.
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  the  Company's
executive officers and directors as of May 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                      AGE                                POSITION
- -------------------------------------  ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>
David C. Stoller.....................     46      Chairman; Director
Richard De Young.....................     42      President; Director
Scott H. Flamm.......................     41      Senior Vice President; Chief Financial Officer; Director
Richard Kogler.......................     37      Vice President; Chief Operating Officer
Ann L. Straw.........................     43      Vice President; General Counsel; Secretary
Lawrence R. Conrath..................     39      Vice President; Controller
John J. McDonnell....................     41      Vice President -- Engineering
Merril M. Halpern....................     62      Director
A. Lawrence Fagan (1)................     66      Director
Richard T. Henshaw, III (2)..........     57      Director
G.T. Blankenship (2).................     68      Director
Norman Steisel (1)...................     54      Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Member of audit committee
 
(2) Member of compensation committee
 
    DAVID C. STOLLER has been Chairman and  a director of the Company since  the
Exchange.  He has served in the same capacities for ADS (since January 1993) and
CDI (since May  1995). He  has also  been (since  August 1992)  the Chairman  of
Charterhouse  Environmental  Capital  Group,  Inc.  ("Charterhouse Environmental
Capital"), which provides management and  consulting services to companies  with
environmental  operations  including  the  Company.  Charterhouse  Environmental
Capital is an affiliate of  Charterhouse. Mr. Stoller was  a partner at the  law
firm  of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy (where he remains as "Of Counsel") from
January 1989 through July 1992.
 
    RICHARD DE YOUNG has been President and a director of the Company since  the
Exchange.  He has  also served  as President of  ADS since  April 1994  and as a
director since  September 1993  and was  the Chief  Operating Officer  and  Vice
President  for ADS from January 1993 through April 1994. Mr. De Young has been a
director of CDI  since May  1995. From  June 1982  through January  1993 he  was
employed by Waste Management of North America, a subsidiary of WMX Technologies,
Inc.  ("WMX"),  most  recently as  a  regional Operations  Vice  President, with
responsibility for landfill and collection operations in the Midwest region.
 
    SCOTT H. FLAMM  has been a  Senior Vice President,  and the Chief  Financial
Officer  of the Company since  May 1996 and a  director since the Exchange. From
the Exchange until May 1996, he was Vice Chairman of the Company. He  previously
served  as Vice Chairman  of CDI since May  1995. He has been  a director of ADS
(since January 1993) and CDI (since May  1995). He has also been Executive  Vice
President  of Charterhouse Environmental  Capital since January  1993. From 1988
until January 1993, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer
and a director of Catalyst Energy, an independent power producer.
 
    RICHARD  KOGLER has been a Vice President and the Chief Operating Officer of
the Company since the Exchange. He previously served in the same capacities  for
ADS since May 1995 and he has been President of CDI since May 1995. From October
1984  through  May 1995  Mr.  Kogler was  employed by  WMX,  most recently  as a
regional Operations Vice President.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
    ANN L. STRAW  has been  Vice President and  General Counsel  of the  Company
since  the Exchange. She previously served in the same capacities for ADS (since
June 1995) and  for CDI (since  June 1995). She  has been the  Secretary of  CDI
since  July  1995. From  1986 through  May 1995  she was  employed by  WMX, most
recently as a Group Counsel for WMX's Midwest Group.
    
 
    LAWRENCE R. CONRATH has  been Controller of the  Company since the  Exchange
and  a Vice President since May 1996. He previously served as Controller for ADS
since May 1994. Prior to joining the  Company, Mr. Conrath spent two years  with
United  Waste Systems, Inc., as Regional Controller of its Michigan region. From
1978 through  1990,  Mr.  Conrath  was employed  by  WMX  in  several  financial
positions,  most recently as  Director of Accounting for  the WMX Urban Services
Group.
 
    JOHN J. MCDONNELL  has been  Vice President  -- Engineering  of the  Company
since  the  Exchange. He  previously served  as  Environmental Engineer  for ADS
(since February 1993)  and CDI  (since June  1995). From  1985 through  February
1993,  Mr.  McDonnell  was employed  by  WMX,  most recently  as  an Engineering
Manager.
 
    MERRIL M.  HALPERN  has  served as  a  director  of the  Company  since  the
Exchange. Since October 1984, Mr. Halpern has served as Chairman of the Board of
Charterhouse,  which  is a  private  investment firm  specializing  in leveraged
buy-out acquisitions. From 1973 to October 1984, Mr. Halpern served as President
and Chief Executive Officer of Charterhouse.  Mr. Halpern is also a director  of
Dreyer's  Grand Ice  Cream, Inc.,  a manufacturer  and distributor  of ice cream
products; Del Monte Corporation,  a processor and marketer  of canned foods  and
vegetables;  Designer  Holdings  Ltd.,  a  developer  and  marketer  of designer
sportswear lines ("Designer Holdings"); Insignia  Financial Group, Inc., a  real
estate  management firm;  and Microwave Power  Devices, Inc.,  a manufacturer of
highly linear  power amplifiers  primarily for  the wireless  telecommunications
market ("MPD").
 
    A.  LAWRENCE  FAGAN  has served  as  a  director of  the  Company  since the
Exchange. He has been Executive Vice  President of Charterhouse since 1984.  Mr.
Fagan is also a director of Designer Holdings and MPD.
 
    RICHARD  T.  HENSHAW, III  has  been a  director  of the  Company  since the
Exchange. He has served as a director of ADS (since January 1993) and CDI (since
May 1995). Mr. Henshaw  has been a Senior  Vice President of Charterhouse  since
1991. Prior thereto he was a Senior Vice President of The Bank of New York.
 
    G.T.  BLANKENSHIP has been a director of  the Company since the Exchange. He
previously served as a director of ADS (since January 1991). Mr. Blankenship has
been a self-employed private investor since 1990.
 
    NORMAN STEISEL has  been the  President of EnEssCo  Strategies, a  strategic
consulting  services firm  specializing in  government regulated  markets, since
January 1994. From January 1990 through December 1993, Mr. Steisel was the First
Deputy Mayor of  the City  of New  York. Prior  to 1990,  he was  a Senior  Vice
President  at Lazard Freres  & Co., specializing  in environmental corporate and
municipal finance.
 
    See  "Certain  Transactions"  and   "Principal  Stockholders"  for   certain
information concerning the Company's directors and executive officers.
 
    Directors  of  the Company  hold  office until  the  next annual  meeting of
stockholders and  until their  successors are  elected and  qualified, or  until
their earlier resignation or removal. All officers are appointed by and serve at
the  discretion of  the Board  of Directors.  There are  no family relationships
among any directors or officers of the Company.
 
    The Board of Directors has established a compensation committee and an audit
committee. The compensation  committee reviews  executive salaries,  administers
any  bonus,  incentive  compensation  and stock  option  plans  of  the Company,
including the  American Disposal  Services,  Inc. 1996  Stock Option  Plan,  and
approves  the  salaries and  other  benefits of  the  executive officers  of the
Company. In addition,  the compensation  committee consults  with the  Company's
management  regarding pension and other  benefit plans and compensation policies
and practices  of the  Company.  The audit  committee reviews  the  professional
services  provided by  the Company's  independent auditors,  the independence of
such auditors from management of the Company, the annual financial statements of
the Company and the Company's system of
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
internal accounting  controls.  The  audit committee  also  reviews  such  other
matters  with  respect  to  the  accounting,  auditing  and  financial reporting
practices and procedures of  the Company as  it may find  appropriate or may  be
brought  to  its attention,  and meets  from time  to time  with members  of the
Company's internal audit staff.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
    In May  1996, Mr.  Stoller entered  into an  employment agreement  with  the
Company,  under  which  he  serves as  the  Company's  Chairman.  The employment
agreement provides for an annual base  salary of $300,000 and terminates on  the
first  anniversary  of the  closing of  the  Offering. The  employment agreement
provides that  Mr. Stoller  will receive  a $600,000  payment in  the event  his
employment is terminated following a "change-in-control" of the Company.
    
 
    In  May 1996,  Mr. De  Young entered into  an employment  agreement with the
Company, effective upon closing  of the Offering, under  which he serves as  the
Company's President. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary
of  $300,000  and terminates  on the  third  anniversary of  the closing  of the
Offering. The employment  agreement provides that  Mr. De Young  will receive  a
$600,000  payment  in  the  event  his  employment  is  terminated  following  a
"change-in-control" of  the Company.  In  addition, if  the Company  retains  an
officer  (other than the Chairman of the Board)  in a capacity that is senior to
Mr. De Young, or if his  responsibilities are materially diminished (other  than
for  cause), Mr.  De Young will  have the  right to terminate  his employment in
which event he  will be entitled  to receive  payments equal to  the greater  of
$750,000  or the  remaining aggregate  amount of  base salary  otherwise payable
under the employment agreement.
 
    In January 1993,  Mr. McDonnell  entered into an  employment agreement  with
ADS,  under which he serves as the  Company's Vice President -- Engineering. The
employment agreement currently provides  for an annual  base salary of  $127,000
and terminates on January 26, 1998.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    During  1995, the Board of Directors  determined the compensation of all the
Company's executive officers. Since  May 16, 1996,  all such deliberations  were
made  by the Company's compensation committee. The compensation committee of the
Board of Directors consists of Messrs. Blankenship and Henshaw. No member of the
compensation committee or executive  officer of the  Company has a  relationship
that  would constitute an interlocking  relationship with the executive officers
or directors of another entity.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    The only directors who  will be compensated for  services as a director  are
Messrs.  Blankenship  and Steisel,  each of  whom will  receive $2,000  for each
meeting of the Board of Directors which he attends and $500 for each meeting  of
a committee of the Board of Directors which he attends.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following table sets forth,  for the year ended  December 31, 1995, the
cash compensation paid and  shares underlying options granted  to Mr. De  Young,
the  President of the Company, and each other executive officer whose salary for
such fiscal year was in excess of  $100,000. The Company did not pay bonuses  to
these individuals during the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SHARES
                                                                                          UNDERLYING
                                                                             SALARY    OPTIONS GRANTED
                                                                           ----------  ----------------
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>
Richard De Young, President..............................................  $  230,092        212,109
Scott H. Flamm, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer...........     122,106(1)        83,989
John J. McDonnell, Vice President -- Engineering.........................     109,447         49,205
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Represents  the salary  received since June  1995, when Mr.  Flamm became an
    employee of the Company.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The following table contains information concerning the grant of options  to
purchase  shares of the  Company's Common Stock  to each of  the named executive
officers of  the Company  during the  year  ended December  31, 1995.  No  stock
appreciation rights ("SARS") were granted in 1995.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                           -------------------------------------
                                        PERCENT OF
                                           TOTAL                                POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                            NUMBER OF     OPTIONS                               AT ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                           SECURITIES   GRANTED TO                                STOCK APPRECIATION FOR
                           UNDERLYING    EMPLOYEES    EXERCISE                       OPTION TERM (1)
                             OPTIONS     IN FISCAL      PRICE      EXPIRATION   --------------------------
NAME                         GRANTED       YEAR       ($/SHARE)     DATE (2)         5%           10%
- -------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Richard De Young.........     212,109       30.41%    $    7.41       8/1/2005  $  2,741,676  $  5,038,778
Scott H. Flamm...........      83,989       12.04%    $    7.41     12/27/2005     1,119,965     2,099,602
John J. McDonnell........       1,263        0.18%    $    7.17      2/23/2002        12,666        19,322
                               47,942        6.87%    $    7.41       8/1/2005       619,688     1,138,891
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Based  on certain assumed rates of  appreciation from an assumed share price
    of $13.00 as  of June  1, 1996. The  potential realizable  values set  forth
    above  do not take into account applicable tax and expense payments that may
    be associated with such option  exercises. Actual realizable value, if  any,
    will be dependent on the future price of the Common Stock on the actual date
    of  exercise, which may be  earlier than the stated  expiration date. The 5%
    and 10%  assumed  annualized rates  of  stock price  appreciation  over  the
    exercise  period of the options used in  the table above are mandated by the
    rules of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission and do  not represent  the
    Company's  estimate or projection of the future price of the Common Stock on
    any date. There  is no  representation either  express or  implied that  the
    stock  price appreciation rates for the Common Stock assumed for purposes of
    this table will actually be achieved.
 
(2) Each option is subject  to earlier termination  if the officer's  employment
    with the Company is terminated.
 
    The  following table sets forth information  for each of the named executive
officers with respect  to the value  of options outstanding  as of December  31,
1995. There were no options exercised during 1995.
 
                         FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                    UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                   OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31,       IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                             1995              AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 (1)
                                                  --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                                              EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Richard De Young................................      26,537        256,205    $ 154,711    $ 1,444,501
Scott H. Flamm..................................      14,822         69,167       82,855        386,644
John J. McDonnell...............................       8,846         63,904       51,572        361,054
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Represents  the difference between an assumed  share price of $13.00 and the
    exercise price  per share  of the  in-the-money options,  multiplied by  the
    number of shares underlying the in-the-money options.
 
1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    Effective  as of January 1, 1996,  the Company adopted the American Disposal
Services, Inc. 1996 Stock  Option Plan (the  "Plan"). The Plan  is a stock  plan
providing  for  the  grant of  incentive  stock options  and  nonqualified stock
options to key employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
    ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan is administrated by the compensation committee  of
the Company's Board of Directors (the "Committee"). The Committee determines the
key employees and consultants eligible to receive options and the terms thereof,
all in a manner consistent with the Plan.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
    SHARES  SUBJECT TO  OPTIONS.   The Plan  provides that  the total  number of
shares of Common Stock that may be subject to options shall be 1,100,000 shares.
Shares subject to  any option which  terminates or expires  unexercised will  be
available for subsequent grants.
 
    OPTIONS.   The Plan  provides for the  grant of incentive  stock options and
nonqualified stock options to  key employees and  consultants, as determined  by
the  Committee. The exercise price of  incentive stock options granted under the
Plan shall be at least 100% of fair market value of the Common Stock on the date
of grant and the exercise price of nonqualified stock options shall be at  least
equal  to the par value of the Common Stock. Nonqualified stock options shall be
exercisable for not  more than  ten years, and  incentive stock  options may  be
exercisable  for up to ten years except as otherwise provided. The Committee may
provide that an optionee may pay for  shares upon exercise of an option: (i)  in
cash;  (ii)  in  already-owned shares  of  Common  Stock; (iii)  by  agreeing to
surrender then exercisable options equivalent in value; (iv) by payment  through
a  cash or margin  arrangement with a  broker; (v) in  shares otherwise issuable
upon exercise of the option; or (vi) by such other medium or by any  combination
of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) as authorized by the Committee. The grant of an
option  may be accompanied by a reload  option, which gives an optionee who pays
the exercise price of an option with shares of Common Stock an additional option
to acquire the  same number  of shares  that was used  to pay  for the  original
option.  Under certain  circumstances, including termination  of employment upon
retirement, disability or death, the option may be exercised during an  extended
period.
 
    In  connection with the Restructuring, all options to purchase shares of ADS
and CDI were exchanged for options to purchase shares of Common Stock under  the
Plan.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    Messrs.  Stoller  and  Flamm  are  officers  of  Charterhouse  Environmental
Capital, an affiliate of Charterhouse,  which has been providing management  and
consulting  services to the Company since 1993. These services include: services
relating to the  Company's banking and  other financial relationships  including
assistance  in  connection  with  the  financing  and  refinancing  of corporate
indebtedness; analysis  and assistance  from both  a financial  and  operational
standpoint   in  connection  with  the   expansion  of  the  Company's  business
operations;  assistance  with   strategic  planning;  and   advice  related   to
acquisitions.  Fees paid  by the  Company to  Charterhouse Environmental Capital
were $314,000 in 1993, $515,000 in  1994 and $659,000 in 1995. These  management
and  consulting  services will  be terminated  effective at  the closing  of the
Offering. See, however, "Management -- Employment Agreements."
    
 
   
    On November 16, 1995, the  Company borrowed $12.5 million from  Charterhouse
Equity  Partners  II, L.P.  See "Principal  Stockholders."  The loan  matures on
November 15, 1996 and bears interest at a rate per annum equal to the prime rate
plus 3%.  The  Company repaid  this  loan in  June  1996 with  $7.5  million  of
borrowings  under the Credit Facility and  the remaining $5.0 million was repaid
with existing  cash.  See "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
    Effective  as of January  1, 1996, the Company  entered into agreements with
each of its executive officers providing  that, upon such officer's exercise  of
stock  options granted  in exchange for  options previously granted  by CDI, the
Company will pay to  such officer an  amount equal to  the tax savings  actually
recognized  by the Company  as a result  of the deductions  attributable to such
exercise. In no event  can the payment  to be received  by an executive  officer
under  such  agreement  exceed the  difference  between the  federal  income tax
actually paid by such officer as a result of such option exercise and the amount
of federal income tax that would have been paid by such officer had such  option
exercise been taxed at the capital gains rate.
 
    All  future  transactions,  including  loans, between  the  Company  and its
officers, directors, principal stockholders or their affiliates will be  subject
to  approval  of  a  majority  of  the  independent  and  disinterested  outside
directors, and will be on terms no  less favorable to the Company than could  be
obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect  to
beneficial ownership of the Common Stock as  of May 31, 1996 and as adjusted  to
reflect  the sale of the Common Stock  offered hereby, by: (i) each person known
by the Company  to be  the beneficial  owner of more  than 5%  of the  Company's
Common  Stock; (ii) each  of the Company's directors;  (iii) the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and each of the  Company's other executive officers; and  (iv)
the Company's directors and executive officers as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERCENTAGE OWNERSHIP (1)
                                                                 NUMBER OF
                                                                  SHARES     --------------------------
                                                                BENEFICIALLY   PRIOR TO       AFTER
            NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS                  OWNED       OFFERING      OFFERING
- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
Charterhouse Environmental Holdings, L.L.C. (2)...............   1,867,289         32.9%         22.2%
Charterhouse Equity Partners II, L.P. (3).....................   2,511,973         44.2%         29.8%
CDI Equity, LLC (4)...........................................     644,109         11.3%          7.6%
David C. Stoller (5)..........................................      60,271          1.1%        *
Richard De Young (5)(6).......................................      38,540        *             *
Scott H. Flamm (5)............................................      23,764        *             *
Merril M. Halpern (7).........................................      --            --            --
A. Lawrence Fagan (7).........................................      --            --            --
Richard T. Henshaw, III (7)...................................      --            --            --
G.T. Blankenship (8)..........................................     100,935          1.8%          1.2%
Norman Steisel................................................      --            --            --
Richard Kogler (5)............................................       1,177        *             *
Ann L. Straw (5)..............................................         777        *             *
John J. McDonnell (5)(9)......................................      13,441        *             *
Lawrence R. Conrath (5)(10)...................................       5,264        *             *
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)
 (5)..........................................................     244,169          4.3%          2.9%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 *  Less than one percent.
 
 (1)Assumes  no exercise of the  Underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase
    up to  412,500 additional  shares  of Common  Stock  from the  Company.  See
    "Underwriting."
 
 (2)The   address  of  Charterhouse  Environmental  Holdings,  L.L.C.  ("Charter
    Environmental") is c/o Charterhouse  Group International, Inc., 535  Madison
    Avenue, New York, New York 10022. Charterhouse Equity Partners, L.P. ("CEP")
    and  StollerCo  Partners,  L.P.  ("StollerCo") are  the  members  of Charter
    Environmental, with a majority of the ownership interests being held by CEP.
    The general partner of  CEP is CHUSA Equity  Investors, L.P., whose  general
    partner   is  Charterhouse  Equity,  Inc.,   a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
    Charterhouse. As a  result of  the foregoing, all  of the  shares of  Common
    Stock  held by Charter Environmental would, for purposes of Section 13(d) of
    the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, be considered to be beneficially  owned
    by  Charterhouse. Messrs.  Stoller and Flamm  are partners  of StollerCo and
    disclaim beneficial ownership of  shares of Common Stock  held of record  by
    Charter Environmental.
 
 (3)The  address  of Charterhouse  Equity Partners  II, L.P.  ("CEP II")  is c/o
    Charterhouse Group International,  Inc., 535 Madison  Avenue, New York,  New
    York  10022. The  general partner  of CEP II  is CHUSA  Equity Investors II,
    L.P., whose general partner is Charterhouse Equity II, Inc., a  wholly-owned
    subsidiary  of Charterhouse. As a result of the foregoing, all of the shares
    of Common Stock held by CEP II  would, for purposes of Section 13(d) of  the
    Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, be  considered to be beneficially owned by
    Charterhouse.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
 (4)The address  of CDI  Equity, LLC  is c/o  Aetna Life  and Casualty  Company,
    Conveyor  IG6U,  151  Farmington Avenue,  Hartford,  Connecticut  06156. The
    member interests in CDI Equity, LLC are  held as follows: 99% by Aetna  Life
    Insurance  Company, which  is a  wholly-owned subsidiary  of Aetna  Life and
    Casualty Company, and 1% by CDI  Equity, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary  of
    Aetna Life Insurance Company.
    
 
 (5)Includes  options exercisable  within 60  days of  May 31,  1996 to purchase
    57,804, 36,073, 22,232, 1,177,  12,446, 4,767 and  777 shares granted  under
    the  American  Disposal Services,  Inc. 1996  Stock  Option Plan  to Messrs.
    Stoller, De  Young, Flamm,  Kogler,  McDonnell and  Conrath and  Ms.  Straw,
    respectively. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares
    beneficially  held by each person or group of persons named above on a given
    date, any security  which such person  or persons has  the right to  acquire
    within  60 days after such  date is deemed to  be beneficially owned for the
    purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person or persons, but
    is not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the  percentage
    ownership of any person.
 
 (6)Includes 2,467 shares held jointly by Mr. De Young and his wife.
 
 (7)Merril  M. Halpern and  A. Lawrence Fagan  are executive officers, directors
    and stockholders of Charterhouse and Richard T. Henshaw, III is an executive
    officer of Charterhouse.  Messrs. Halpern, Fagan  and Henshaw each  disclaim
    beneficial  ownership of  the shares of  Common Stock  beneficially owned by
    Charterhouse.
 
 (8) Includes  7,995  shares  held  by Mr.  Blankenship's  wife,  of  which  Mr.
    Blankenship disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
 (9) Includes 996 shares held by Mr. McDonnell's minor children.
 
(10) Includes 498 shares held jointly by Mr. Conrath and his wife.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The  Company's  authorized capital  stock consists  of 20,000,000  shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,
par value $.01 per share, (the "Preferred Stock"). The discussions of the Common
Stock and Preferred Stock here and elsewhere in this Prospectus are qualified in
their entirety by  reference to:  (i) the  Certificate of  Incorporation of  the
Company,  as  amended, a  copy of  which has  been  filed as  an exhibit  to the
Registration Statement  of  which  this  Prospectus is  a  part;  and  (ii)  the
applicable Delaware law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Holders  of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all
matters submitted to a  vote of stockholders and  do not have cumulative  voting
rights.  Stockholders casting a plurality of  votes of the stockholders entitled
to vote in an election of directors may elect all of the directors standing  for
election.  Holders  of  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  ratably  such
dividends, if any, as  may be declared  by the Board of  Directors out of  funds
legally  available  therefor, subject  to  any preferential  dividend  rights of
Preferred Stock  that may  be issued  at such  future time  or times.  Upon  the
liquidation,  dissolution or  winding up of  the Company, the  holders of Common
Stock are entitled to receive  ratably the net assets  of the Company after  the
payment  of all debts and  other liabilities and subject  to the prior rights of
Preferred Stock that may  be outstanding at such  time. Holders of Common  Stock
have   no  preemptive,  subscription,  redemption   or  conversion  rights.  The
outstanding shares of Common Stock are,  and the shares of Common Stock  offered
by the Company in the Offering will be, when issued and paid for, fully paid and
nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of Common Stock
are  subject to the rights  of the holders of shares  of any series of Preferred
Stock which the Company may designate and issue in the future.
 
    As of May 31, 1996, there were 5,676,901 shares of Common Stock  outstanding
and  held of record by approximately 65  stockholders after giving effect to the
Restructuring. After giving effect  to the issuance of  the 2,750,000 shares  of
Common  Stock  offered  by  the  Company hereby  (assuming  no  exercise  of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option), there will  be 8,426,901 shares of  Common
Stock outstanding upon the closing of the Offering.
 
UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Company's Certificate  of Incorporation authorizes  5,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue the Preferred
Stock in one or more series and  to fix the rights, preferences, privileges  and
restrictions  thereof,  including  dividend  rights,  conversion  rights, voting
rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and  the
number  of shares  constituting any  series or  the designation  of such series,
without further vote or  action by the stockholders.  The issuance of  Preferred
Stock  may have  the effect  of delaying,  deferring or  preventing a  change in
control of  the Company  without  further action  by  the stockholders  and  may
adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock. The
issuance  of Preferred  Stock with  voting and  conversion rights  may adversely
affect the voting power of  the holders of Common  Stock, including the loss  of
voting  control of others. At present, the Company  has no plans to issue any of
the Preferred Stock.
 
DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
    The Company is subject  to Section 203 of  the Delaware General  Corporation
Law  ("Section 203") which, subject to  certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware
corporation from  engaging  in  any business  combination  with  any  interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder
became  an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior  to such date, the board of
directors of the  corporation approved  either the business  combination or  the
transaction   which  resulted   in  the   stockholder  becoming   an  interested
stockholder; (ii) upon  consummation of  the transaction which  resulted in  the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned
at  least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
transaction commenced  (for the  purposes of  determining the  number of  shares
outstanding,  under  Delaware law,  those shares  owned (x)  by persons  who are
directors and also officers  and (y) by employee  stock plans in which  employee
participants  do not have  the right to  determine confidentially whether shares
held subject to  the plan will  be tendered in  a tender or  exchange offer  are
excluded  from the  calculation); or  (iii) on or  subsequent to  such date, the
business
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or
special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the  affirmative
vote  of at least 66 2/3% of the  outstanding voting stock which is not owned by
the interested stockholder.
 
    Section 203 defines  a business combination  to include: (i)  any merger  or
consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii) any
sale,  transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the
corporation involving  the  interested  stockholder; (iii)  subject  to  certain
exceptions,  any transaction  which results in  the issuance or  transfer by the
corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;  (iv)
any transaction involving the corporation which has the effect of increasing the
proportionate  share of  the stock  of any  class or  series of  the corporation
beneficially owned by  the interested  stockholder; or  (v) the  receipt by  the
interested  stockholder  of  the  benefit of  any  loans,  advances, guarantees,
pledges or other financial benefits provided  by or through the corporation.  In
general,  Section 203 defines an interested  stockholder as any entity or person
beneficially owning  15%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the
corporation  and  any  entity  or  person  affiliated  with  or  controlling  or
controlled by such entity or person.
 
    Certain  provisions  of  the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and
Delaware  law may have a significant effect in delaying, deferring or preventing
a change in control of the Company and may adversely affect the voting and other
rights of other holders of Common Stock. In particular, the ability of the Board
of Directors to issue Preferred  Stock without further stockholder approval  may
have  the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the
Company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of other holders of
Common Stock.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    After the Offering,  the holders  of 5,032,861  shares of  Common Stock  and
warrants  to purchase 215,455 shares of Common Stock will be entitled to certain
rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act.
Under the terms of the  agreements between the Company  and the holders of  such
registrable  securities,  if  the  Company  proposes  to  register  any  of  its
securities under  the Securities  Act, either  for its  own account  or for  the
account  of other security holders  exercising registration rights, such holders
are entitled to notice of such  registration and are entitled to include  shares
of  such Common  Stock therein. The  holders of such  registrable securities may
also require  the Company  on  two separate  occasions  to file  a  registration
statement  under the  Securities Act  at the  Company's expense  with respect to
their shares of Common Stock,  and the Company is  required to use its  diligent
reasonable  efforts to  effect such  registration. These  rights are  subject to
certain conditions and limitations, among them the right of the underwriters  of
an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration.
 
   
TRANSFER AGENT
    
 
   
    The  Transfer Agent for the Common Stock is the Continental Stock Transfer &
Trust Company, 2  Broadway, New York,  New York 10004.  Its telephone number  is
(212) 509-4000.
    
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock. Future
sales  of  substantial  amounts  of  Common Stock  in  the  public  market could
adversely affect prevailing market prices.
 
    Upon completion  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  will  have  approximately
8,426,901  shares  of  Common Stock  outstanding  (assuming no  exercise  of the
Underwriters' overallotment option). Of these shares, the 2,750,000 shares  sold
in  the Offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration
under the  Securities  Act, except  for  any  shares purchased  by  an  existing
"affiliate"  of the Company, as  that term is defined  by the Securities Act (an
"Affiliate"), which shares will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144
adopted under the Securities Act.
 
    After the Offering,  the holders of  5,032,861 shares of  Common Stock,  and
warrants to purchase 215,455 shares of Common Stock, will be entitled to certain
rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act.
See  "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights." Registration of such
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
shares under the  Securities Act  would result  in such  shares becoming  freely
tradeable  without  restriction  under  the Securities  Act  (except  for shares
purchased  by   Affiliates)  immediately   upon   the  effectiveness   of   such
registration.
 
   
    The  Company's  officers and  directors and  holders  of 5%  or more  of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock prior  to the Offering, who beneficially  own
an  aggregate of  5,888,279 shares  of Common  Stock or  options or  warrants to
purchase shares of  Common Stock, have  agreed not to  offer, sell, contract  to
sell or grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of such securities for
180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. Additionally, the Company has agreed not to offer, sell,
contract  to sell  or otherwise  dispose of  any shares  of Common  Stock or any
securities convertible into or exercisable  or exchangeable for Common Stock  or
any  rights to acquire Common Stock for a period 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus, without  the  prior written  consent  of Oppenheimer  &  Co.,  Inc.,
subject to certain limited exceptions.
    
 
    In  general, under Rule 144 as currently  in effect, beginning 90 days after
the Offering, a person (or person  whose shares are aggregated) who owns  shares
that  were purchased  from the  Company (or  any Affiliate)  at least  two years
previously, including persons who  may be deemed Affiliates  of the Company,  is
entitled  to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of the Company's  Common
Stock  or the average weekly trading volume of the Company's Common Stock in the
Nasdaq National Market  during the  four calendar  weeks preceding  the date  on
which  notice of the sale  is filed with the  Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission"). Sales under Rule 144  are also subject to certain manner  of
sale  provisions,  notice requirements  and the  availability of  current public
information  about  the  Company.  Any  person  (or  persons  whose  shares  are
aggregated)  who is not deemed  to have been an Affiliate  of the Company at any
time during  the 90  days  preceding a  sale, and  who  owns shares  within  the
definition  of "restricted securities"  under Rule 144  under the Securities Act
that were purchased  from the Company  (or any Affiliate)  at least three  years
previously,  would be  entitled to  sell such  shares under  Rule 144(k) without
regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public  information
requirements or notice requirements. It is anticipated that after the expiration
of such 90 day period no shares of Common Stock will be immediately eligible for
sale under Rule 144.
 
    The  Company intends to  file a registration  statement under the Securities
Act covering approximately 1,100,000 shares  of Common Stock issued or  reserved
for  issuance under the Plan.  See "Management -- 1996  Stock Option Plan." Such
registration statement is  expected to be  filed prior  to the end  of the  1996
calendar  year and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly,
shares registered under such registration  statement pursuant to the Plan  will,
subject  to Rule 144  volume limitations applicable  to Affiliates, be available
for sale in the open market, except  to the extent that such shares are  subject
to  vesting restrictions.  At May 31,  1996, options to  purchase 869,615 shares
were issued and outstanding under the Plan.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to  the terms  and  conditions of  the Underwriting  Agreement,  the
Company  has agreed to sell to each of the Underwriters named below, and each of
the Underwriters,  for  whom  Oppenheimer  &  Co.,  Inc.  and  CS  First  Boston
Corporation are acting as Representatives, has severally agreed to purchase from
the  Company, the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite
the name of such Underwriter below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NUMBER OF
                                                                                            SHARES OF
UNDERWRITER                                                                                COMMON STOCK
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc..................................................................
CS First Boston Corporation.............................................................
 
                                                                                          --------------
    Total...............................................................................      2,750,000
                                                                                          --------------
                                                                                          --------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to the
public initially at the  public offering price  set forth on  the cover page  of
this  Prospectus and in part to certain  securities dealers at such price less a
concession of $      per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of $       per share to certain brokers  and
dealers.  After the shares of Common Stock  are released for sale to the public,
the offering price and other selling terms  may from time to time be changed  by
the  Representatives. The Underwriters are obligated to  take and pay for all of
the shares  of Common  Stock offered  hereby (other  than those  covered by  the
over-allotment option described below) if any are taken.
 
    The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable for up to 30
days  after  the date  of this  Prospectus, to  purchase up  to an  aggregate of
412,500 additional shares of Common Stock  to cover over-allotments, if any.  If
the  Underwriters exercise such option,  the Underwriters have severally agreed,
subject to certain  conditions, to  purchase approximately  the same  percentage
thereof  that the number of shares  to be purchased by each  of them as shown in
the foregoing  table bears  to  the 2,750,000  shares  of Common  Stock  offered
hereby.  The Underwriters may exercise such option only to cover over-allotments
made in connection with the sale of  the shares of Common Stock offered  hereby.
The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters do not intend
to  confirm sales in  excess of 5% of  the shares offered  hereby to any account
over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The Company has agreed to indemnify the representatives of the  Underwriters
and  the several  Underwriters against  certain liabilities,  including, without
limitation liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
   
    The Company's  officers and  directors and  holders  of 5%  or more  of  the
outstanding  shares of Common Stock prior  to the Offering, who beneficially own
an aggregate  of 5,888,279  shares of  Common Stock  or options  or warrants  to
purchase  shares of Common  Stock, have agreed  not to offer,  sell, contract to
sell, pledge  or grant  any option  to  purchase or  otherwise dispose  of  such
securities  for 180  days after  the date of  this Prospectus  without the prior
written consent of Oppenheimer &  Co., Inc. The Company  has also agreed not  to
offer,  sell, contract  to sell,  or otherwise dispose  of any  shares of Common
Stock or  any securities  convertible into  or exercisable  or exchangeable  for
Common  Stock or any rights to acquire  Common Stock (other than shares issuable
upon exercise of  outstanding options  and warrants) for  a period  of 180  days
after  the  date  of  this  Prospectus, without  the  prior  written  consent of
Oppenheimer &  Co., Inc.,  subject to  certain limited  exceptions. See  "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    Prior  to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the  Company.  Consequently,  the  initial  public  offering  price  will  be
determined  by negotiations between  the Company and  the Representatives. Among
the factors  to  be  considered  in  such  negotiations  are  prevailing  market
conditions,  the results  of operations  of the  Company in  recent periods, the
market capitalizations and stages of
development of other companies which the Company and the Representatives believe
to be comparable  to the  Company, estimates of  the business  potential of  the
Company, the present state of the Company's development and other factors deemed
relevant by the Representatives.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  legality of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Proskauer Rose Goetz &  Mendelsohn LLP, 1585 Broadway, New York,  New
York  10036. Certain legal matters  will be passed upon  for the Underwriters by
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 101 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10178.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements  of the Company  at December 31,  1994
and  1995 and for each of  the two years in the  period ended December 31, 1995,
appearing in  this  Prospectus and  the  Registration Statement  of  which  this
Prospectus  forms a  part have  been audited by  Ernst &  Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and in
the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such report  given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    The  consolidated statements  of operations,  stockholders' equity  and cash
flows of the Company for  the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1993, included  in
this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by
Arthur  Andersen  LLP, independent  public  accountants, as  indicated  in their
reports with  respect thereto,  and are  included herein  in reliance  upon  the
authority  of said  firm as  experts in accounting  and auditing  in giving said
reports.
 
    In 1994 the Company appointed Ernst  & Young LLP to replace Arthur  Andersen
LLP  as its  principal accountants.  The Company  dismissed Arthur  Andersen LLP
during 1994. The reports of Arthur Andersen LLP on the 1993 financial statements
of the Company did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion,  nor
were  they qualified  or modified as  to uncertainty, audit  scope or accounting
principles. The decision  to change  accountants was approved  by the  Company's
Board  of Directors.  There were  no disagreements  with the  former accountants
during the two fiscal years preceding their replacement or during the subsequent
interim  period  preceding  their  replacement  on  any  matter  of   accounting
principles  or practices,  financial statement  disclosure or  auditing scope or
procedures, which  disagreements, if  not resolved  to the  former  accountants'
satisfaction,  would have caused them to make reference to the subject matter of
the disagreement in connection with their reports.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on  Form
S-1  (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the
Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which is part of the  Registration
Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement  and the  exhibits and schedules  thereto, certain items  of which are
omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information with respect  to the Company  and the Common  Stock offered  hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement and to the financial statements,
schedules,  and exhibits  filed as a  part thereof.  The Registration Statement,
including all schedules and exhibits thereto, may be inspected without charge at
the public reference facilities  maintained by the  Commission at its  principal
office  at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W., Washington, D.C. and at the
Commission's regional offices at 7 World Trade Center, 13th floor, New York, New
York and
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois. Copies of such  material
may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.
    
 
   
    Statements  contained  in this  Prospectus  concerning the  contents  of any
contract or other document are not  necessarily complete and, in each  instance,
reference  is made to  the copy of such  contract or other  document filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration Statement  or otherwise with  the Commission,  each
such  statement being qualified  in all respects by  such reference. The Company
believes that  all  material  elements  of  such  contracts  and  documents  are
described in this Prospectus.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES:
  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................     F-2
  Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................     F-3
  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1994................................................     F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1995,
   1994 and 1993...........................................................................................     F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31,
   1995, 1994 and 1993.....................................................................................     F-6
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993...............     F-7
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................     F-8
 
  UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 1996...................................................    F-18
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995.......    F-19
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995.......    F-20
  Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................................    F-21
 
  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1995......................    F-23
 
ACQUIRED COMPANIES (CDI ACQUISITION):
  ENVIRITE CORPORATION, MSG FACILITIES
  Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................    F-25
  Statements of Net Assets Acquired at December 31, 1994 and January 1, 1994...............................    F-26
  Statements of Revenue and Direct Operating Expenses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and
   January 1, 1994.........................................................................................    F-27
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................    F-28
 
  Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................    F-31
  Statement of Revenue and Direct Operating Expenses for the period ended November 15, 1995................    F-32
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................    F-33
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
American Disposal Services, Inc.
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets of American
Disposal Services,  Inc. as  of December  31,  1995 and  1994, and  the  related
consolidated  statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
the years then ended. These financial  statements are the responsibility of  the
Company's  management.  Our responsibility  is to  express  an opinion  on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion,  the 1995 and  1994 financial statements  referred to  above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
American  Disposal Services,  Inc. as  of December  31, 1995  and 1994,  and the
consolidated results of  its operations and  its cash flows  for the years  then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
March 22, 1996 , except as to Note 10 for
which the date is May 30, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders of
American Disposal Services, Inc.:
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated statements  of operations,
stockholders' equity  and cash  flows of  American Disposal  Services, Inc.  and
subsidiaries  for the year  ended December 31,  1993. These financial statements
are the responsibility  of the  Company's management. Our  responsibility is  to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the results  of operations and cash flows of  American
Disposal  Services, Inc. and subsidiaries for  the year ended December 31, 1993,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
April 15, 1994
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             ---------------------
                                                                                                1995       1994
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>         <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents................................................................  $    6,383  $     548
  Cash held in escrow......................................................................         156        191
  Trade receivables -- Net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $476 and $408.............       6,331      2,560
  Prepaid expenses.........................................................................         686         97
  Inventory................................................................................         312        184
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
Total current assets.......................................................................      13,868      3,580
Property and equipment, net................................................................      81,250     17,062
Other assets:
  Cost over fair value of net assets of acquired businesses, net of accumulated
   amortization of $823 and $451...........................................................      15,739     13,569
  Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $305 and $455................       1,081      1,435
  Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $71 and $234.....................         815      1,002
  Other....................................................................................       1,940        909
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
                                                                                             $  114,693  $  37,557
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Note payable to stockholder..............................................................  $   12,500  $      --
  Accounts payable.........................................................................       3,185        881
  Accrued liabilities......................................................................       2,360      1,440
  Deferred revenues........................................................................       1,202        948
  Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations..........................       3,440      2,548
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
Total current liabilities..................................................................      22,687      5,817
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net of current portion.......................      48,789     18,487
Accrued environmental and landfill costs...................................................       6,214      1,121
Deferred income taxes......................................................................       1,240         --
Redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary...................................................       1,908         --
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and
   outstanding; 1995 -- 5,676,901; 1994 -- 2,382,345.......................................          57         24
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
   in 1995 and 1994........................................................................          --         --
  Warrants outstanding.....................................................................         107        107
  Additional paid-in capital...............................................................      41,590     16,157
  Accumulated deficit......................................................................      (7,899)    (4,156)
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
                                                                                                 33,855     12,132
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
                                                                                             $  114,693  $  37,557
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                              1995          1994          1993
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues................................................................  $     30,004  $     18,517  $      7,730
Cost of operations......................................................        17,286        12,647         5,750
Selling, general, and administrative expenses...........................         5,882         4,910         1,646
Depreciation and amortization...........................................         6,308         3,226         1,166
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating income (loss).................................................           528        (2,266)         (832)
Interest expense........................................................        (3,030)       (1,497)         (417)
Interest income.........................................................           189             2            35
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Loss before income taxes and extraordinary item.........................        (2,313)       (3,761)       (1,214)
Income tax benefit (expense)............................................          (332)        1,372           391
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Loss before extraordinary item..........................................        (2,645)       (2,389)         (823)
Extraordinary item -- Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt...........          (908)           --            74
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Net loss................................................................        (3,553)       (2,389)         (749)
Preferred stock dividend requirement of subsidiary......................          (190)           --            --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Net loss applicable to common stockholders..............................  $     (3,743) $     (2,389) $       (749)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
 
Per common share:
  Loss before extraordinary item........................................  $       (.76) $       (.91) $       (.51)
  Extraordinary item....................................................          (.24)           --           .04
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
  Net loss..............................................................  $      (1.00) $       (.91) $       (.47)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
 
Weighted average common stock and common stock equivalent shares
 outstanding............................................................     3,729,055     2,612,749     1,607,586
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK                       ADDITIONAL                    TOTAL
                                       -----------------------    WARRANTS       PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                         SHARES      AMOUNT      OUTSTANDING     CAPITAL      DEFICIT        EQUITY
                                       ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance -- December 31, 1992.........     212,288   $       2     $      --     $   1,105    $   (1,018)   $       89
Issuance of common stock, net of
 issuance costs......................   1,887,664          19            --        13,065            --        13,084
Issuance of common stock warrants....          --          --           107            --            --           107
Net loss.............................          --          --            --            --          (749)         (749)
                                       ----------         ---         -----    -----------  ------------  ------------
Balance -- December 31, 1993.........   2,099,952          21           107        14,170        (1,767)       12,531
Issuance of common stock, net of
 issuance costs......................     282,393           3            --         1,987            --         1,990
Net loss.............................          --          --            --            --        (2,389)       (2,389)
                                       ----------         ---         -----    -----------  ------------  ------------
Balance -- December 31, 1994.........   2,382,345          24           107        16,157        (4,156)       12,132
Issuance of common stock, net of
 issuance costs......................   3,294,556          33            --        25,433            --        25,466
Net loss.............................          --          --            --            --        (3,553)       (3,553)
Dividends on preferred stock of
 subsidiary..........................          --          --            --            --          (190)         (190)
                                       ----------         ---         -----    -----------  ------------  ------------
Balance -- December 31, 1995.........   5,676,901   $      57     $     107     $  41,590    $   (7,899)   $   33,855
                                       ----------         ---         -----    -----------  ------------  ------------
                                       ----------         ---         -----    -----------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  ---------------------------------
                                                                                     1995       1994        1993
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss........................................................................  $   (3,553) $  (2,389) $     (749)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating
 activities:
  Extraordinary item, net.......................................................         908         --         (74)
  Depreciation and amortization.................................................       6,308      3,226       1,166
  Provision for environmental and landfill costs................................         292         48          39
  Deferred income taxes.........................................................          47     (1,372)       (391)
  Changes in current assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
    Trade receivables...........................................................        (340)      (625)     (1,714)
    Prepaid expenses, cash held in escrow and other assets......................         (33)      (361)       (560)
    Inventory...................................................................        (128)       (96)        (68)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities....................................       1,846        235       1,226
    Deferred revenue............................................................         254        210         737
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.............................       5,601     (1,124)       (388)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures............................................................      (6,173)    (5,600)     (5,592)
Cost of acquisitions............................................................     (62,201)      (580)    (17,469)
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ----------
Net cash used in investing activities...........................................     (68,374)    (6,180)    (23,061)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from issuances of common stock.....................................      25,466      1,990      12,885
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock of subsidiary.....................       1,908         --          --
Preferred stock dividend requirements of subsidiary.............................        (190)        --          --
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt........................................      45,068      6,319      19,836
Repayments of indebtedness......................................................      (2,698)    (2,511)     (6,301)
Debt issuance costs.............................................................        (946)       (80)       (849)
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.......................................      68,608      5,718      25,571
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents............................       5,835     (1,586)      2,122
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year.................................         548      2,134          12
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........................................  $    6,383  $     548  $    2,134
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ----------
Supplemental cash flow information:
  Cash paid for interest........................................................  $    2,515  $   1,426  $      331
  Cash paid for income taxes....................................................         478         --          --
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
1.  FORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
   
    ADS,  Inc. (ADS)  was organized January  15, 1991, to  acquire, develop, and
operate nonhazardous municipal  solid waste disposal,  collection, and  transfer
operations  and provide nonhazardous solid waste disposal management services to
commercial, industrial, and residential customers. During 1993, an affiliate  of
Charterhouse  Equity Partners,  L.P. (CEP)  purchased a  controlling interest in
ADS.
    
 
   
    County Disposal,  Inc.  (County)  was incorporated  by  Charterhouse  Equity
Partners  II,  L.P. (CEPII)  on April  27,  1995, for  the purpose  of acquiring
certain net  assets  of Envirite  Corporation  (Envirite). On  April  28,  1995,
Envirite  and County  entered into  an Asset  Purchase Agreement  whereby County
agreed  to  purchase  from  Envirite  certain  landfill  facilities  and   waste
transportation  and collection equipment located in Livingston County, Illinois,
and Wyandot County,  Ohio; all of  the issued and  outstanding capital stock  of
County  Environmental  Services, Inc.,  a  wholly-owned subsidiary  of Envirite,
which owned  and  operated a  landfill  facility and  waste  transportation  and
collection  equipment  located  in  Clarion  County,  Pennsylvania;  and certain
related assets and assumption of certain liabilities.
    
 
   
    Effective January  1, 1996,  the stockholders  of ADS  and County  exchanged
their  shares  for shares  of a  newly created  holding company  by the  name of
American Disposal  Services,  Inc.  (the  Company).  This  share  exchange  (the
Exchange)  qualifies  as  a  transfer  of  companies  under  common  control  as
affiliates of Charterhouse  Group International, Inc.  are the general  partners
and  in control  of CEP  and CEPII  and, accordingly,  the transaction  has been
accounted for at  historical cost in  a manner similar  to pooling of  interests
accounting.  The financial statements have been prepared as if this Exchange had
occurred as of December 31, 1992.
    
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial  statements include the  accounts of the  Company
and  its subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany balances  and transactions
have been eliminated.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to  concentration
of  credit risks  consist primarily of  trade receivables. Credit  risk on trade
receivables is minimized  as a result  of the  large and diverse  nature of  the
Company's  customer base. The Company maintains an allowance for losses based on
the expected  collectibility of  accounts receivable.  Credit losses  have  been
within management's expectations.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Trade  receivables, trade payables, and debt obligations are carried at cost
which approximates fair value.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that affect  the amounts  reported in the  financial statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  and cash  equivalents represent cash  in banks  and liquid investments
with original maturities of three months or less.
 
CASH HELD IN ESCROW
 
    Cash held  in  escrow represents  cash  held  in banks  restricted  to  fund
obligations incurred in acquiring businesses.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INVENTORY
 
    Inventory  is stated at  the lower of  cost (first in,  first out method) or
market and consists principally of equipment parts, materials, and supplies.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are  recorded at cost.  Depreciation of equipment  is
computed  using the straight-line method over  the estimated useful lives of the
respective assets as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Vehicles and equipment...............  3 to 12 years
                                            25 to 30
Buildings............................          years
</TABLE>
 
    Expenditures for  major  renewals  are  capitalized,  and  expenditures  for
routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
    Capitalized  landfill  costs  include  expenditures  for  land  and  related
airspace, permitting  costs  and  preparation  costs.  Landfill  permitting  and
preparation  costs  represent only  direct  costs related  to  these activities,
including  legal,  engineering,  construction  of  landfill  improvements,  cell
development costs, and the direct costs of Company personnel dedicated for these
purposes.  Preparation  costs  for  individual secure  land  disposal  cells are
recorded in property and equipment and amortized as the airspace is filled.
 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    The cost over fair value of  net assets of acquired businesses is  amortized
on  the  straight-line  method  over  periods  not  exceeding  40  years.  Other
intangible assets, substantially all of which  are covenants not to compete  and
customer  lists, are amortized on the  straight-line method over their estimated
lives, typically no more  than 12 years. Amortization  expense for fiscal  years
1995,  1994, and 1993  related to intangible assets  was $1.4 million, $600,000,
and $345,000,  respectively. In  1995,  the Company  determined not  to  enforce
certain covenants not to compete which arose from 1993 transactions with the net
book value of such covenants of $505,000, fully written-off and included in 1995
amortization expense.
 
DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
 
    The  Company capitalizes  engineering, legal,  accounting, and  other direct
costs paid to  outside parties that  are incurred in  connection with  potential
acquisitions.  The Company, however, routinely  evaluates such capitalized costs
and charges  to  expense those  relating  to abandoned  acquisition  candidates.
Indirect  acquisition  costs,  such  as  executive  salaries,  general corporate
overhead, and other corporate  services are expensed  as incurred. Net  deferred
acquisition  costs,  included  in other  intangible  assets,  were approximately
$370,000 and $379,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
ACCRUED ENVIRONMENTAL AND LANDFILL COSTS
 
    Accrued environmental and landfill  costs represent landfill accruals  which
are  provided for  environmental compliance  costs and  closure and post-closure
costs. These accruals are based on accounting estimates by management determined
primarily  from  the  results  of   engineering  studies  and  reviews  and   on
interpretation  of  the  technical  standards  of  the  Environmental Protection
Agency's Subtitle  D regulations,  or the  approved state  counterpart, and  the
proposed  air emissions  standards under  the Clean  Air Act  as they  are being
applied on a state-by-state basis.  The Company typically provides accruals  for
these  costs as permitted  airspace of such facilities  is consumed. Closure and
post-closure monitoring and  maintenance costs  represent the  costs related  to
cash  expenditures yet to be incurred when  a landfill facility ceases to accept
waste and closes.  Certain of  these accrued environmental  and landfill  costs,
principally  capping, leachate collection  and removal, and  methane gas control
and recovery, are  operating and  maintenance costs  to be  incurred during  the
30-year  period after the facility closes,  but are accrued during the operating
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
life of  the site  in accordance  with the  landfill operation  requirements  of
Subtitle  D  and  the proposed  air  emissions standards.  An  environmental and
landfill cost accrual is provided as a liability assumed for purchased  landfill
operations  based on permitted  airspace consumed prior  to the acquisition date
and is included in the purchase price  allocation (see Note 3). The Company  has
estimated  that, as of  December 31, 1995,  post-closure expenses, including cap
maintenance, groundwater  monitoring,  methane  gas  control  and  recovery  and
leachate  treatment/disposal for up to 30  years after closure in certain cases,
will approximate $11.3 million. In addition, the Company has estimated that,  as
of December 31, 1995, closure costs expected to occur during the operating lives
of these facilities' useful lives will approximate $28.4 million. These accruals
are  reviewed  by  management  periodically and  revised  prospectively  for any
significant changes in future cost estimates.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred tax  assets and  liabilities are  determined based  on  differences
between  financial reporting  and tax  bases of  assets and  liabilities and are
measured using the enacted tax  rates and laws that will  be in effect when  the
differences are expected to reverse.
 
DEFERRED REVENUES
 
    Revenues  billed  prior  to the  performance  of services  are  deferred and
recorded as income  in the period  in which the  related services are  rendered,
generally over a three-month period.
 
RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain  1994 and 1993 financial statement amounts have been reclassified to
conform with the 1995 presentation.
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Earnings per share is based on  the weighted average number of common  stock
and  common stock equivalent shares outstanding during each year and incremental
shares from the assumed exercise of options and warrants granted within one year
of the initial public offering computed using the treasury stock method.
 
   
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
    
 
   
    The Company typically grants stock options  for a fixed number of shares  to
employees  with an exercise price  equal to the fair value  of the shares at the
date of grant. The Company accounts  for stock option grants in accordance  with
APB  No. 25, and, accordingly, typically  recognizes no compensation expense for
these stock option grants and intends to continue to do so.
    
 
3.  ACQUISITIONS
    As described in  Note 1, the  Company acquired three  landfills and a  waste
collection  operation (the Envirite  Acquisition) during 1995.  The Company also
acquired  three  waste  collection  operations  during  1994,  and  nine   waste
collection operations, a transfer station and a landfill during 1993.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
3.  ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
    The operating results of these businesses since the dates of acquisition are
included  in the  consolidated statements  of operations.  All of  the Company's
acquisitions were  accounted for  as purchases  and, accordingly,  the  purchase
prices  have been allocated to the net assets acquired based upon fair values at
the dates of acquisition with the  residual amounts allocated to cost over  fair
value  of net assets acquired.  The purchase prices allocated  to the net assets
acquired were as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1995       1994       1993
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Property and equipment..........................................  $  62,288  $     580  $   9,837
Accounts receivable and inventory...............................      3,363         --         --
Other assets....................................................      1,664         --      1,995
Cost over fair value of net assets acquired.....................      3,060         --     12,003
Acquisition price financed by sellers...........................         --         --     (3,500)
Total liabilities assumed.......................................     (8,174)        --     (2,829)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total cash paid.............................................  $  62,201  $     580  $  17,506
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The pro forma unaudited results of  operations for the years ended  December
31,  1995 and  1994, assuming  the Envirite  Acquisition occurred  at January 1,
1994, were as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1995          1994
                                                                    ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Revenues..........................................................  $     44,500  $     37,338
Operating loss....................................................          (276)       (5,009)
Net loss applicable to common stockholders........................        (6,788)       (8,367)
Pro forma loss per share of common stock..........................         (1.82)        (3.20)
Weighted average common stock and common stock equivalent shares
 outstanding......................................................     3,729,055     2,612,749
</TABLE>
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       -----------------------
                                                                         1995         1994
                                                                       ---------  ------------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
Land.................................................................  $   5,038   $      280
Landfills............................................................     66,529        8,382
Buildings............................................................      2,695          659
Vehicles and equipment...............................................     14,335       10,956
                                                                       ---------  ------------
                                                                          88,597       20,277
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization......................     (7,347)      (3,215)
                                                                       ---------  ------------
                                                                       $  81,250   $   17,062
                                                                       ---------  ------------
                                                                       ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
5.  OBLIGATIONS
    Obligations, which approximate  fair value,  are summarized  as follows  (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1995       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Long-term debt:
  Term loan, Bank of America............................................  $  20,000  $      --
  Revolving loan, Bank of America.......................................     10,847         --
  Term loan A, ING Capital Corporation..................................     12,525      9,300
  Term loan B, ING Capital Corporation..................................      4,000         --
  Acquisition loan, ING Capital Corporation.............................         --      8,573
  Revolving loan, ING Capital Corporation...............................      2,423      2,050
  Other long-term borrowings, with interest ranging from 7.0% to
   11.0%................................................................      1,285      1,003
Capital lease obligations:
  Capital lease obligations with interest and principal due monthly
   through 1999, at various interest rates ranging from 6.0% to 9.5%,
   secured by equipment.................................................      1,149        109
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             52,229     21,035
  Less: Current portion.................................................      3,440      2,548
                                                                          ---------  ---------
  Long-term obligations, net of current portion.........................  $  48,789  $  18,487
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    On  September 21, 1995, County, a subsidiary  of the Company, entered into a
credit agreement with Bank of America that provides for borrowings of up to  $45
million  to  finance  acquisitions  and provide  working  capital.  The facility
consists of a $20 million term loan  and a $25 million revolving loan, which  is
currently  limited to $20  million until certain  earnings requirements are met.
The term loan bears a rate of  interest per annum based on the London  Interbank
Offered  Rate (LIBOR) plus  3.75% (9.1% at  December 31, 1995)  or the higher of
prime plus 1.25% (9.75%  at December 31,  1995) or the  Federal Funds Rate  plus
1.75% (7.5% at December 31, 1995) and is due in quarterly installments beginning
in December 1996 through September 2000. The revolving loan bears interest based
on  LIBOR plus  3.25% (8.6% at  December 31, 1995)  or the higher  of prime plus
0.75% (9.25% at December 31, 1995) or at the Federal Funds Rate plus 1.25% (7.0%
at December 31,  1995) and  matures on September  21, 1998.  The revolving  loan
provides  for commitment fees of  1/2% per annum on  the unused portions payable
monthly in arrears. The facility is  secured by substantially all of the  assets
of County. Under the terms of the credit agreement, County is subject to various
debt   covenants,  including   maintenance  of  certain   financial  ratios  and
restrictions on  additional indebtedness,  payment  of cash  dividends,  capital
expenditures,  rental obligations,  and asset dispositions.  In conjunction with
obtaining the credit agreement, the Company granted 97,575 warrants to  purchase
shares of common stock of the Company at $7.41 per share.
 
    On  October  13, 1995,  ADS, a  subsidiary of  the Company,  extinguished an
existing credit  agreement and  entered into  a new  credit agreement  with  the
Internationale  Nederlanden  (U.S.)  Capital  Corporation,  as  agent  (ING), to
provide for borrowings of up  to approximately $23 million.  As a result of  the
early  extinguishment  of  the  credit  agreement,  the  Company  recognized  an
extraordinary loss of $907,720  representing unamortized deferred debt  issuance
cost.  The facility consists of  a $12.5 million term  loan A, $4.0 million term
loan B, and a $6.4 million revolving loan. Term loan A bears a rate of  interest
per  annum based on the London Interbank  Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 3% (8.35% at
December 31, 1995), or the  higher of prime plus  1.50% (10.00% at December  31,
1995), or Federal Funds Rate plus 1.75% (7.50% at December 31, 1995), and is due
in quarterly installments through December 31, 2000. Term loan B bears a rate of
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
5.  OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)
interest  per annum based on  the higher of prime  plus 3.00% (11.5% at December
31, 1995) or Federal Funds  Rate plus 3.25% (9.00%  at December 31, 1995,  which
can be fixed at March 31, 1996, at the Company's option, and is due in quarterly
installments  beginning March 31, 1998 through  December 31, 2000. The revolving
loan bears interest at  the higher of  prime plus 1.25%  (9.75% at December  31,
1995), or Federal Funds Rate plus 1.5% (7.25% at December 31, 1995), and matures
on  December 31, 2000. The  revolving loans provide for  commitment fees of 1/2%
per annum on the unused portions payable monthly in arrears. The ING facility is
secured by substantially all of  the assets of ADS. Under  the terms of the  ING
credit   agreement,  ADS  is  subject   to  various  debt  covenants,  including
maintenance  of  certain  financial   ratios  and  restrictions  on   additional
indebtedness,   payment   of  cash   dividends,  capital   expenditures,  rental
obligations, and asset dispositions.
 
    Maturities of long-term  obligations (excluding  capital lease  obligations)
are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
1996...............................................................  $   2,929
1997...............................................................      6,252
1998...............................................................     18,613
1999...............................................................      8,386
2000 and thereafter................................................     14,900
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $  51,080
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At  December 31, 1995,  the Company had  outstanding a $12,500,000 unsecured
note payable to a stockholder, which was issued on November 16, 1995 and is  due
November  15, 1996, bearing an  annual interest rate of  prime plus 3% (11.5% at
December  31,  1995).  Interest  expense  relating  to  this  note  payable   of
approximately $180,000 was incurred in 1995.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
6.  INCOME TAXES
    Deferred  income taxes reflect the net  tax effects of temporary differences
between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and  income
tax  purposes. Significant components  of the Company's  deferred tax assets and
liabilities were as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------
                                                                              1995       1994
                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets arising from:
  Net operating loss carryforwards........................................  $   3,111  $   2,311
  Bad debt reserves.......................................................         41        118
  Closure and post-closure costs..........................................        421         91
  Amortization of intangibles.............................................        550         76
                                                                            ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax assets.............................................      4,123      2,596
Valuation allowance.......................................................     (2,323)      (310)
                                                                            ---------  ---------
    Net deferred tax assets...............................................      1,800      2,286
Deferred tax liabilities arising from:
  Property and equipment..................................................      2,898      2,172
  Amortization of intangibles.............................................         84         74
  Capital leases..........................................................         32         11
  Discharge of indebtedness...............................................         26         29
                                                                            ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax liabilities........................................      3,040      2,286
                                                                            ---------  ---------
    Net deferred tax liability............................................  $  (1,240) $      --
                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                            ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1995, the Company has net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards
of approximately $8.4 million for income tax purposes that expire in years  2006
to 2010.
 
   
    The  utilization  of  the NOL  carryforwards  is limited  by  future taxable
earnings generated at  the subsidiary  level. The Company  recorded a  valuation
allowance  against  the  NOL  carryforwards to  reflect  uncertainty  as  to the
utilization of such benefit for  financial reporting purposes, of  approximately
$2.3 million at December 31, 1995. The valuation allowance decreased during 1994
by $81,000 and increased during 1993 by $391,000 due to changes in the certainty
of utilizing NOL carryforwards.
    
 
    Significant  components of the income tax expense (benefits) were as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     -------------------------------
                                                                       1995       1994       1993
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal..........................................................  $     141  $      --  $      --
  State............................................................        144         --         --
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           285         --         --
Deferred:
  Federal..........................................................         38     (1,205)      (330)
  State............................................................          9       (167)       (61)
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                            47     (1,372)      (391)
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total provision................................................  $     332  $  (1,372) $    (391)
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
6.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    A reconciliation from the statutory income tax rate to the effective  income
tax rate was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------------------------
                                                                  1995          1994          1993
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
Federal statutory income tax rate...........................      (34.0)%       (34.0)%       (34.0)%
Effect of:
  State taxes, net of federal tax effect....................        3.1          (2.9)         (3.5)
  Net operating loss with no benefit........................       39.6           0.1           3.6
  Other, net................................................        1.6           0.3           1.7
                                                                  -----         -----         -----
    Effective tax rate......................................       10.3%        (36.5)%       (32.2)%
                                                                  -----         -----         -----
                                                                  -----         -----         -----
</TABLE>
 
7.  RELATED PARTIES
    During  1995, the  Company entered  into a  new management  agreement with a
stockholder. The  agreement specifies  certain services  to be  rendered to  the
Company  in exchange for annual management  fees of $700,000. Management fees of
approximately $659,000, $515,000, and $314,000 were incurred in 1995, 1994,  and
1993, respectively.
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
ENVIRONMENTAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
 
    The  business  and  activities of  the  Company  are or  may  become heavily
regulated  by   the  Environmental   Protection   Agency,  the   Department   of
Transportation,   the   Interstate  Commerce   Commission,  and   various  state
environmental and transportation regulatory authorities. The Company is  subject
to  various statutes and regulations which include,  but are not limited to, the
Resource Conservation  and Recovery  Act of  1976, the  Federal Water  Pollution
Control   Act,  the  Comprehensive   Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and
Liability Act of  1980, the Clean  Air Act, and  various state regulations.  The
full  impact of  these laws  and regulations  and adoption  of new  statutes and
regulations with respect to the Company's facilities and operations is uncertain
and could have material  adverse effects on the  Company's business, results  of
operations,  and financial condition in that  the Company: (i) could be required
to incur additional  expenses in  compliance efforts;  (ii) might  be unable  to
comply,  forcing  the  Company  to  cease  operations;  and  (iii)  could  incur
additional liability for  past operation of  acquired assets. These  regulations
may  also impose restrictions on the  Company's operations, such as limiting the
expansion  of  disposal  facilities,  limiting   or  banning  the  disposal   of
out-of-state  waste  or  certain other  categories  of waste,  or  mandating the
disposal of local refuse.
 
    Although the Company believes it  is in substantial compliance with  current
regulatory requirements, because of heightened political and public concern over
environmental  issues, companies in  the waste disposal  industry, including the
Company, may become subject to judicial and administrative proceedings involving
federal, state, or local agencies in the normal course of business.
 
    The Company has obtained pollution  liability insurance covering claims  for
sudden  or gradual onset environmental damage at its landfill sites. The Company
carries a  comprehensive general  liability  insurance policy  which  management
considers adequate to protect its assets and operations from other risks.
 
    The  Company also may be  subject to claims for  personal injury or property
damage arising out of motor vehicle accidents involving its trucks. The  Company
currently  carries insurance with policy limits  which management believes to be
sufficient to cover  these risks. If  the Company were  to incur liabilities  in
excess  of  its insurance  limits, its  financial  condition could  be adversely
affected.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    In connection with three of the Company's existing landfills (one in  1994),
the  Company  has  provided  financial assurance  bonds  for  approximately $6.3
million at December 31, 1995 from  a financial institution to provide  financial
assurance  that closure and post-closure expenses will  be met in the event that
the Company is not able to fulfill its closure and post-closure obligations.
 
    At December  31, 1995,  future minimum  lease payments  under  noncancelable
lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            CAPITAL    OPERATING
                                                                            LEASES      LEASES
                                                                           ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
1996.....................................................................  $     598   $   1,548
1997.....................................................................        431       1,101
1998.....................................................................        192       1,015
1999.....................................................................        104         852
2000 and thereafter......................................................         --         379
                                                                           ---------  -----------
    Total minimum lease payments.........................................      1,325   $   4,895
                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                      -----------
Less: Amount representing interest.......................................        176
                                                                           ---------
    Present value of minimum lease payments..............................  $   1,149
                                                                           ---------
                                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rental expense in 1995, 1994, and 1993 was approximately $793,000, $132,000,
and $85,000, respectively.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The  Company has entered  into employment agreements  with several officers.
The terms of these agreements include annual salary commitments of approximately
$795,000. The agreements are effective  through 1998. In addition, the  officers
were  granted options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock (see Note
9).
 
OTHER
 
    The Company has entered into certain Net Profits Agreements (the Agreements)
in conjunction with  the September 1991  Pittsburg County landfill  acquisition.
The  Agreements require the Company to pay a total of 15% of the net profits, as
defined in the Agreements, from the  related acquired landfill operation to  two
individuals  who  are  not currently  stockholders  of ADS.  These  payments are
required for the life  of the acquired landfill.  Through December 31, 1995,  no
amounts related to the Agreements were payable.
 
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK OF SUBSIDIARY
 
   
    On  March 28, 1995, ADS, a subsidiary of the Company, issued 1,950 shares of
its Series A Preferred  Stock and 46,550 warrants  to purchase shares of  common
stock  of the Company, for  $1,950,000. The holder of  the warrants can purchase
one common share for each warrant held at the exercise price of $0.10 per  share
on  or  before December  31, 2002.  The holder  of Series  A Preferred  Stock is
entitled to receive, out of  funds legally available, cumulative cash  dividends
at  a rate of $130 per share per annum, payable in equal quarterly installments.
ADS may redeem all or part of  the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding  by
paying  to the holders of the shares  being redeemed a redemption price equal to
the sum of the amount of accrued  and unpaid cumulative dividends on the  shares
being  redeemed,  plus  $1,000 per  share  redeemed  on the  first  day  of each
February, May, August, and November in each year, commencing on May 1, 1995.
    
 
    In connection with the Exchange, 5,000,000 shares of new preferred stock  of
the Company were authorized with none issued at December 31, 1995.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
9.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The  Company's Board  of Directors  adopted the  American Disposal Services,
Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan effective  January 1, 1996. The plan permits  grants
of  options up to an aggregate 1,100,000 shares of common stock to employees and
certain consultants of the Company, on such terms as the Company's  compensation
committee  (or  a  stock  option subcommittee  thereof)  determines.  Options to
purchase an aggregate 806,014 shares were  granted under the plan as of  January
1, 1996 to replace existing stock options granted by ADS and County.
 
   
    An  aggregate of 123,638 options have an  exercise price of $7.17 per share,
and vest in 20% increments on each anniversary of the date of the original grant
of the ADS stock options that they replace. An aggregate of 10,464 options  have
an  exercise price of  $7.17 per share, and  vest in 33  1/3% increments on each
anniversary of the date of the original grant of the ADS stock options that they
replace. An aggregate  of 671,912 options  have an exercise  price of $7.41  per
share,  and vest  in part  over a  three-year period  and in  part based  on the
Company's financial performance through fiscal  1998. All vesting is subject  to
acceleration under specified circumstances. All the foregoing stock options were
originally  granted at their  fair value at  the date of  grant. The new options
granted under  the 1996  Option  Plan expire  ten years  from  the date  of  the
original  grant of the ADS and County stock options they replace. As of December
31, 1995, the number of shares vested under the 1996 Option Plan was 105,223.
    
 
    No options were exercised during the three years ended December 31, 1995.
 
    Options to purchase an aggregate 63,601 shares were granted outside the plan
to a former employee  as of January  1, 1996 and are  fully vested. Such  shares
have  an exercise price of $7.17 per share, increasing at 25% per annum from the
date of original grant of the ADS stock options they replace.
 
STOCK WARRANTS
 
    In connection with obtaining a credit agreement in 1993, the Company  issued
warrants  to ING  to purchase  71,330 shares  of common  stock. In  1993, 44,606
warrants were  issued with  an exercise  price  of $4.72  per share  and  26,137
warrants  were issued with an  exercise price of $7.17  per share. An additional
587 shares were  issued in  1995 under  terms of  the credit  agreement with  an
exercise  price of $4.72 per share. The common stock was valued by management at
$7.17 on the date of issuance of the warrants. Given the difference between  the
exercise  price and  the value  of the  common stock,  the Company  recorded the
warrants as a component of equity and recognized debt issuance cost of $106,666.
The warrants expire ten years from date of issuance.
 
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    On May 30, 1996, the stockholders of the Company approved a 13.5 to 1  stock
split. The accompanying financial statements are presented as if the stock split
had taken place on December 31, 1992.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        MARCH 31,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents (includes restricted cash of $156).......................................   $   6,706
  Trade receivables, net.............................................................................       6,563
  Other current assets...............................................................................         670
                                                                                                       -----------
Total current assets.................................................................................      13,939
Property, plant, and equipment, net..................................................................      81,696
Other assets:
  Cost over fair value of assets acquired, net.......................................................      15,636
  Other intangibles assets, net......................................................................       1,921
  Other assets.......................................................................................       2,240
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                        $ 115,432
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       -----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Current liabilities:
  Note payable due to stockholder....................................................................   $  12,500
  Accounts payable...................................................................................       2,821
  Accrued liabilities and deferred revenues..........................................................       4,009
  Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations....................................       4,167
                                                                                                       -----------
Total current liabilities............................................................................      23,497
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net of current portion.................................      49,006
Accrued environmental and landfill costs.............................................................       6,623
Deferred income taxes................................................................................       1,080
Redeemable preferred stock of subsidiary.............................................................       1,908
Total stockholders' equity (5,676,901 shares of common stock issued and outstanding).................      33,318
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                        $ 115,432
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                   31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                            1996         1995
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                      <C>         <C>
Revenues...............................................................................  $   11,724  $      5,034
Cost of operations.....................................................................       6,108         3,047
Selling, general, and administrative expenses..........................................       1,935         1,080
Depreciation and amortization..........................................................       2,718           984
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
Operating income (loss)................................................................         963           (77)
Interest expense.......................................................................      (1,617)         (511)
Interest income........................................................................          78             4
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
Loss before income taxes...............................................................        (576)         (584)
Income tax benefit.....................................................................         160           156
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
Net loss...............................................................................        (416)         (428)
Preferred stock dividend requirement of subsidiary.....................................         (63)           --
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
Net loss applicable to common stockholders.............................................  $     (479) $       (428)
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
Loss per share of common stock.........................................................  $     (.08) $       (.15)
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
Weighted average common stock and common stock equivalent shares outstanding...........   6,065,445     2,770,889
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
                                                                                         ----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                                 1996       1995
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss.....................................................................................  $    (416) $    (428)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization..............................................................      2,718        984
  Provision for environmental and landfill costs.............................................        118         12
  Deferred income taxes......................................................................       (160)      (156)
  Changes in working capital:................................................................
    Trade receivables........................................................................       (232)       109
    Accounts payable.........................................................................       (364)        (5)
    Accrued liabilities and deferred revenue.................................................        447       (317)
    Other working capital....................................................................        (93)      (268)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..........................................      2,018        (69)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures.........................................................................     (2,674)      (991)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Net cash used in investing activities........................................................     (2,674)      (991)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock of subsidiary..................................         --      1,908
Preferred stock dividend requirement of subsidiary...........................................        (63)        --
Net borrowings (repayments)..................................................................        944     (1,170)
Cash paid for stock issuance costs...........................................................        (58)        --
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities....................................................        823        738
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash).............        167       (322)
Cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash) at beginning of period.................      6,539        739
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash) at end of period.......................  $   6,706  $     417
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
1.  FORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    The  accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have
been prepared in  accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles  for
interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article
10  of Regulation S-X. Accordingly,  they do not include  all of the information
and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for  complete
financial  statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation  have
been  included. Operating  results for  the three-month  period ended  March 31,
1996, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the
fiscal year ending  December 31,  1996. For  further information,  refer to  the
consolidated financial statements and footnotes included elsewhere herein.
 
    Effective  January 1,  1996, the  stockholders of  ADS and  County exchanged
their shares  for shares  of a  newly created  holding company  by the  name  of
American  Disposal  Services,  Inc.  (the  Company).  This  share  exchange (the
Exchange) qualifies  as  a  transfer  of companies  under  common  control  and,
accordingly,  the transaction  has been  accounted for  at historical  cost in a
manner similar to pooling of interest accounting. The financial statements  have
been prepared as if the Exchange occurred on December 31, 1994.
 
2.  RELATED PARTY INTEREST EXPENSE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1996       1995
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Charterhouse Equity Partners II, L.P.......................................  $     359  $      --
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
3.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
    See  Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere
herein for a description of environmental matters.
 
   
4.  ACQUISITIONS
    
   
    As described  in  Note  3  of Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
included  elsewhere herein,  the pro forma  results of operations  for the three
months ended  March 31,  1996 and  1995 assuming  the Envirite  Acquisition  had
occurred at January 1, 1995 were as follows (in thousands, except share data):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       THREE MONTHS
                                                                     ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                  ----------------------
                                                                     1996        1995
                                                                  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>
Revenues........................................................  $   11,724  $   10,006
Operating income................................................         963         112
Net loss applicable to common stockholders......................        (479)     (1,048)
Pro forma loss per share of common stock........................  $     (.08) $     (.17)
Weighted average common stock and common stock equivalent shares
 outstanding....................................................   6,065,445   6,065,445
</TABLE>
    
 
   
5.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    
    In   May  1996,  the   Company  negotiated  a   new  credit  agreement  with
Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital  Corporation (ING), as  administrative
agent,  and Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company of New  York, as documentation agent,
that provides for borrowings  of up to $87  million to finance acquisitions  and
provide  working capital, which was used to repay the existing credit agreements
with Bank of America  and ING, as  well as the note  payable to stockholder  and
redeemable   preferred   stock   of  subsidiary.   The   facility   consists  of
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
   
5.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT (CONTINUED)
    
a $38 million term loan A, $25  million term loan B, $7 million revolving  loan,
and  $17 million acquisition facility. The rate of interest is equal to either a
base rate plus an applicable margin or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)
plus an applicable margin. The base rate is the higher of the Federal Funds Rate
plus 0.5% or the prime rate. Term loan A bears an interest rate of the base rate
plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.75% and is due in quarterly installments beginning in
December 1996 through June 2001. Term loan B bears an interest rate of the  base
rate  plus  1.75% or  LIBOR  plus 3.25%  and  is due  in  quarterly installments
beginning in  December 1996  through  June 2003.  The  revolving loan  bears  an
interest  rate of the  base rate plus 1.00%  or LIBOR plus  2.50% and matures on
June 30, 2001. The acquisition facility bears an interest rate of the base  rate
plus 1.50% or LIBOR plus 3.00% and is due in quarterly installments beginning in
September  1998 through March 2000. The  revolving loan and acquisition facility
provide for  commitment fees  of 1/2%  per  annum on  the unused  portions.  The
facility  is secured by  substantially all of  the assets of  the Company. Under
terms of the credit agreement, the Company is subject to various debt covenants,
including maintenance of  certain financial ratios  and other restrictions.  The
Credit  Facility requires the Company  to use 50% of  the proceeds of any equity
offering to repay a portion of the term loans.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
                            PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
    
 
   
    The  following unaudited Pro  Forma Consolidated Statement  of Operations of
the Company is based on the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of  the
Company  and  Envirite  Corporation MSG  Facilities  included  elsewhere herein,
adjusted to  give  effect  to  the  Envirite  Acquisition  and  the  refinancing
transactions.
    
 
   
    The  Pro  Forma  Consolidated Statement  of  Operations for  the  year ended
December 31, 1995 gives effect to  the Envirite Acquisition and the  refinancing
transactions,  as if  they had  occurred as  of January  1, 1995.  The Pro Forma
Consolidated Statement  of Operations  does not  purport to  represent what  the
Company's  results  of  operations would  actually  have been  had  the Envirite
Acquisition in fact occurred on such date or to project the Company's results of
operations for any future period or  date. The Pro Forma Consolidated  Statement
of  Operations does not give effect to  any transactions other then the Envirite
Acquisition and the refinancing transactions, as  discussed in the notes to  the
Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations set forth below.
    
 
   
    The  Envirite Acquisition  was accounted  for using  the purchase  method of
accounting. Under  purchase  accounting, tangible  and  identifiable  intangible
assets  acquired and liabilities  assumed are recorded  at their respective fair
values.
    
 
   
    The Pro  Forma  adjustments are  based  on available  information  and  upon
certain assumptions that management of the Company believes are reasonable under
the circumstances. The Pro Forma Financial Data and accompanying notes should be
read in conjunction with the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company  and Envirite Corporation  MSG Facilities, including  the notes thereto,
and other financial  information pertaining  to the  Company included  elsewhere
herein.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                ACQUISITIONS
                                                        -----------------------------
                                           HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL (1) ADJUSTMENTS (2) REFINANCING (3)   PRO FORMA
                                           -----------  ------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>              <C>
Revenues.................................   $  30,004    $   14,496      $  --            $  --         $     44,500
Cost of operations.......................      17,286         5,044                                           22,330
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses................................       5,882         2,146          1,465                             9,493
Depreciation and amortization............       6,308         5,861            784               87           13,040
                                           -----------  ------------       -------            -----     ------------
Operating income (loss)..................         528         1,445         (2,249)             (87)            (363)
Interest Expense.........................      (3,030)                      (2,241)             (43)          (5,314)
Interest Income..........................         189                                        --                  189
                                           -----------  ------------       -------            -----     ------------
Loss before income taxes and
 extraordinary item......................      (2,313)        1,445         (4,490)            (130)          (5,488)
Income tax benefit (expense).............        (332)                                                          (332)
                                           -----------  ------------       -------            -----     ------------
Net loss.................................   $  (2,645)   $    1,445      $  (4,490)       $    (130)    $     (5,820)
                                           -----------  ------------       -------            -----     ------------
                                           -----------  ------------       -------            -----     ------------
Net loss per share of common stock.......                                                               $       (.96)
                                                                                                        ------------
                                                                                                        ------------
Weighted average common stock and common
 stock equivalent shares outstanding.....                                                                  6,065,445
                                                                                                        ------------
                                                                                                        ------------
EBITDA (4)...............................                                                               $     12,677
                                                                                                        ------------
                                                                                                        ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
           PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Reflects the combined historical statement of revenues and direct operating
    expenses for the Municipal Services Group (MSG) of Envirite Corporation  for
    the period of January 1, 1995 through the dates of acquisitions as follows:
 
       -  Clarion County, Pennsylvania -- June 8, 1995
       -  Wyandot County, Ohio -- August 1, 1995
       -  Livingston County, Illinois -- November 16, 1995
 
(2)  Adjustments to reflect the historical amounts for the acquisitions noted in
    footnote (1) as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Incremental amortization of landfill costs recorded in purchase
 accounting.........................................................  $     752
Incremental goodwill amortization of assets acquired in excess of
 fair value.........................................................         32
Incremental interest expense on additional debt.....................      2,241
Incremental selling, general and administrative expenses, including
 management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other
 expenses...........................................................      1,465
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      $   4,490
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
 
(3) Adjustments to reflect the new credit facility, which replaces: (i) the Bank
    of America term  loan and revolver;  (ii) the ING  Capital Corporation  term
    loans and revolver; (iii) $7.5 million of the note payable to a stockholder;
    and  (iv)  the redeemable  perferred stock  of a  subsidiary as  follows (in
    thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Interest Expense
  Term loan A at $38 million bearing an interest rate of 8.79%.....  $   3,340
  Term loan B at $21 million bearing an interest rate of 9.29%.....      1,974
  Less historical and adjusted interest expense....................     (5,271)
                                                                     ---------
  Net adjustment...................................................  $      43
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
Debt Issuance Costs
  Amortization for new credit facility.............................  $     345
  Less historical amortization.....................................       (258)
                                                                     ---------
  Net adjustment...................................................  $      87
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    An average LIBOR  rate of 6.04%  was used  for the year  ended December  31,
1995.  The  debt  issuance costs  were  allocated  on a  pro-rata  basis  to the
respective components of the new credit facility.
 
(4) EBITDA represents operating income plus depreciation and amortization. While
    EBITDA data should not  be construed as a  substitute for operating  income,
    net  income (loss) or cash flows  from operations in analyzing the Company's
    operating performance, financial  position and cash  flows, the Company  has
    included EBITDA data (which are not a measure of financial performance under
    generally  accepted accounting principles) because  it understands that such
    data are  commonly  used  by  certain  investors  to  evaluate  a  company's
    performance in the solid waste industry.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
Envirite Corporation
 
    We  have audited the  accompanying statements of net  assets acquired of the
MSG Facilities of Envirite  Corporation as of December  31, 1994 and January  1,
1994,  and the related  statements of revenue and  direct operating expenses for
the years  then ended.  These  financial statements  are the  responsibility  of
Envirite  Corporation's management. Our responsibility  is to express an opinion
on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about  whether the  statements of net  assets acquired  and
revenue  and direct  operating expenses  are free  of material  misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test  basis, evidence supporting the amounts  and
disclosures  in the statements. An audit  also includes assessing the accounting
principles used  and  significant  estimates  made by  management,  as  well  as
evaluating  the  overall presentation  of the  statements.  We believe  that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    As described in Note 1, the accompanying financial statements were  prepared
for  the purpose of complying with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as agreed to by representatives of the Commission,  and
are  not intended to  be a complete  presentation of assets  and liabilities and
results of operations on a stand-alone basis of the MSG Facilities.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all material  respects, the  net assets  acquired of  the MSG  Facilities of
Envirite Corporation at December 31, 1994  and January 1, 1994, and the  revenue
and  direct operating expenses for the years then ended, as described in Note 1,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
November 8, 1995
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                              ENVIRITE CORPORATION
                                 MSG FACILITIES
                       STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS ACQUIRED
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,    JANUARY 1,
                                                                                         1994           1994
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Accounts receivable................................................................  $   3,329,720  $   1,883,946
Wyandot trust fund.................................................................      1,029,770        664,521
 
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
  Land, primarily disposal sites...................................................     28,682,963     26,911,426
  Buildings........................................................................        850,276        838,985
  Machinery and equipment..........................................................      6,075,446      5,387,264
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                                                        35,608,685     33,137,675
  Less accumulated depreciation....................................................     (7,073,154)    (5,054,868)
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Net property, plant and equipment..................................................     28,535,531     28,082,807
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Total assets...................................................................  $  32,895,021  $  30,631,274
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS ACQUIRED
Closure and post-closure liabilities...............................................  $   3,790,695  $   2,223,407
Financing agreements...............................................................      1,189,196             --
Capital leases payable.............................................................        270,808        294,793
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Total liabilities..............................................................      5,250,699      2,518,200
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Net assets acquired................................................................  $  27,644,322  $  28,113,074
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                              ENVIRITE CORPORATION
                                 MSG FACILITIES
 
              STATEMENTS OF REVENUE AND DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         FISCAL YEARS ENDED,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,    JANUARY 1,
                                                                                         1994           1994
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Sales..............................................................................  $  18,820,589  $  14,873,841
Direct operating costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales....................................................................     13,279,680     10,475,968
  Selling and administrative.......................................................      4,452,969      3,445,685
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Operating profit...................................................................  $   1,087,940  $     952,188
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                              ENVIRITE CORPORATION
                                 MSG FACILITIES
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND JANUARY 1, 1994
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    On April 28, 1995, Envirite Corporation (Envirite) and County Disposal, Inc.
(County) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the Agreement) whereby County
agreed  to  purchase  from  Envirite  certain  landfill  facilities  and   waste
transportation  and collection equipment located  in Livingston County, Illinois
(Livingston Facility) and Wyandot  County, Ohio (Wyandot  Facility), all of  the
issued  and outstanding capital stock of  County Environmental Services, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Envirite, which owns and operates a landfill facility
and waste transportation  and collection  equipment located  in Clarion  County,
Pennsylvania  (Clarion Facility) (collectively, the MSG Facilities), and certain
related assets, and assume certain liabilities.
 
    The accompanying Statements of  Net Assets Acquired  present as of  December
31,  1994 and  January 1, 1994,  the MSG  Facilities' assets to  be acquired and
certain liabilities assumed (including those represented by the capital stock of
County Environmental Services, Inc.) by County pursuant to the Agreement.  Cash,
income  tax benefits and liabilities, and  certain other assets and liabilities,
related to the MSG Facilities will be retained by Envirite and are not  included
herein. Pursuant to the Agreement, County assumes certain other liabilities that
are  not required by generally accepted  accounting principles to be recorded in
these financial  statements.  The Statements  of  Revenue and  Direct  Operating
Expenses   represent  those   revenues  and   expenses  that   are  specifically
identifiable to  the  MSG  Facilities  and  do  not  include  certain  corporate
expenses.  As a  result, the  accompanying Statements are  not intended  to be a
complete presentation of the MSG Facilities' assets and liabilities and  results
of operations had they been operated as a stand-alone entity.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement, accounts receivable represent amounts not greater
than 60 days old. All other receivables are retained by Envirite.
 
WYANDOT TRUST FUND
 
    These  amounts are held in trust to  meet legal requirements for closure and
post-closure obligations for the Wyandot Facility.
 
PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Costs associated with the acquisition and development of disposal sites  are
recorded  as  land and  amortized as  landfill capacity  is consumed.  Plant and
equipment is depreciated under the straight-line method. Estimated useful  lives
are  15 to 35 years for buildings and  3 to 8 years for machinery and equipment.
Depreciation and landfill amortization expense was $2,183,000 and $2,110,000  in
1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    As  of January 2,  1994, the Company  changed the estimated  useful lives of
certain transportation  assets from  five to  eight years.  The effect  of  this
change in useful lives was to increase the operating profit by $136,000 in 1994.
 
FISCAL YEAR
 
    The  Company utilizes a 52 - 53 week fiscal year. There were 53 weeks in the
1993 fiscal year and 52 weeks in the 1994 fiscal year.
 
CLOSURE AND POST-CLOSURE COSTS
 
    The estimated costs associated with meeting regulatory requirements for  the
closure  and  post-closure monitoring  of landfills  are  charged to  expense as
landfill capacity is consumed. Post-closure monitoring is
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                              ENVIRITE CORPORATION
                                 MSG FACILITIES
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND JANUARY 1, 1994
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
generally required for thirty years from the time the landfill is closed.  These
costs  and  landfill  capacities  are based  on  engineering  estimates  and are
reviewed annually. Landfill  closure and  post-closure costs  of $1,709,000  and
$1,228,000 were expensed in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    In  accordance  with  regulatory requirements,  Envirite  provides financial
assurance for  closure  and  post-closure  monitoring.  These  requirements  are
satisfied  either  by  providing a  letter  of  credit or  funding  a  trust. In
accordance with these requirements, Envirite had $3,239,000 of letters of credit
outstanding at December 31,  1994 for these purposes  and $1,029,770 is held  in
trust.
 
SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
 
   
    Included  in direct  selling and administrative  expense for  the year ended
December 31, 1994 is approximately $700,000 of one-time charges related to bonus
payments to certain Envirite  employees who assisted in  the disposition of  the
landfills.
    
 
2.  RENT EXPENSE
    Rent  expense for leased office space and certain equipment was $386,000 and
$259,000 in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    Future annual rentals for these operating leases will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
1995............................................................  $ 597,170
1996............................................................    597,170
1997............................................................    484,016
1998............................................................    391,948
1999............................................................    166,332
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  $2,236,636
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
3.  CAPITAL LEASES
    Property, plant, and equipment includes leased property under capital leases
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,  JANUARY 1,
                                                                         1994         1994
                                                                     ------------  ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>
Machinery and equipment............................................   $  552,191   $  456,000
Less accumulated depreciation......................................      213,966      122,766
                                                                     ------------  ----------
                                                                      $  338,225   $  333,234
                                                                     ------------  ----------
                                                                     ------------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Future minimum lease payments under  these capital leases together with  the
present  value of  the minimum  lease payments  as of  December 31,  1994 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
1995..............................................................  $ 138,649
1996..............................................................     88,124
1997..............................................................     44,221
1998..............................................................     23,261
1999..............................................................     13,572
                                                                    ---------
    Total minimum lease payments..................................    307,827
Less amount representing interest.................................    (37,019)
                                                                    ---------
Present value of minimum lease payments...........................  $ 270,808
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                              ENVIRITE CORPORATION
                                 MSG FACILITIES
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
        FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND JANUARY 1, 1994
 
4.  FINANCING AGREEMENTS
    Financing agreements  are  secured by  certain  equipment used  at  the  MSG
Facilities  and are at  interest rates ranging  from 7.6% to  10.7% with monthly
principal payments through July  1999. The amount of  the liability is based  on
the  purchased assets  collateralizing the debt.  County Environmental Services,
Inc. is a guarantor of  one financing agreement, a  portion of which relates  to
the  purchased  assets. The  amount of  the guarantee  not related  to purchased
assets is $430,000 as of November 8, 1995.
 
5.  ASSETS PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL
    At December 31, 1994, Envirite had  a loan and security agreement  providing
for  a revolving credit  facility for $28,300,000  including cash borrowings and
letters of  credit  (the "Revolving  Credit  Facility"). Collateral  includes  a
security  interest in accounts receivable and  certain real property included in
the accompanying financial statements and the stock of a subsidiary of Envirite.
 
6.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    As of November 8, 1995, the Wyandot and Clarion Facilities have been sold to
County in accordance with the Agreement. Cash borrowings and irrevocable letters
of credit under Envirite's  Revolving Credit Facility at  that date were $0  and
$4,656,424, respectively.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
Envirite Corporation
 
    We  have audited the accompanying statement  of revenue and direct operating
expenses of the MSG Facilities of Envirite Corporation for the period January 1,
1995 to November  15, 1995. This  financial statement is  the responsibility  of
Envirite  Corporation's management. Our responsibility  is to express an opinion
on this financial statement based on our audit.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and direct operating
expenses is free  of material misstatement.  An audit includes  examining, on  a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement. An
audit  also includes  assessing the  accounting principles  used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation  of
the  statement. We believe  that our audit  provides a reasonable  basis for our
opinion.
 
    As described in Note  1, the accompanying  financial statement was  prepared
for  the purpose of complying with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as agreed to by representatives of the Commission,  and
is  not intended  to be a  complete presentation  of results of  operations on a
stand-alone basis of the MSG Facilities.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statement referred to above presents  fairly,
in  all material respects, the revenue and  direct operating expenses of the MSG
Facilities of Envirite Corporation  for the period January  1, 1995 to  November
15,  1995,  as  described  in  Note 1,  in  conformity  with  generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 9, 1996
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                              ENVIRITE CORPORATION
                                 MSG FACILITIES
 
               STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES
 
              FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1995 TO NOVEMBER 15, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>
Sales.......................................................................   $ 14,495,965
Direct operating costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales.............................................................     10,904,948
  Selling and administrative................................................      2,145,510
                                                                              --------------
Operating profit............................................................   $  1,445,507
                                                                              --------------
                                                                              --------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                              ENVIRITE CORPORATION
                                 MSG FACILITIES
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1995 TO NOVEMBER 15, 1995
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    On April 28, 1995, Envirite Corporation (Envirite) and County Disposal, Inc.
(County) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the Agreement) whereby County
agreed  to  purchase  from  Envirite  certain  landfill  facilities  and   waste
transportation  and collection equipment located  in Livingston County, Illinois
(Livingston Facility) and Wyandot  County, Ohio (Wyandot  Facility), all of  the
issued  and outstanding capital stock of  County Environmental Services, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Envirite, which owns and operates a landfill facility
and waste transportation  and collection  equipment located  in Clarion  County,
Pennsylvania  (Clarion Facility) (collectively, the MSG Facilities), and certain
related assets, and to assume certain liabilities.
 
    The Statement  of Revenue  and Direct  Operating Expenses  represents  those
revenues  and expenses from  January 1, 1995 to  the dates of  sale of the three
facilities (June 8, 1995 for Clarion;  August 1, 1995 for Wyandot; November  16,
1995  for Livingston) that  are specifically identifiable  to the MSG Facilities
and do not  include certain corporate  expenses. As a  result, the  accompanying
Statement is not intended to be a complete representation of the MSG Facilities'
results of operations had they been operated as a stand-alone entity.
 
CLOSURE AND POST-CLOSURE COSTS
 
    The  estimated costs associated with meeting regulatory requirements for the
closure and  post-closure monitoring  of  landfills are  charged to  expense  as
landfill capacity is consumed. Post-closure monitoring is generally required for
thirty  years from  the time  the landfill is  closed. These  costs and landfill
capacities are  based  on  engineering  estimates  and  are  reviewed  annually.
Landfill  closure  and post-closure  costs of  $1,472,000  were expensed  in the
period January 1, 1995 to November 15, 1995.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  amounts reported  in the  financial statement  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.  RENT EXPENSE
    Rent  expense for leased office space and certain equipment was $482,000 for
the period January 1, 1995 to November 15, 1995.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------
                                ------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------
                                ------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR ANY  OTHER  PERSON  IS AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER
THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST  NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS  HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  THE
COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL
OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH
OFFER  TO SELL OR SOLICITATION IS NOT  AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING
SUCH OFFER IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE
HAS  BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF  THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT  AS OF ANY  TIME SUBSEQUENT TO  ITS
DATE.
 
                              -------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PAGE
                                                          -----
<S>                                                    <C>
Prospectus Summary...................................           3
Risk Factors.........................................           6
The Company..........................................          15
Use of Proceeds......................................          15
Dividend Policy......................................          15
Dilution.............................................          16
Capitalization.......................................          17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.................          18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations................          19
Business.............................................          26
Management...........................................          40
Certain Transactions.................................          44
Principal Stockholders...............................          45
Description of Capital Stock.........................          47
Shares Eligible for Future Sale......................          48
Underwriting.........................................          50
Legal Matters........................................          51
Experts..............................................          51
Additional Information...............................          51
Index to Financial Statements........................         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                              -------------------
 
    UNTIL                                      ,   1996  (25   DAYS   AFTER  THE
COMMENCEMENT OF  THE  OFFERING),  ALL  DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN  THE
REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE
REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT  IS IN ADDITION TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                2,750,000 SHARES
 
   
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
 
                               -----------------
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                               -----------------
 
                            OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.
 
                                CS FIRST BOSTON
 
                                           , 1996
 
- ------------------------------------------------
                                ------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------
                                ------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following table shows the  expenses, other than underwriting discounts,
which the  Company  expects  to  incur  in  connection  with  the  issuance  and
distribution   of  the  securities  being  registered  under  this  registration
statement. All expenses  are estimated  except for the  Securities and  Exchange
Commission registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.............  $  15,268
Nasdaq entry fee................................................     38,567
NASD filing fee.................................................      4,928
Blue Sky fees and expenses......................................     25,000
Legal fees and expenses.........................................    400,000
Accounting fees and expenses....................................    175,000
Printing and engraving expenses.................................    100,000
Transfer agent's fee............................................      3,000
Miscellaneous...................................................    238,237
                                                                  ---------
    Total.......................................................  $1,000,000
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
    
 
    Section  145  of  the  General  Corporation Law  of  the  State  of Delaware
("Section 145") permits a Delaware corporation  to indemnify any person who  was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or
completed  action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent  of
the  corporation, or is  or was serving at  the request of  the corporation as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust,  or other  enterprise,  against expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees),  judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he  acted
in  good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal  action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
 
    In  the case of an action by or in the right of the corporation, Section 145
permits the corporation  to indemnify any  person who was  or is a  party or  is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason  of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of
the corporation, or is  or was serving  at the request of  the corporation as  a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually  and  reasonably incurred  by  him in  connection  with the  defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he  acted in good faith and in a manner  he
reasonably  believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of the
corporation. No indemnification may be made  in respect of any claim, issue,  or
matter  as to  which such person  shall have been  adjudged to be  liable to the
corporation unless and  only to the  extent that  the Court of  Chancery or  the
court  in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
    To the extent that a director, officer, employee, or agent of a  corporation
has  been successful on the merits or  otherwise in defense of any action, suit,
or proceeding referred to in the preceding two paragraphs, Section 145  requires
that he be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    Section  145 provides that expenses  (including attorneys' fees) incurred by
an officer  or director  in defending  any civil,  criminal, administrative,  or
investigative  action, suit,  or proceeding  may be  paid by  the corporation in
advance of  the final  disposition  of such  action,  suit, or  proceeding  upon
receipt  of an undertaking by or on behalf  of such director or officer to repay
such amount if it shall ultimately be  determined that he is not entitled to  be
indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145.
 
    Article  Fifth of the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the
personal liability  of  the directors  of  the Company  to  the Company  or  its
stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach  of fiduciary  duty as directors,
with certain exceptions, and Article Sixth requires indemnification of directors
and officers of the Company, and  for advancement of litigation expenses to  the
fullest  extent permitted by Section 145. Article Sixth of the Company's By-laws
provides for  indemnification of  the Company's  officers and  directors to  the
fullest  extent permitted by Section 145  and other applicable laws as currently
in effect and as they may be amended in the future.
 
    The Underwriting  Agreement  filed  herewith as  Exhibit  1.1  provides  for
indemnification  of the directors, certain  officers, and controlling persons of
the Company by  the Underwriters  against certain  civil liabilities,  including
liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act.  The  Company  has  also  entered into
agreements  with   its   directors   and  executive   officers   providing   for
indemnification in certain circumstances.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
   
    As part of the Exchange, the Company issued an aggregate of 5,676,901 shares
of  its Common  Stock, options  to purchase 869,615  shares of  Common Stock and
Warrants to purchase 215,455 shares of Common Stock (after giving effect to  the
Stock  Split)  to the  then stockholders,  option  holders and  warrant holders,
respectively, of ADS and CDI, effective  as of January 1, 1996. No  underwriters
were  engaged in connection  with the foregoing sales  of securities. Such sales
were made  in  reliance on  the  exemption set  forth  in Section  4(2)  of  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities  Act"), relating to sales by an
issuer not involving a public offering.  All of the foregoing shares are  deemed
to be restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
    
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                        DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement
       3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company*
       3.2   Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
       3.3   By-laws of the Company*
       4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
       5.1   Opinion of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP
      10.1   Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 1996 among the Company, Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.)
              Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as
              documentation agent, and the other financial institutions party thereto
      10.2   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 among the Company and certain of its
              stockholders
      10.3   Employment Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 between the Company and Richard De Young
      10.4   Employment Agreement dated January 26, 1993 between the Company and John J. McDonnell, as amended*
      10.5   Employment Agreement dated May 16, 1995 between the Company and Richard T. Kogler*
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                        DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      10.6   Employment Agreement dated June 2, 1995 between the Company and Ann L. Straw*
<C>          <S>
      10.7   Employment Agreement dated May 3, 1994 between the Company and Lawrence R. Conrath*
      10.8   Employment Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 between the Company and David C. Stoller
      10.9   American Disposal Services, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan
      10.10  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its directors
      10.11  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its executive officers
      10.12  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its directors and executive officers
      10.13  Form of Tax-Sharing Agreement between the Company and its executive officers
      21.1   Subsidiaries of the Company
      23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
      23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
      23.3   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
      23.4   Consent of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP (included in exhibit 5.1)
      24.1   Powers of Attorney*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(*) Previously filed.
    
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
        None
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1)  For purposes of determining any  liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933, the information omitted from  the form of prospectus filed as  part
    of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    under  the Securities Act  shall be deemed  to be part  of this registration
    statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the  Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
    The Registrant  hereby undertakes  to  provide to  the Underwriters  at  the
closing  specified in the Underwriting Agreement (filed herewith as Exhibit 1.1)
certificates in such denominations and registered  in such names as required  by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of  the
Registrant  pursuant to the provisions described  above in Item 14 or otherwise,
the Registrant  has been  advised that  in  the opinion  of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such indemnification is  against public policy as expressed
in the Securities  Act of 1933  and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the  event
that  a  claim  for indemnification  against  such liabilities  (other  than the
payment by the Registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer,
or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit,  or  proceeding)  is asserted  against  the Registrant  by  such director,
officer,  or  controlling  person  in  connection  with  the  securities   being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy  as expressed in the  Securities Act of 1933 and  will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this amendment to the Registrant's registration statement to  be
signed  on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Burr Ridge, State of Illinois, on July 11, 1996.
    
 
                                          AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
 
   
                                          By:        /s/ RICHARD DE YOUNG*
    
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                      Richard De Young
                                                          PRESIDENT
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  amendment
to  the Registrant's  registration statement  has been  signed by  the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                                       <C>
                      SIGNATURE                                          TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------  ---------------
                /s/ DAVID C. STOLLER*                   Chairman and Director                      July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------         (principal executive officer)
                   David C. Stoller
 
                /s/ RICHARD DE YOUNG*                   President and Director                     July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                   Richard De Young
 
                  /s/ SCOTT H. FLAMM                    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial     July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------         Officer and Director (principal
                    Scott H. Flamm                       financial officer)
 
               /s/ LAWRENCE R. CONRATH*                 Vice President and Controller (principal   July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------         accounting officer)
                 Lawrence R. Conrath
 
                /s/ MERRIL M. HALPERN*                  Director                                   July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                  Merril M. Halpern
 
                /s/ A. LAWRENCE FAGAN*                  Director                                   July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                  A. Lawrence Fagan
 
             /s/ RICHARD T. HENSHAW, III*               Director                                   July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
               Richard T. Henshaw, III
 
                /s/ G. T. BLANKENSHIP*                  Director                                   July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                  G. T. Blankenship
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                                       <C>
                      SIGNATURE                                          TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------  ---------------
                 /s/ NORMAN STEISEL*                    Director                                   July 11, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                    Norman Steisel
 
           By:           /S/ SCOTT H. FLAMM
       ---------------------------------------
                    Scott H. Flamm
                   Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
   
                                                       Registration No. 333-4889
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                               ------------------
 
                                    EXHIBITS
                                       TO
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                               ------------------
 
                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS                                      PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>          <S>                                                                                          <C>
       1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
       3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company*
       3.2   Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
       3.3   By-laws of the Company*
       4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
       5.1   Opinion of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP
      10.1   Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 1996 among the Company, Internationale Nederlanden
              (U.S.) Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
              New York, as documentation agent, and the other financial institutions party thereto
      10.2   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 among the Company and certain of
              its stockholders
      10.3   Employment Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 between the Company and Richard De Young
      10.4   Employment Agreement dated January 26, 1993 between the Company and John J. McDonnell, as
              amended*
      10.5   Employment Agreement dated May 16, 1995 between the Company and Richard T. Kogler*
      10.6   Employment Agreement dated June 2, 1995 between the Company and Ann L. Straw*
      10.7   Employment Agreement dated May 3, 1994 between the Company and Lawrence R. Conrath*
      10.8   Employment Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 between the Company and David C. Stoller
      10.9   American Disposal Services, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan
      10.10  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its directors
      10.11  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its executive officers
      10.12  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its directors and executive
              officers
      10.13  Form of Tax-Sharing Agreement between the Company and its executive officers
      21.1   Subsidiaries of the Company
      23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
      23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
      23.3   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
      23.4   Consent of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP (included in exhibit 5.1)
      24.1   Powers of Attorney*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(*) Previously filed.
    

<PAGE>

                                                           DRAFT OF MAY 21, 1996

                               [          ] Shares

                        American Disposal Services, Inc.

                                  Common Stock

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                                                               ________ __, 1996



Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
CS First Boston
c/o Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
Oppenheimer Tower
World Financial Center
New York, New York  10281

On behalf of the Several
Underwriters named in
Schedule I attached hereto.

Gentlemen:

          American Disposal Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), proposes to sell to you and the other underwriters named in Schedule
I to this Agreement (the "Underwriters"), for whom you are acting as
Representatives, an aggregate of [          ] shares (the "Firm Shares") of the
Company's common stock, $0.01 par value (the "Common Stock").  In addition, the
Company proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an
additional [        ] shares (the "Option Shares") of Common Stock from it for
the purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm
Shares.  The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are together called the "Shares."

          1.   SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SHARES.        On the basis of the
representations, warranties and agreements contained in, and subject to the
terms and conditions of, this Agreement:


<PAGE>

          (a)  The Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each
     of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the
     Company, at $[       ] per share (the "Initial Price"), the number of Firm
     Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I to
     this Agreement.

          (b)  The Company grants to the several Underwriters an option to
     purchase, severally and not jointly, all or any part of the Option Shares
     at the Initial Price.  The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each
     Underwriter shall be the same percentage (adjusted by the Representatives
     to eliminate fractions) of the total number of Option Shares to be
     purchased by the Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Firm
     Shares.  Such option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the
     sales of the Firm Shares by the Underwriters and may be exercised in whole
     or in part at any time on or before 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the
     business day before the Firm Shares Closing Date (as defined below), and
     only once thereafter within 30 days after the date of this Agreement, in
     each case upon written or telegraphic notice, or verbal or telephonic
     notice confirmed by written or telegraphic notice, by the Representatives
     to the Company no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the
     business day before the Firm Shares Closing Date or at least two business
     days before the Option Shares Closing Date (as defined below), as the case
     may be, setting forth the number of Option Shares to be purchased and the
     time and date (if other than the Firm Shares Closing Date) of such
     purchase.

          2.   DELIVERY AND PAYMENT.  Delivery by the Company of the Firm Shares
to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters, and
payment of the purchase price by certified or official bank check or checks
payable in New York Clearing House (next day) funds to the Company, shall take
place at the offices of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., at Oppenheimer Tower, World
Financial Center, New York, New York 10281, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time,
on the third business day following the date of this Agreement, provided,
however, that if the Shares sold hereunder are priced after 4:30 p.m., New York
time, on any business day, payment and delivery in respect of the Firm Shares
shall take place on the fourth business day following the date of this
Agreement; if it is determined that settlement within the foregoing time frame
is not feasible, then payment and delivery in respect of the Firm Shares shall
occur at such time on such other date, not later than 10 business days after the
date of this Agreement, as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the
Representatives (such time and date of delivery and payment are called the "Firm
Shares Closing Date").


                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>

          In the event the option with respect to the Option Shares is
exercised, delivery by the Company of the Option Shares to the Representatives
for the respective accounts of the Underwriters and payment of the purchase
price by certified or official bank check or checks payable in New York Clearing
House (next day) funds to the Company shall take place at the offices of
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. specified above at the time and on the date (which may
be the same date as, but in no event shall be earlier than, the Firm Shares
Closing Date) specified in the notice referred to in Section 1(b) (such time and
date of delivery and payment are called the "Option Shares Closing Date").  The
Firm Shares Closing Date and the Option Shares Closing Date are called,
individually, a "Closing Date" and, together, the "Closing Dates."

          Certificates evidencing the Shares shall be registered in such names
and shall be in such denominations as the Representatives shall request at least
two full business days before the Firm Shares Closing Date or, in the case of
Option Shares, on the day of notice of exercise of the option as described in
Section l(b) and shall be made available to the Representatives for checking and
packaging, at such place as is designated by the Representatives, at least one
full business day before the Firm Shares Closing Date (or the Option Shares
Closing Date in the case of the Option Shares).

          3.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS; PUBLIC OFFERING.  The
Company has prepared in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and the published rules and
regulations thereunder (the "Rules") adopted by the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-[
   ]), including a preliminary prospectus relating to the Shares, and has filed
with the Commission the Registration Statement and such amendments thereto as
may have been required to the date of this Agreement.  Copies of such
Registration Statement (including all amendments thereto) and of the related
preliminary prospectus have heretofore been delivered by the Company to you.
The term "Registration Statement" means the Registration Statement as amended at
the time and on the date it becomes effective (the "Effective Date"), including
all exhibits and information, if any, deemed to be part of the Registration
Statement pursuant to Rule 424(a) and Rule 430A of the Rules.  The term
"preliminary prospectus" means any preliminary prospectus (as described in Rule
430 of the Rules) included at any time as a part of the Registration Statement.
The term "Prospectus" means the prospectus in the form first used to confirm
sales of the Shares (whether such prospectus was included in the Registration
Statement at the time of effectiveness or was subsequently filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules) or the preliminary prospectus
forming part of the Registration Statement at the time


                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>

it was declared effective together with the term sheet permitted under Rule
434(b) and filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), as applicable.

          The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public
offering of the Shares, as set forth in and pursuant to the Prospectus, as soon
after the Effective Date and the date of this Agreement as the Representatives
deem advisable.  The Company hereby confirms that the Underwriters and dealers
have been authorized to distribute or cause to be distributed each preliminary
prospectus and are authorized to distribute the Prospectus (as from time to time
amended or supplemented if the Company furnishes amendments or supplements
thereto to the Underwriters).

          4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company hereby
represents and warrants to each Underwriter as follows:

          (a)  On the Effective Date the Registration Statement complied, and on
     the date of the Prospectus, on the date any post-effective amendment to the
     Registration Statement shall become effective, on the date any supplement
     or amendment to the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and on each
     Closing Date, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any
     amendment thereof or supplement thereto) will comply in all material
     respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Rules
     and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")
     and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; the
     Registration Statement did not, as of the Effective Date, contain any
     untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements
     therein not misleading; and on the other dates referred to above neither
     the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment thereof or
     supplement thereto, will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
     will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.  When any
     related preliminary prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether
     filed as part of the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto or
     pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Rules) and when any amendment thereof or
     supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such preliminary
     prospectus as amended or supplemented complied in all material respects
     with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Rules and did
     not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make
     the statements therein not


                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>

     misleading.  The Company makes no representation or warranty as to the
     paragraph with respect to stabilization or the paragraph with respect to
     affiliate transactions on the inside front cover page of the Prospectus and
     the statements contained under the caption "Underwriting" in the
     Prospectus.  The Company acknowledges that such statements constitute the
     only information furnished in writing by the Representatives on behalf of
     the several Underwriters specifically for inclusion in the Registration
     Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus.

          (b)  All contracts and other documents required to be filed as
     exhibits to the Registration Statement have been filed with the Commission
     as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

          (c)  The financial statements of the Company (including all notes and
     schedules thereto) included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
     fairly present the financial position, the results of operations and cash
     flows and the stockholders' equity (deficit) and the other information
     purported to be shown therein of the Company at the respective dates and
     for the respective periods to which they apply; and such financial
     statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods
     involved, and all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the
     results for such periods have been made.  The schedules included in the
     Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the
     information required to be stated therein; and the historical financial
     information and statistical data set forth in the Prospectus under the
     captions "Summary Consolidated Financial Information," "Capitalization,"
     and "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" are fairly stated in all
     material respects in relation to the financial statements from which they
     have been derived.  The pro forma financial data included in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly the information
     shown therein, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the
     Act and the Rules and Regulations with respect to pro forma financial
     statements, have been properly compiled on the pro forma basis described
     therein and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable
     and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the
     transactions or circumstances referred to therein.

          (d)  Each of Ernst & Young LLP, Arthur Andersen LLP and Deloitte &
     Touche LLP, whose reports are filed with the Commission as a part of the
     Registration Statement,


                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>

     are and, during the periods covered by their reports, were independent
     public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the Rules.

          (e)  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
     corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Each
     subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed and is an
     existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
     its incorporation or organization.  The Company has no subsidiary or
     subsidiaries other than as set forth on Schedule II hereto and does not
     control, directly or indirectly, any other corporation, partnership, joint
     venture, association or other business organization.  Each of the Company
     and its subsidiaries is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign
     corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its
     assets or properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature of its
     business makes such qualification necessary.  Except as disclosed in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries
     do not own, lease or license any asset or property or conduct any business
     outside the United States of America.  Each of the Company and its
     subsidiaries has all requisite corporate power and authority, and all
     necessary authorizations, approvals, consents, orders, licenses,
     certificates and permits of and from all governmental or regulatory bodies
     or any other person or entity, to own, lease and license its assets and
     properties and conduct its businesses as now being conducted and as
     described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; no such
     authorization, approval, consent, order, license, certificate or permit
     contains a materially burdensome restriction other than as disclosed in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus; and the Company has all such
     corporate power and authority, and such authorizations, approvals,
     consents, orders, licenses, certificates and permits to enter into, deliver
     and perform this Agreement and to issue and sell the Shares (except as may
     be required under the Securities Act and state and foreign Blue Sky laws).

          (f)  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus, the Company owns or possesses adequate and enforceable rights
     to use all (to the extent any of them exist) patents, patent applications,
     trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, copyrights, copyright
     applications, licenses and other similar rights (collectively, the
     "Intangibles") necessary for the conduct of its business as now being
     conducted and as described in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus.  The Company has not infringed, is not


                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>

     infringing, and has not received any notice of infringement of, any
     Intangible of any other person and the Company does not know of any basis
     therefor.  The Company has not received any notice of infringement of any
     of its Intangibles and the Company does not know of any basis therefor.

          (g)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has good and marketable
     title in fee simple to each of the items of personal property which are
     reflected in the financial statements referred to in Section 4(c) or are
     referred to in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as being owned
     by it and valid and enforceable leasehold interests in each of the items of
     real and personal property which are referred to in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus as being leased by it, in each case free and
     clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims, security interests and defects,
     other than those described in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus.

          (h)  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus, there is no litigation or governmental or other proceeding or
     investigation before any court or before or by any public body or board
     pending or, to the Company's best knowledge, threatened (and the Company
     does not know of any basis therefor) against, or involving the assets,
     properties or businesses of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries which,
     if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would
     materially adversely affect the value or the operation of any such assets
     or properties or the business, results of operations or financial condition
     of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

          (i)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is
     given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as described
     therein, there has not been any adverse change or any adverse development
     or event involving a prospective change in the assets or properties,
     earnings, business affairs or business prospects, results of operations or
     condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company, whether or not arising
     from transactions in the ordinary course of business; each of the Company
     and its subsidiaries has not entered into any transaction, other than in
     the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company; each of
     the Company and its subsidiaries has not sustained any material loss or
     interference with its assets, businesses or properties from fire,
     explosion, earthquake, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by
     insurance, or from any labor dispute or any court or legislative or


                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>

     other governmental action, order or decree; and since the date of the
     latest balance sheet included in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus, except as reflected therein, each of the Company and its
     subsidiaries has not undertaken any liability or obligation, direct or
     contingent, except for liabilities or obligations undertaken in the
     ordinary course of business.

          (j)  Each agreement listed in the Exhibits to the Registration
     Statement is in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable by the
     Company or one of its subsidiaries in accordance with its terms, assuming
     the due authorization thereof by each of the other parties thereto.
     Neither the Company, nor to the best of the Company's knowledge, any other
     party is in default in the observance or performance of any term or
     obligation to be performed by it under any such agreement, and no event has
     occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such a
     default which default or event would have a material adverse effect on the
     assets or properties, business, results of operations or financial
     condition of the Company.  No default exists, and no event has occurred
     which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default, in
     the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition, by
     the Company of any other indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note or any
     other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its
     subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or their properties or
     businesses is bound or affected which default or event would have a
     material adverse effect on the assets or properties, business, results of
     operations or financial condition of the Company.

          (k)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries is not in violation of
     any term or provision of its charter or by-laws or of any franchise,
     license, permit, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation,
     where the consequences of such violation would have a material adverse
     effect on the assets or properties, business, results of operations or
     financial condition of the Company.

          (l)  Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
     by the Company nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated
     hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance and sale by
     the Company of the Shares) will give rise to a right to terminate or
     accelerate the due date of any payment due under, or conflict with or
     result in the breach of any term or provision of, or constitute a default
     (or any


                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>

     event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a
     default) under, or require any consent or waiver under, or result in the
     execution or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any
     properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to
     the terms of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note or other
     agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
     a party or by which any of them or their properties or businesses is bound,
     or any franchise, license, permit, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule
     or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or
     violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of
     its subsidiaries.

          (m)  The Company has an authorized and outstanding capital stock as
     set forth under the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus.  All of the
     outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly and validly authorized
     and have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable
     and none of them was issued in violation of any preemptive or other similar
     statutory right.  The Shares, when issued and sold pursuant to this
     Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable
     and none of them will be issued in violation of any preemptive or other
     similar statutory right.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement
     and the Prospectus, there is no outstanding option, warrant or other right
     calling for the issuance of, and no commitment, plan or agreement to issue,
     any share of stock of the Company or any security convertible into, or
     exercisable or exchangeable for, stock of the Company.  The Common Stock
     and the undesignated preferred stock, $0.01 par value (the "Preferred
     Stock") and the Shares conform to all statements in relation thereto
     contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (n)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is
     given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as described
     or referred to therein, the Company has not (i) issued any securities or
     incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed
     money, (ii) entered into any transaction not in the ordinary course of
     business or (iii) declared or paid any dividend or made any distribution on
     any shares of its stock or redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired or
     agreed to redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its stock.

          (o)    No holder of any security of the Company has any right to have
     any security owned by such holder


                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>

     included in the Registration Statement or to demand registration of any
     security owned by such holder during the period ending 180 days from the
     date of this Agreement.  The Company has obtained from all officers and
     directors of the Company, the holders of certain vested options to purchase
     Common Stock and certain other stockholders and warrantholders of the
     Company, who together hold [        ] shares of Common Stock (including [
        ] shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and
     warrants), their enforceable written agreement that for a period of at
     least 180 days from the date of this Agreement they will not, without the
     prior written consent of the Representatives, sell, distribute, pledge,
     grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, directly or
     indirectly, or encumber, or exercise any registration rights with respect
     to, any shares of Common Stock (or any securities convertible into,
     exercised for, or exchangable for any shares of Common Stock) owned by
     them.

          (p)    All necessary corporate action has been duly and validly taken
     by the Company to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Shares.  This Agreement has been
     duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes and
     will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company
     enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (A) as
     the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement
     of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles and (B)
     with respect to this Agreement, to the extent that rights to indemnity or
     contribution under this Agreement may be limited by federal and state
     securities laws or the public policy underlying such laws.

          (q)    Each of the Company and its subsidiaries is conducting its
     business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of
     the jurisdictions in which it is conducting business, including, without
     limitation, all applicable local, state and federal environmental laws and
     regulations, except where the failure to be so in compliance would not have
     a material adverse effect on the assets or properties, business, results of
     operations or financial condition of the Company.

          (r)    No transaction has occurred between or among the Company and
     any of its officers or directors or any affiliate or affiliates of any such
     officer or director that is required to be described in and is not
     described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

          (s)    The Company has not taken, nor will it take, directly or
     indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to
     cause or result in, or which has constituted or which might reasonably be
     expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of
     the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.

          (t)    The Company has filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax
     returns which are required to be filed through the date hereof, or has
     received extensions thereof, and has paid all taxes shown on such returns
     and all assessments received by it.

          (u)    The Shares have been approved for quotation on the National
     Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation ("Nasdaq") National
     Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

          (v)    The Company has complied with all of the requirements and filed
     the required forms as specified in Florida Statutes Section 517.075.

          5.   CONDITIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of
the Underwriters under this Agreement are several and not joint.  The respective
obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Shares are subject to each of
the following terms and conditions:

          (a)  The Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission
     in accordance with Section 6(A)(a).

          (b)  No order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary
     prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been or shall be in effect, and no
     order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be
     in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or
     threatened by the Commission, and any requests for additional information
     on the part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration Statement
     or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the
     satisfaction of the Representatives.

          (c)  The representations and warranties of the Company contained in
     this Agreement and in the certificates delivered pursuant to Section 5(d)
     shall be true and correct when made and on and as of each Closing Date as
     if made on such date and the Company shall have performed all covenants and
     agreements and satisfied all the conditions contained in this Agreement
     required to be performed or satisfied by it at or before such Closing Date.


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

          (d)  The Representatives shall have received on each Closing Date a
     certificate, addressed to the Representatives and dated such Closing Date,
     of the chief executive or chief operating officer and the chief financial
     officer or chief accounting officer of the Company, to the effect that the
     signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Registration
     Statement, the Prospectus and this Agreement and that the representations
     and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct on and
     as of such Closing Date with the same effect as if made on such Closing
     Date and the Company has performed all covenants and agreements and
     satisfied all conditions contained in this Agreement required to be
     performed or satisfied by it at or prior to such Closing Date.

          (e) The Representatives shall have received at the time this Agreement
     is executed and on each Closing Date a letter or letters signed by Ernst &
     Young LLP, addressed to the Representatives and dated, respectively, the
     date of this Agreement and each such Closing Date, in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that they are independent
     accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules, that
     the response to Item 10 of the Registration Statement is correct insofar as
     it relates to them and stating in effect that:

               (i)  in their opinion the audited financial statements and
          financial statement schedules and pro forma financial statements
          included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and reported
          on by them comply as to form in all material respects with the
          applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and the
          Rules;

               (ii)  on the basis of a reading of the amounts included in the
          Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the headings "Summary
          Consolidated Financial Information" and  "Selected Consolidated
          Financial Data;" their limited review in accordance with standards
          established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
          of the unaudited interim financial information for the three month
          period ended March 31, 1996 and as at March 31, 1996, as indicated in
          their report dated March 31, 1996; carrying out certain procedures
          (but not an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing
          standards) which would not necessarily reveal matters of significance
          with respect to the comments set forth in such letter; a reading of
          the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and directors and
          finance and audit committees of the


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

          Company, and inquiries of certain officials of the Company who have
          responsibility for financial and accounting matters of the Company as
          to transactions and events subsequent to the date of the latest
          audited financial statements, nothing came to their attention which
          caused them to believe that:

                    (A)  the amounts in "Summary Consolidated Financial
               Information" and "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" included
               in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus do not agree
               with the corresponding amounts in the audited and unaudited
               financial statements from which such amounts were derived; or

                    (B)  the unaudited financial statements as of and for the
               three months ended March 31, 1996 included in the Registration
               Statement (i) do not comply in form in all material respects with
               the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and
               the Rules and (ii) are not in conformity with generally accepted
               accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent
               with that of the audited financial statements; or

                    (C)  (i) with respect to the Company there were, at a
               specified date not more than five business days prior to the date
               of the letter, any increases in the total current liabilities and
               long-term debt of the Company or capital stock of the Company or
               decreases in   working capital (deficit) or total stockholders'
               equity (deficit) of the Company, as compared with the amounts
               shown on the Company's unaudited March 31, 1996 balance sheet
               included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or
               (ii) for the period from March 31, 1996 to such specified date
               not more than five business days prior to the date of the letter,
               there were any increases in net losses except for increases in
               net losses set forth in the Registration Statement and the
               Prospectus, in which case the Company shall deliver to the
               Representatives a letter containing an explanation by the Company
               as to the significance thereof unless said explanation is not
               deemed necessary by the Representatives;

               (iii)  they have performed certain other procedures as a result
          of which they determined that certain information of an accounting,
          financial or statistical nature (which is limited to accounting,
          financial or


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

          statistical information derived from the general accounting records of
          the Company) set forth in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus and specified by the Representatives agrees with the
          accounting records of the Company; and

               (iv)   on the basis of a reading of the unaudited pro forma
          financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus (the "pro forma financial statements"); carrying out
          certain specified procedures; inquiries of certain officials of the
          Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters;
          and proving the arithmetic accuracy of the application of the pro
          forma adjustments to the historical amounts in the pro forma financial
          statements, nothing came to their attention which caused them to
          believe that the pro forma financial statements do not comply in form
          in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements
          of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X or that the pro forma adjustments have
          not been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation
          of such statements.

     References to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in this
     paragraph (e) are to such documents as amended and supplemented at the date
     of the letter.

          (f)  The Representatives shall have received at the time this
     Agreement is executed and on each Closing Date a letter or letters signed
     by Arthur Andersen LLP, addressed to the Representatives and dated,
     respectively, the date of this Agreement and each such Closing Date, in
     form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that
     they are independent accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act
     and the Rules, that the response to Item 10 of the Registration Statement
     is correct insofar as it relates to them and stating in effect that:

               (i)  in their opinion the audited financial statements and
          financial statement schedules included in the Registration Statement
          and the Prospectus and reported on by them comply as to form in all
          material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the
          Securities Act and the Rules; and

               (ii)  they have performed certain other procedures as a result of
          which they determined that certain information of an accounting,
          financial or statistical nature (which is limited to accounting,
          financial or statistical information derived from the


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

          general accounting records of the Company) set forth in the
          Registration Statement and the Prospectus and specified by the
          Representatives agrees with the accounting records of the Company.

     References to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in this
     paragraph (f) are to such documents as amended and supplemented at the date
     of the letter.

          (g)  The Representatives shall have received at the time this
     Agreement is executed and on each Closing Date a letter or letters signed
     by Deloitte & Touche LLP, addressed to the Representatives and dated,
     respectively, the date of this Agreement and each such Closing Date, in
     form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that
     they are independent accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act
     and the Rules, that the response to Item 10 of the Registration Statement
     is correct insofar as it relates to them and stating in effect that:

               (i)  attached thereto are the audited financial statements of the
          Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991 reported on by
          them, which, in their opinion, comply as to form in all material
          respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities
          Act and the Rules; and

               (ii)  the amounts in "Selected Consolidated Financial Date"
          included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus agree with
          the corresponding amounts in the audited financial statements reported
          on by them from which such amounts were derived.

     References to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in this
     paragraph (g) are to such documents as amended and supplemented at the date
     of the letter.

          (h)  The Representatives shall have received on each Closing Date from
     Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP, counsel for the Company, an opinion,
     addressed to the Representatives and dated such Closing Date, and stating
     in effect that:

               (i)  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing
          as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
          Delaware.  Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated
          or formed and is an existing corporation in good standing under the
          laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization.


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

               (ii)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has all requisite
          corporate power and authority to own, lease and license its assets and
          properties and conduct its business as now being conducted and as
          described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; and the
          Company has all requisite corporate power and authority and all
          necessary governmental, and all other necessary authorizations,
          approvals, consents, orders, licenses, certificates and permits, to
          enter into, deliver and perform this Agreement and to issue and sell
          the Shares, other than those required under the Securities Act and
          state and foreign Blue Sky laws.

               (iii)  The Company has authorized and issued capital stock as set
          forth under the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus; the
          certificates evidencing the Shares are in due and proper legal form
          and have been duly authorized for issuance by the Company; all of the
          outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company have been duly and
          validly authorized and have been duly and validly issued and are fully
          paid and nonassessable and none of them was issued in violation of any
          preemptive or other similar statutory right.  The Shares, when issued
          and sold pursuant to this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued,
          fully paid and nonassessable and none of them will have been issued in
          violation of any preemptive or other similar statutory right.  Except
          as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there
          is no outstanding option, warrant or other right calling for the
          issuance of, and no commitment, plan or agreement to issue, any share
          of stock of the Company or any security convertible into, or
          exercisable or exchangeable for, stock of the Company.  The Common
          Stock, the Preferred Stock and the Shares conform to all statements in
          relation thereto contained in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus.

               (iv)  All necessary corporate action has been duly and validly
          taken by the Company to authorize the execution, delivery and
          performance of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly and
          validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes and will
          constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company
          enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except
          (A) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
          insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
          the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general
          equitable


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

          principles and (B) with respect to this Agreement, to the extent that
          rights to indemnity or contribution under this Agreement may be
          limited by federal or state securities laws or the public policy
          underlying such laws.

               (v)  Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this
          Agreement by the Company nor the consummation of any of the
          transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the
          issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares) will give rise to a
          right to terminate or accelerate the due date of any payment due
          under, or conflict with or result in the breach of any term or
          provision of, or constitute a default (or any event which with notice
          or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or
          require any consent or waiver under, or result in the execution or
          imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or
          assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms
          of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note or other agreement or
          instrument of which such counsel is aware and to which the Company or
          any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or their
          properties or businesses is bound, or any franchise, license, permit,
          judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of which such
          counsel is aware and applicable to the Company or any of its
          subsidiaries or violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the
          Company or any of its subsidiaries.

               (vi)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, no default exists,
          and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both
          would constitute a default, in the due performance and observance of
          any term, covenant or condition, of any indenture, mortgage, deed of
          trust, note or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company
          or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or their
          assets or properties or businesses is bound or affected which default
          would have a material adverse effect on the assets or properties,
          business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

               (vii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, each of the
          Company and its subsidiaries is not in violation of any term or
          provision of its charter or by-laws or of any franchise, license,
          permit, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation, where
          the consequences of such violation would have a material adverse
          effect on the assets or properties,


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

          businesses, results of operations or financial condition of the
          Company.

               (viii)  No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court
          or governmental agency or body is required for the performance of this
          Agreement by the Company or the consummation of the transactions
          contemplated hereby, except such as have been obtained under the
          Securities Act and such as may be required under state securities or
          Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the
          Shares by the several Underwriters.

               (ix)  Except as described in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, there is no
          litigation or governmental or other proceeding or investigation before
          any court or before or by any public body or board pending or
          threatened (and such counsel does not know of any basis therefor)
          against, or involving the assets, properties or businesses of, the
          Company or any of its subsidiaries which, if determined adversely to
          the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would materially adversely
          affect the value or the operation of any such assets or properties or
          the business, results of operations or financial condition of the
          Company or any of its subsidiaries.

               (x)  The agreement of the Company, all its officers and
          directors, the holders of certain vested options to purchase Common
          Stock and certain other stockholders and warrantholders of the Company
          stating that for a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus
          they will not, without the Representatives' prior written consent
          sell, distribute, pledge, grant any option for the sale of, or
          otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or encumber, or exercise
          any registration rights with respect to, any shares of Common Stock
          (or any securities convertible into, exercisable for, or exchangeable
          for any shares of Common Stock) owned by them has been duly and
          validly delivered by such persons and constitutes a legal, valid and
          binding obligations of each such person enforceable against each such
          person in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability
          thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
          reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the
          enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable
          principles.


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

               (xi)  The statements in the Prospectus under the captions "Risk
          Factors--Extensive Environmental and Land Use Laws and Regulations;"
          "--Anti-Takeover Provisions;" "--Shares Eligible for Future Sale;
          Possible Adverse Effect on Future Market Price;" "Business--
          Environmental Regulations;" "--Legal Proceedings;" "Management--
          Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation;"  "--
          Executive Compensation;" "--1996 Stock Option Plan;" "Certain
          Transactions;" "Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for
          Future Sale" insofar as such statements constitute a summary of
          documents referred to therein or matters of law, are fair summaries of
          the material provisions thereof and accurately present the information
          called for with respect to such documents and matters.  All contracts
          and other documents required to be filed as exhibits to, or described
          in, the Registration Statement have been so filed with the Commission
          or are fairly described in the Registration Statement, as the case may
          be.

               (xii)  The Registration Statement, all preliminary prospectuses
          and the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto (except
          for the financial statements and notes and schedules and other
          financial and statistical data included therein, as to which such
          counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material
          respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules.

               (xiii)  The Registration Statement has become effective under the
          Securities Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
          Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that
          purpose have been instituted or are threatened, pending or
          contemplated.

          To the extent deemed advisable by such counsel, they may rely as to
matters of fact on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and
public officials and on the opinions of other counsel satisfactory to the
Representatives as to matters which are governed by laws other than the laws of
the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and
the federal laws of the United States; provided that such counsel shall state
that in their opinion the Underwriters and they are justified in relying on such
other opinions.  Copies of such certificates and other opinions shall be
furnished to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

          In addition, such counsel shall state that such counsel has
participated in conferences with officers and other


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

representatives of the Company, representatives of the Representatives and
representatives of the independent certified public accountants of the Company,
at which conferences the contents of the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus and related matters were discussed and, although such counsel is not
passing upon and does not assume any responsibility for the accuracy,
completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus (except as specified in the foregoing opinion), on
the basis of the foregoing no facts have come to the attention of such counsel
which lead such counsel to believe that the Registration Statement at the time
it became effective (except with respect to the financial statements and notes
and schedules thereto and other financial and statistical data, as to which such
counsel need make no statement) contained any untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus
as amended or supplemented (except with respect to the financial statements and
notes and schedules thereto and other financial and statistical data, as to
which such counsel need make no statement) on the date thereof contained any
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

          (i)  All proceedings taken in connection with the sale of the Firm
     Shares and the Option Shares as herein contemplated shall be reasonably
     satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and their counsel
     and the Underwriters shall have received from Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP a
     favorable opinion, addressed to the Representatives and dated such Closing
     Date, with respect to the Shares, the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus, and such other related matters, as the Representatives may
     reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished to Morgan, Lewis &
     Bockius LLP such documents as they may reasonably request for the purpose
     of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

          (j)  The Representatives shall have received on each Closing Date a
     certificate, including exhibits thereto, addressed to the Representatives
     and dated such Closing Date, of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
     the Company, signed in such officer's capacity as such officer, as to the
     (i) certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, (ii)
     resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of the Registration
     Statement, this Agreement and the performance of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus
     and the offering of the Shares, and (iii) incumbency of the person or
     persons authorized


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

     to execute and deliver the Registration Statement, this Agreement and 
     any other documents contemplated by the offering of the Shares.

          (k)  The Representatives shall have received on each Closing Date
     certificates of the Secretaries of State of each State where the Company or
     any of its subsidiaries is incorporated and doing business as to the good
     standing of the Company or such subsidiary, listing all charter documents
     on file, if applicable, qualification of the Company or such subsidiary to
     do business as a foreign corporation, if applicable, payment of taxes and
     filing of annual reports.  In addition, the Representatives shall have
     received copies of all charter documents of the Company, County Disposal,
     Inc. and ADS, Inc. certified by the Secretary of State of the State of such
     corporation's incorporation.

          (l)  The Representatives shall have received on each Closing Date a
     certificate, addressed to the Representatives, and dated such Closing Date,
     of an executive officer of the Company to the effect that the signer of
     such certificate has reviewed and understands the provisions of Section
     517.075 of the Florida Statutes, and represents that the Company has
     complied, and at all times will comply, with all provisions of Section
     517.075 and further, that as of such Closing Date, neither the Company nor
     any of its affiliates does business with the government of Cuba or with any
     person or affiliate located in Cuba.

          6.   COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.     (A) The Company covenants and
agrees as follows:

          (a)  The Company shall prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by
     the Representatives and file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under
     the Securities Act not later than the Commission's close of business on the
     second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
     or, if such second business day would be more than fifteen business days
     after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or any post-
     effective amendment thereto, such earlier date as would permit such
     Prospectus to be filed without filing a post-effective amendment as set
     forth in Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and shall promptly
     advise the Representatives (i) when the Registration Statement shall have
     become effective, (ii) when any amendment thereof shall have become
     effective, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment of the
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information,
     (iv) of the prevention or suspension of the use of any


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

     preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or of the issuance by the
     Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding
     for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification
     with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale
     in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for
     such purpose.  The Company shall not file any amendment of the Registration
     Statement or amendment or supplement to the Prospectus unless the Company
     has furnished the Representatives a copy for its review prior to filing and
     shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the
     Representatives reasonably object.  The Company shall use its best efforts
     to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain as
     soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

          (b)  If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares is
     required to be delivered under the Securities Act and the Rules, any event
     occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented
     would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the
     circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if it shall be
     necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the
     Securities Act or the Rules, the Company promptly shall prepare and file
     with the Commission, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (a) of
     this Section 6(A), an amendment or supplement which shall correct such
     statement or omission or an amendment which shall effect such compliance.

          (c)  The Company shall make generally available to its security
     holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable, but not later
     than 45 days after the end of the 12-month period beginning at the end of
     the fiscal quarter of the Company during which the Effective Date occurs
     (or 90 days if such 12-month period coincides with the Company's fiscal
     year), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) of the Company,
     covering such 12-month period, which shall satisfy the provisions of
     Section 11(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 158 of the Rules.

          (d)  The Company shall furnish to the Representatives and counsel for
     the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration
     Statement (including all exhibits thereto and amendments thereof) and to
     each other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without
     exhibits thereto) and all amendments thereof and, so long


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

     as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be required by
     the Securities Act or the Rules, as many copies of any preliminary
     prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements
     thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request.

          (e)  The Company shall cooperate with the Representatives and their
     counsel in endeavoring to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the
     laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and shall
     maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the
     distribution of the Shares; provided, however, that the Company shall not
     be required in connection therewith, as a condition thereof, to qualify as
     a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process
     in any jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation as doing business in any
     jurisdiction.

          (f)  For a period of five years after the date of this Agreement, the
     Company shall supply to the Representatives, and to each other Underwriter
     who may so request in writing, copies of such financial statements and
     other periodic and special reports as the Company may from time to time
     distribute generally to the holders of any class of its capital stock and
     to furnish to the Representatives a copy of each annual or other report it
     shall be required to file with the Commission.

          (g)  Without the prior written consent of the Representatives, for a
     period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not
     issue, sell or register with the Commission, or otherwise encumber or
     dispose of, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company
     (or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
     equity securities of the Company), except for (i) the issuance of the
     Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement and (ii) the issuance of
     shares pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options under the Company's
     existing stock option plans.

          (h)  On or before completion of this offering, the Company shall make
     all filings required under applicable securities laws and by the Nasdaq
     National Market (including any required registration under the Exchange
     Act).

          (B)  The Company agrees to pay, or reimburse if paid by the
Representatives, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated or this Agreement is terminated, all costs and expenses of the
Company incident to the public offering of the Shares and the performance of the
obligations of the Company under this Agreement including those


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>

relating to (i) the preparation, printing, filing and distribution of the
Registration Statement including all exhibits thereto, each preliminary
prospectus, the Prospectus, all amendments and supplements to the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, and the printing, filing and distribution of this
Agreement; (ii) the preparation and delivery of certificates for the Shares to
the Underwriters; (iii) the registration or qualification of the Shares for
offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various
jurisdictions referred to in Section 6(A)(e), including the fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such
registration and qualification and the preparation, printing, distribution and
shipment of preliminary and supplementary Blue Sky memoranda; (iv) the
furnishing (including costs of shipping and mailing) to the Representatives and
to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and
all amendments or supplements to the Prospectus, and of the several documents
required by this Section to be so furnished, as may be reasonably requested for
use in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares by the Underwriters
or by dealers to whom Shares may be sold; (v) the filing fees of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in connection with its review of the
terms of the public offering; (vi) the furnishing (including costs of shipping
and mailing) to the Representatives and to the Underwriters of copies of all
reports and information required by Section 6(A)(f); and (vii) inclusion of the
Shares for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market.

          7.   INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a)  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
     Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within
     the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
     Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities,
     joint or several (including any reasonable investigation, legal and other
     expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of,
     any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they, or
     any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act
     or other federal or state law or regulation, at common law or otherwise,
     insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are
     based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
     fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or
     the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out
     of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that such indemnity
     shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or any person


                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>

     controlling such Underwriter) on account of any losses, claims, damages or
     liabilities arising from the sale of the Shares to any person by such
     Underwriter if such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue
     statement or omission was made in such preliminary prospectus, the
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or such amendment or supplement,
     in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to
     the Company by the Representatives on behalf of any Underwriter
     specifically for use therein.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition
     to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

          (b)  Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify
     and hold harmless the Company, each person, if any, who controls the
     Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section
     20 of the Exchange Act, each director of the Company, and each officer of
     the Company who signs the Registration Statement, to the same extent as the
     foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Underwriter, but only insofar
     as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based
     upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
     omission which was made in any preliminary prospectus, the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement
     thereto, contained in the last paragraph of the cover page, in the
     paragraph relating to stabilization or the paragraph relating to affiliate
     transactions on the inside front cover page of the Prospectus and the
     statements with respect to the public offering of the Shares under the
     caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus; provided, however, that the
     obligation of each Underwriter to indemnify the Company (including any
     controlling person, director or officer thereof) shall be limited to the
     net proceeds received by the Company from such Underwriter.

          (c)  Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified
     under this Section will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement
     of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a
     claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or parties under this
     Section, notify each such indemnifying party of the commencement of such
     action, suit or proceeding, enclosing a copy of all papers served.  No
     indemnification provided for in Section 7(a) or 7(b) shall be available to
     any party who shall fail to give notice as provided in this Section 7(c) if
     the party to whom notice was not given was unaware of the proceeding to
     which such notice would have related and was prejudiced by the failure to
     give such notice but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party of
     any such action, suit or proceeding


                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

     shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified
     party for contribution or otherwise than under this Section.  In case any
     such action, suit or proceeding shall be brought against any indemnified
     party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement
     thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and,
     to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party
     similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably
     satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the
     indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume
     the defense thereof and the approval by the indemnified party of such
     counsel, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified
     party for any legal or other expenses, except as provided below and except
     for the reasonable costs of investigation subsequently incurred by such
     indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof.  The indemnified
     party shall have the right to employ its counsel in any such action, but
     the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such
     indemnified party unless (i) the employment of counsel by such indemnified
     party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties, (ii) the
     indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a
     conflict of interest between the indemnifying parties and the indemnified
     party in the conduct of the defense of such action (in which case the
     indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such
     action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (iii) the indemnifying
     parties shall not have employed counsel to assume the defense of such
     action within a reasonable time after notice of the commencement thereof,
     in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the
     expense of the indemnifying parties.  An indemnifying party shall not be
     liable for any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or claim effected
     without its written consent.

          8.   CONTRIBUTION.  In order to provide for just and equitable
contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in
Section 7(a) is due in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to
be unavailable from the Company, the Company and the Underwriters shall
contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including
any investigation, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection
with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or
any claims asserted, but after deducting any contribution received by the
Company from persons other than the Underwriters, such as persons who control
the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, officers of the Company
who signed the Registration Statement and directors of the Company, who may also
be liable for contribution) to which


                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

the Company and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of
the Shares or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law or
indemnification is not available as a result of the indemnifying party not
having received notice as provided in Section 7 hereof, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also
the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the
Underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total
proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts but before deducting
expenses) received by the Company, as set forth in the table on the cover page
of the Prospectus, bear to (y) the underwriting discounts received by the
Underwriters, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.
The relative fault of the Company and the Underwriters shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact related to information supplied by the Company or the
Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company
and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation
(even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 8, (i) in no case shall any Underwriter (except as may be provided in
the Agreement Among Underwriters) be liable or responsible for any amount in
excess of the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares purchased by such
Underwriter hereunder, and (ii) the Company shall be liable and responsible for
any amount in excess of such underwriting discount; provided, however, that no
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this
Section 8, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act shall
have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company
who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the
Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in
each case to clauses (i) and (ii) in the immediately preceding sentence of this
Section 8.


                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of
commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of
which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties
under this Section, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be
sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties from whom
contribution may be sought shall not relieve the party or parties from whom
contribution may be sought from any other obligation it or they may have
hereunder or otherwise than under this Section.  No party shall be liable for
contribution with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or claim settled
without its written consent.  The Underwriter's obligations to contribute
pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to their respective
underwriting commitments and not joint.

             TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated with respect to
the Shares to be purchased on a Closing Date by the Representatives by notifying
the Company at any time

          (a)  in the absolute discretion of the Representatives at or before
     any Closing Date: (i) if on or prior to such date, any domestic or
     international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in
     the opinion of the Representatives will in the future materially disrupt,
     the securities markets; (ii) if there has occurred any new outbreak or
     material escalation of hostilities or other calamity or crisis the effect
     of which on the financial markets of the United States is such as to make
     it, in the judgment of the Representatives, inadvisable to proceed with the
     offering; (iii) if there shall be such a material adverse change in general
     financial, political or economic conditions or the effect of international
     conditions on the financial markets in the United States is such as to make
     it, in the judgment of the Representatives, inadvisable or impracticable to
     market the Shares; (iv) if trading in the Shares has been suspended by the
     Commission or trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or on
     the American Stock Exchange, Inc. has been suspended or limited, or minimum
     or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or
     maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by said
     exchanges or by order of the Commission, the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc., or any other governmental or regulatory
     authority; or (v) if a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or
     federal authority, or

          (b)  at or before any Closing Date, that any of the conditions
     specified in Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required
     by this Agreement.


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

          If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to any of its provisions, the
Company shall not be under any liability to any Underwriter, and no Underwriter
shall be under any liability to the Company, except that (y) if this Agreement
is terminated by the Representatives or the Underwriters because of any failure,
refusal or inability on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to
fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the
Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and
disbursements of their counsel) incurred by them in connection with the proposed
purchase and sale of the Shares or in contemplation of performing their
obligations hereunder and (z) no Underwriter who shall have failed or refused to
purchase the Shares agreed to be purchased by it under this Agreement, without
some reason sufficient hereunder to justify cancellation or termination of its
obligations under this Agreement, shall be relieved of liability to the Company
or to the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its failure or refusal.

          10.  SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS.  If one or more of the Underwriters
shall fail (other than for a reason sufficient to justify the cancellation or
termination of this Agreement under Section 9) to purchase on any Closing Date
the Shares agreed to be purchased on such Closing Date by such Underwriter or
Underwriters, the Representatives may find one or more substitute underwriters
to purchase such Shares or make such other arrangements as the Representatives
may deem advisable or one or more of the remaining Underwriters may agree to
purchase such Shares in such proportions as may be approved by the
Representatives, in each case upon the terms set forth in this Agreement.  If no
such arrangements have been made by the close of business on the business day
following such Closing Date,

          (a)  if the number of Shares to be purchased by the defaulting
     Underwriters on such Closing Date shall not exceed 10% of the Shares that
     all the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, then
     each of the nondefaulting Underwriters shall be obligated to purchase such
     Shares on the terms herein set forth in proportion to their respective
     obligations hereunder; provided, that in no event shall the maximum number
     of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to Section 1
     be increased pursuant to this Section 10 by more than one-ninth of such
     number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter, or

          (b)  if the number of Shares to be purchased by the defaulting
     Underwriters on such Closing Date shall exceed 10% of the Shares that all
     the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, then the
     Company shall be entitled to an additional business day within which it
     may, but is not obligated to, find one or more substitute


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

     underwriters reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives to purchase
     such Shares upon the terms set forth in this Agreement.

          In any such case, either the Representatives or the Company shall have
the right to postpone the applicable Closing Date for a period of not more than
five business days in order that necessary changes and arrangements (including
any necessary amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or
Prospectus) may be effected by the Representatives and the Company.  If the
number of Shares to be purchased on such Closing Date by such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters shall exceed 10% of the Shares that all the
Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, and none of the
nondefaulting Underwriters or the Company shall make arrangements pursuant to
this Section within the period stated for the purchase of the Shares that the
defaulting Underwriters agreed to purchase, this Agreement shall terminate with
respect to the Shares to be purchased on such Closing Date without liability on
the part of any nondefaulting Underwriter to the Company and without liability
on the part of the Company, except in both cases as provided in Sections 6(B),
7, 8 and 9.  The provisions of this Section shall not in any way affect the
liability of any defaulting Underwriter to the Company or the nondefaulting
Underwriters arising out of such default.  A substitute underwriter hereunder
shall become an Underwriter for all purposes of this Agreement.

          11.  MISCELLANEOUS.  The respective agreements, representations,
warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company or its officers and
of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf
of any Underwriter or the Company or any of the officers, directors or
controlling persons referred to in Sections 7 and 8 hereof, and shall survive
delivery of and payment for the Shares.  The provisions of Sections 6(B), 7, 8
and 9 shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

          This Agreement has been and is made for the benefit of the
Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and assigns, and,
to the extent expressed herein, for the benefit of persons controlling any of
the Underwriters, or the Company, and directors and officers of the Company, and
their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or
have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  The term "successors and
assigns" shall not include any purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter merely
because of such purchase.

          All notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and
mailed or delivered or by telephone or telegraph if subsequently confirmed in
writing, (a) if to the Representatives,


                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

c/o Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., Oppenheimer Tower, World Financial Center, New
York, New York 10281 Attention: Marshall A. Heinberg, and (b) if to the Company,
to its agent for service as such agent's address appears on the cover page of
the Registration Statement.


                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>

          This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York.

          This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto
and hereto were upon the same instrument.

          Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement
among us.



                              Very truly yours,

                              AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.



                              By
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Title:


Confirmed:

OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.
CS FIRST BOSTON

Acting severally on behalf of itself
and as representative of the several
Underwriters named in Schedule I annexed
hereto.

By Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.


By
  ----------------------------
  Title:  Managing Director


                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I



                                                                     Number of
                                                                  Firm Shares to
          Name                                                     Be Purchased
          ----                                                    --------------

   Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
   CS First Boston



                                                    TOTAL
                                                          ---------


                                      - i -
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE II


     Subsidiary                                           State of Incorporation
     ----------                                           ----------------------


                                     - ii -


<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1









<PAGE>

COMMON STOCK                         [LOGO]                         COMMON STOCK

NUMBER                              AMERICAN                              SHARES
ADC                          DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

$.01 PAR VALUE                                                 CUSIP 025389 10 7
  PER SHARE                                  SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

THIS CERTIFIES that


is the owner of

     FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE PER
SHARE, OF AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC. transferable on the books of the
Corporation in person or by duly authorized Attorney, upon surrender of this
Certificate, properly endorsed.  This Certificate is not valid until
countersigned by the Transfer Agent.

             WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the
              facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:


       [SIGNATURE BLOCK]             [SEAL]              [SIGNATURE BLOCK]
           Chairman                                          Secretary


Countersigned:
     CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                                                                  Transfer Agent

By

                                                            Authorized Signature


<PAGE>

                         AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICE, INC.

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH, WITHOUT CHARGE, TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO
REQUESTS, THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING,
OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF AND
THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR
RIGHTS.  ANY SUCH REQUEST SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
CORPORATION AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

     The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
          common

UGMA    -                           Custodian
          ------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Cust)                             (Minor)
          under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
                                           ---------------------------
                                                       (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.


PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS AND ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE BELOW.

For value received,                        hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAXPAYER
                                                  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
Name                                  /                                        /
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Street
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

City, State and Zip Code
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

____________  Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate,
and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint________________________________
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Company
with full power of substitution in the premises.


- ------------------------------------------------------------
Dated

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of stockholder

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of stockholder

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as
written upon the face of the Certificate in every particular, without alteration
or enlargement, or any change whatever.

MEDALLION SIGNATURE GUARANTEED



<PAGE>

                                       July 11, 1996



American Disposal Services, Inc.
745 McClintock Drive
Burr Ridge, Illinois 60521

               Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1
                    File No. 333-4889
                    -----------------------------------

Gentlemen:

     You have requested our opinion in connection with the above-referenced 
registration statement, as amended (the "Registration Statement"), filed by 
American Disposal Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), with
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, relating to 2,750,000 shares of the Company's common stock, par value 
$.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), to be sold to the underwriters by the 
Company (the "Firm Shares"), and up to 412,500 additional shares of Common 
Stock to cover over-allotment options granted to the underwriters (together 
with the Firm Shares, the "Shares"), for sale to the public pursuant to an 
underwritten public offering.

     As counsel to the Company, we have examined such corporate records, other 
documents and questions of law as we have considered necessary or appropriate 
for the purpose of this opinion, including the Certificate of Incorporation, 
as amended, and the By-Laws of the Company, the Registration Statement and the 
exhibits thereto, including the form of underwriting agreement relating to the 
Shares filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the "Underwriting 
Agreement"), and we have made such investigations of law as we have deemed 
necessary in order to render the opinion hereinafter set forth.  In such 
examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of signatures and the conformity 
to original documents of the documents supplied to us as copies.  As to 
relevant questions of fact material to our opinion, we have relied upon 
statements and certificates of officers and representatives of the Company.





<PAGE>

     In giving this opinion, we have assumed that the certificates for the 
Shares, when issued, will have been duly executed on behalf of the Company 
by the Company's transfer agent and registered by the Company's registrar, 
and will conform, except as to denominations, to specimens we have examined.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

     1.   The Shares have been duly authorized; and

     2.   The Shares, when sold in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, 
will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

     We hereby consent to the references to our firm under the caption "Legal 
Matters" in the Registration Statement and to the use of this opinion as an 
exhibit to the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not 
thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is 
required under Section 7 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as 
amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission thereunder.

                         Very truly yours,

                         PROSKAUER ROSE GOETZ & MENDELSOHN LLP



<PAGE>


                                                               EXHIBIT 10.1




- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                            DATED AS OF MAY 30, 1996

                                      AMONG


                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.,


             INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                             AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                             AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT


                                      AND


                  THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     1.1  Certain Defined Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     1.2  Other Interpretive Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     1.3  Accounting Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     2.1  The Credits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     2.2  The Commitments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     2.3  Lenders Not Permitted or Required to Make Loans. . . . . . . . . .  28
     2.4  Procedure for Borrowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
     2.5  Conversion and Continuation Elections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     2.6  Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments. . . . . . . . .  31
     2.7  Optional Prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
     2.8  Mandatory Prepayments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     2.9  Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     2.10  Repayment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     2.11  Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
     2.12  Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
     2.13  Computation of Fees and Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     2.14  Payments by the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     2.15  Payments by the Lenders to the Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     2.16  Sharing of Payments, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

                                   ARTICLE III

                              THE LETTERS OF CREDIT. . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     3.1  The Letter of Credit Subfacility.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     3.2  Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit . . . . . . .  41
     3.3  Risk Participations, Drawings and Reimbursements . . . . . . . . .  43
     3.4  Repayment of Participations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     3.5  Role of the Issuing Lender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     3.6  Obligations Absolute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     3.7  Cash Collateral Pledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     3.8  Letter of Credit Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     3.9  Uniform Customs and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48


<PAGE>

Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
                                   ARTICLE IV

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY. . . . . . . . .  48
     4.1  Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     4.2  Illegality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     4.3  Increased Costs and Reduction of Return. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
     4.4  Funding Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
     4.5  Inability to Determine Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
     4.6  Certificates of Lenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     4.7  Substitution of Lenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     4.8  Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

                                    ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     5.1  Conditions of Initial credit extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     (a)  Credit Agreement and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     (b)  Resolutions; Incumbency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     (c)  Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     (d)  Legal Opinions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     (e)  Payment of Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     (f)  Guaranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     (g)  Security Agreement, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
     (h)  Pledge Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
     (i)  Real Estate Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
     (j)  Key-Man Life Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     (k)  Exchange of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     (l)  Other Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     5.2  Additional Conditions to Expansion Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     (a)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     Purchase Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     (b)  Positive EBITDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     (c)  Maximum Total Consideration Payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     (d)  Consent of Majority Lenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     (e)  Certificate of Senior Financial Officer. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     (f)  Perfected Security Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     (g)  Environmental Audit and/or Review. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     (h)  No Material Litigation; Satisfactory Legal Form. . . . . . . . . .  57
     5.3  Conditions to All Credit Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     (a)  Notice, Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     (b)  Continuation of Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . .  58
     (c)  No Existing Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58


                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. . . . . . . . . . .  58
     6.1  Corporate Existence and Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     6.2  Corporate Authorization; No Contravention. . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
     6.3  Governmental Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
     6.4  Binding Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
     6.5  Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
     6.6  No Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
     6.7  ERISA Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     6.8  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     6.9  Title to Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     6.10  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     6.11  Financial Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     6.12  Environmental Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
                    (a)  No Violations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
                    (b)  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
                    (c)  Handling of Hazardous Substances. . . . . . . . . .  62
                    (d)  Clean-Ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
                    (e)  Permits and Governmental Authority. . . . . . . . .  63
                    (f)  Investigations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
     6.13  Regulated Entities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
     6.14  No Burdensome Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
     6.15  Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc.. . . . . . . .  63
     6.16      Subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
     6.17      Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
     6.18  Solvency, etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
     6.19  Full Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
     6.20  Equity Rights, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64

                                   ARTICLE VII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
     7.1  Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
     7.2  Certificates; Other Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
     7.3  Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
     7.4  Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
     7.5  Maintenance of Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     7.6  Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     7.7  Payment of Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     7.8  Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     7.9  Compliance with ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69


                                      -iii-
<PAGE>


Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----

     7.10  Inspection of Property and Books and Records. . . . . . . . . . .  70
     7.11  Environmental Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
     7.12  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     7.13  Key-Man Life Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     7.14  Rate Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     7.15  Additional Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     7.16  Future Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
     7.17  Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     8.1  Limitation on Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     8.2  Disposition of Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
     8.3  Consolidations and Mergers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
     8.4  Loans and Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
     8.5  Limitation on Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     8.6  Transactions with Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     8.7  Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     8.8  Contingent Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     8.9  Lease Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
     8.10  Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
     8.11  Maximum Indebtedness to Capitalization Ratio. . . . . . . . . . .  79
     8.12  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
     8.13  Maximum Capital Expenditures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82
     8.14  Maximum Total Indebtedness to EBITDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82
     8.15  Restricted Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  83
     8.16  Landfill Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
     8.17  ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
     8.18  Change in Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
     8.19  Accounting Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
     9.1  Event of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
     (a)  Non-Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
     (b)  Representation or Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
     (c)  Specific Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
     (d)  Other Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
     (e)  Cross-Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
     (f)  Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85


                                      -iv-
<PAGE>

Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----

     (g)  Involuntary Proceedings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
     (h)  ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  86
     (i)  Monetary Judgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  86
     (j)  Non-Monetary Judgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  86
     (k)  Change of Control or Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  86
     (l)  Guarantor Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  86
     (m)  Security Agreement, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  87
     (n)  Pledge Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  87
     (o)  Material Environmental Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  87
     9.2  Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  87
     9.3  Rights Not Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88

                                    ARTICLE X

                                    THE AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88
     10.1  Appointment and Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88
     10.2  Delegation of Duties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88
     10.3  Liability of Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  89
     10.4  Reliance by Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  89
     10.5  Notice of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  90
     10.6  Credit Decision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  90
     10.7  Indemnification of Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  90
     10.8  Agent in Individual Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  91
     10.9  Successor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  91
     10.10  Withholding Tax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  92

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  94
     11.1  Amendments and Waivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  94
     11.2  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  95
     11.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  95
     11.4  Costs and Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  95
     11.5  Company Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  96
     11.6  Payments Set Aside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  96
     11.7  Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  97
     11.8  Assignments, Participations, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  97
     11.9  Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  98
     11.10  Set-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  99
     11.11  Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc. . . . . . . . .  99
     11.12  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  99
     11.13  Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  99


                                       -v-
<PAGE>

Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----

     11.14  No Third Parties Benefited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  99
     11.15  Governing Law and Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
     11.16  Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
     11.17  Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101



                                      -vi-
<PAGE>

Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----


     SCHEDULES
     Schedule 1.1        Commitments and Pro Rata Shares
     Schedule 5.2        Expansion Loans to Refinance CDI Acquisition Loans
     Schedule 6.12       Environmental Matters
     Schedule 6.16       Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
     Schedule 6.17       Insurance Matters
     Schedule 6.20       Equity Rights
     Schedule 8.1        Liens
     Schedule 8.5        Indebtedness
     Schedule 8.8        Contingent Obligations
     Schedule 11.2       Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices

     EXHIBITS
     Exhibit A           Form of Notice of Borrowing
     Exhibit B           Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
     Exhibit C           Form of Compliance Certificate
     Exhibit D-1         Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Company and the
                           Guarantors
     Exhibit D-2         Form of Pennsylvania Local Counsel Opinion to the
                                                    Company and the Guarantors
     Exhibit D-3         Form of Ohio Local Counsel Opinion to the Company and
                           the Guarantors
     Exhibit D-4         Form of Illinois Local Counsel Opinion to the Company
                           and the Guarantors
     Exhibit D-5         Form of Missouri Local Counsel Opinion to the Company
                           and the Guarantors
     Exhibit D-6         Form of Arkansas Local Counsel Opinion to the Company
                                                    and the Guarantors
     Exhibit D-7         Form of Oklahoma Local Counsel Opinion to the Company
                           and the Guarantors
     Exhibit D-8         Form of Kansas Local Counsel Opinion to the Company and
                           the Guarantors
     Exhibit E           Form of Guaranty
     Exhibit F           Form of Security Agreement
     Exhibit G-1         Form of Company Pledge Agreement
     Exhibit G-2         Form of Subsidiary Pledge Agreement
     Exhibit H           Form of Assignment and Acceptance
     Exhibit I-1         Form of Term Loan Note
     Exhibit I-2         Form of Revolving Note
     Exhibit J           Form of Eligible Acquisition Certificate


                                      -vii-
<PAGE>


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


     This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of May 30, 1996, among AMERICAN
DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), the several
financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement (collectively
the "LENDERS"; individually each a "LENDER"), and INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN
(U.S.) CAPITAL CORPORATION, as agent for the Lenders.

     WHEREAS, the Company is engaged through its various Subsidiaries in the
business of collection, transfer/recycling and disposal of non-hazardous, non-
toxic solid wastes;

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to obtain Commitments from the Lenders
pursuant to which Loans (as defined herein) and Letters of Credit (as defined
herein), in a maximum aggregate principal or face amount at any one time
outstanding not to exceed $87,000,000, will be made or issued, as the case may
be, from time to time prior to the applicable Commitment termination dates for
such Commitments; and

     WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing, on the terms and subject to the
conditions hereinafter set forth, to extend such Commitments, make such Loans
and issue such Letters of Credit;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein,
the parties agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.1  CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.  The following terms have the following
          meanings:

          "AFFECTED LENDER" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 4.7.

          "AFFILIATE" means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly
     or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
     control with, such Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another
     Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the
     power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
     such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or
     membership interests, by contract, or otherwise; PROVIDED, that, in any
     event, any Person (including a member of the immediate family of such
     Person) which is an officer or director or that owns directly or indirectly
     securities having



<PAGE>


     10% or more of the voting power for the election of directors or other
     governing body of the Company will be deemed to be an Affiliate of the
     Company.

          "AGENT" means ING in its capacity as agent for the Lenders hereunder,
     and any successor agent arising under SECTION 10.9.

          "AGENT-RELATED PERSONS" means ING and any successor agent arising
     under SECTION 10.9, together with their respective Affiliates, and the
     officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such
     Persons and Affiliates.

          "AGENT'S PAYMENT OFFICE" means the address for payments set forth on
     SCHEDULE 11.2 in relation to the Agent, or such other address as the Agent
     may from time to time specify.

          "AGREEMENT" means this Credit Agreement.

          "APPLICABLE MARGIN" means, with respect to each Loan, the percentage
     per annum set forth below:


                                        APPLICABLE MARGIN (% P.A.)
                                  ----------------------------------------

      LOAN                        BASE RATE LOANS             LIBOR LOANS
 ------------------               --------------------      --------------

 Term Loan A                          1.25                       2.75

 Term Loan B                          1.75                       3.25

 Revolving Loan                       1.00                       2.50

 Expansion Loan                       1.50                       3.00


          "ASSET SALE" means any sale, transfer or disposition of any asset of
     the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, excluding (a) inventory and
     equipment sold, transferred or disposed of, in the ordinary course of
     business of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (b)
     equipment sold, transferred or disposed of, in order to purchase
     replacement equipment.

          "ASSIGNEE" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 11.8(a).

          "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION
     11.8(a).

          "ATTORNEY COSTS" means and includes all reasonable fees and
     disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel and all reasonable
     disbursements of internal counsel.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>


          "BANKRUPTCY CODE" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11
     U.S.C. Section 101, ET SEQ.).

          "BASE RATE" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the
     higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate for such day plus 1/2 of 1% and
     (b) the Prime Rate for such day.  Each change in any interest rate provided
     for herein based upon the Base Rate resulting from a change in the Base
     Rate shall take effect at the time of such change in the Base Rate.

          "BASE RATE LOAN" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base
     Rate.

          "BORROWING" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Revolving Loans
     or Term Loans of the same Type made to the Company on the same day by the
     Lenders under ARTICLE II, and, other than in the case of Base Rate Loans,
     having the same Interest Period.

          "BORROWING DATE" means any date on which a Borrowing occurs under
     SECTION 2.4.

          "BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
     day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required
     by law to close and, if the applicable Business Day relates to a LIBOR
     Loan, means such a day on which dealings are carried on in the applicable
     London dollar interbank market.

          "CAPITAL ADEQUACY REGULATION" means any guideline, request or
     directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other
     law, rule or regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each
     case regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation
     controlling a bank.

          "CAPITAL LEASE LIABILITIES" means all monetary obligations of the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any leasing or similar arrangement
     which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as capitalized leases,
     and, for purposes of this Agreement and each other Loan Document, the
     amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof,
     determined in accordance with GAAP, and the stated maturity thereof shall
     be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such
     lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by
     the lessee without payment of a penalty.

          "CAPEX ALLOCATION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.12.

          "CASH COLLATERALIZE" means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to
     the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the
     Lenders, as additional collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit
     account balances pursuant to


                                       -3-
<PAGE>


     documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the
     Issuing Lenders (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders).
     Derivatives of such term shall have corresponding meaning.  The Company
     hereby grants the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Lender
     and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash and deposit account
     balances.  Cash collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing
     deposit accounts at a bank designated by ING.

          "CERCLA" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 6.12(a).

          "CLOSING DATE" means the date on which all conditions precedent set
     forth in SECTION 5.1 are satisfied or waived by all Lenders (or, in the
     case of SUBSECTION 5.1(e), waived by the Person entitled to receive such
     payment).

          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

          "COMMITMENTS" means the Term Loan Commitments and the Revolving
     Commitments.

          "COMPANY PLEDGE AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION
     5.1(h).

          "COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the form
     of EXHIBIT C.

          "COMPUTATION PERIOD" means each period of four consecutive fiscal
     quarters ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter, beginning with the
     period ending June 30, 1996.

          "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect to the Company and its
     Subsidiaries for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any extraordinary or non-
     recurring gains during such period.

          "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, any direct or
     indirect liability of such Person, whether or not contingent, with or
     without recourse, (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend,
     letter of credit or other obligation (the "PRIMARY OBLIGATION") of another
     Person (the "PRIMARY OBLIGOR"), including any obligation of such Person (i)
     to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such primary obligation or any
     security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or
     discharge of any primary obligation, or to maintain working capital or
     equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net
     worth or solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial
     condition of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or
     services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any primary
     obligation of the ability of the primary


                                       -4-
<PAGE>


     obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (iv) otherwise to
     assure or hold harmless the holder of any primary obligation against loss
     in respect thereof (each, a "GUARANTY OBLIGATION"); (b) with respect to any
     Surety Instrument (other than any Letter of Credit) issued for the account
     of such Person or as to which such Person is otherwise liable for
     reimbursement of drawings or payments; (c) to purchase any materials,
     supplies or other property from, or to obtain the services of, another
     Person if the relevant contract or other related document or obligation
     requires that payment for such materials, supplies or other property, or
     for such services, shall be made regardless of whether delivery of such
     materials, supplies or other property is ever made or tendered, or such
     services are ever performed or tendered, or (d) in respect of any Swap
     Contract.  The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall, in the case of
     Guaranty Obligations, be deemed equal to the stated or determinable amount
     of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is
     made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated
     liability in respect thereof, and in the case of other Contingent
     Obligations, shall be equal to the maximum reasonably anticipated liability
     in respect thereof.

          "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, any provision of any
     security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract,
     indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or
     agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its
     property is bound.

          "CONVERSION/CONTINUATION DATE" means any date on which, under SECTION
     2.5, the Company (a) converts Loans of one Type to the other Type or (b)
     continues as LIBOR Loans, but with a new Interest Period, LIBOR Loans
     having Interest Periods expiring on such date.

          "CREDIT EXTENSION" means and includes (a) the making of any Loan
     hereunder and (b) the Issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder.

          "DEBT TO BE REPAID" means debt of American Disposal Services, Inc. (an
     Oklahoma corporation) ("OLD ADS") under the Credit Agreement, dated as of
     March 28, 1995, among old ADS and Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital
     Corporation and certain commercial lending institutions, debt of County
     Disposal, Inc. and its Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement, dated as of
     September 21, 1995, among County Disposal, Inc., Bank of America National
     Trust and Savings Association, Bank of America Illinois, and the other
     financial institutions party thereto, debt of the Company under a
     promissory note in favor of Charterhouse Equity Partners II, L.P., in an
     amount not to exceed $12,500,000, plus accrued interest with respect
     thereto, plus any other Indebtedness required to be prepaid to bring the
     Company into compliance with the covenants set forth herein.

          "DOLLARS" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States.


                                       -5-
<PAGE>


          "EBITDA" means, for any Computation Period (or such shorter period
     specified in SUBSECTIONS 8.10(a), 8.12(a) and 8.14(a)), the amount obtained
     from the following calculation of the following amounts (without
     duplication) for such Computation Period (or, as the case may be, such
     shorter period):

          (a)  Net Income LESS to the extent included in determining Net Income,
     all extraordinary gains, PLUS to the extent deducted in determining Net
     Income, all extraordinary losses, PLUS

          (b)  Interest Expense, PLUS

          (c)  to the extent deducted in determining Net Income, provisions for
     federal, state, local and foreign income taxes (other than taxes on
     extraordinary gains), whether paid or deferred, PLUS

          (d)  to the extent deducted in determining Net Income, depreciation
     and amortization expense of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on
     a consolidated basis, PLUS

          (e)  to the extent deducted in determining Net Income, the aggregate
     amount of any write-off of expenses arising in connection with (a) the
     Loans or (b) prior issuances of debt or equity, PLUS

          (f)  the aggregate amount of non-cash expense associated with the
     closure and post-closure reserves of a plant or facility owned by the
     Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, PLUS

          (g)  the aggregate amount of all other non-cash expenses of the
     Company and its Subsidiaries not specifically listed above;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that

          (x) for the purpose of determining compliance with SECTIONS 8.10, 8.12
     and 8.14 with respect to any period in which an Eligible Acquisition has
     occurred, EBITDA shall be calculated without giving effect to such Eligible
     Acquisition during the fiscal quarter in which it occurred (but shall be
     calculated after giving effect to such Eligible Acquisition for each fiscal
     quarter thereafter) unless such Eligible Acquisition occurred on the first
     day of a fiscal quarter during such period, and

          (y) for the purpose of determining compliance with SECTION 8.14 with
     respect to a period in which an Eligible Acquisition has occurred, if


                                       -6-
<PAGE>


              (i) pursuant to CLAUSE(x), EBITDA is calculated after giving 
          effect to such Eligible Acquisition, and

             (ii) the number of fiscal quarters applicable to such calculation
          exceeds the number of full fiscal quarters since such Eligible 
          Acquisition, then

     EBITDA attributable to such Eligible Acquisition shall be multiplied by a
     number, such that the number of full fiscal quarters since the applicable
     Eligible Acquisition, multiplied by such number, is equal to the number of
     fiscal quarters applicable to such calculation.  For illustrative purposes
     only, if an Eligible Acquisition occurs on September 15, 1996, and EBITDA
     is being calculated pursuant to SUBSECTION 8.14(b) for the Computation
     Period ending December 31, 1996, then EBITDA attributable to such Eligible
     Acquisition shall be such EBITDA calculated for the period beginning on
     October 1, 1996 and ending on December 31, 1996 multiplied by 4.

          "EFFECTIVE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any outstanding L/C
     Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date
     after giving effect to any Issuances of Letters of Credit occurring on such
     date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations
     as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding
     unpaid drawings under any Letter of Credit or any reduction in the maximum
     amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such
     date.

          "ELIGIBLE ACQUISITION" means any acquisition by the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries (regardless of the structure of the transaction) of the
     capital stock of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person
     (or of a line of business or business segment of any Person) that was,
     immediately prior to such acquisition, engaged primarily in the business of
     solid waste collection, recycling, hauling and disposal or owning and
     operating landfills or transfer stations (or such related activities as the
     Company or its Subsidiaries are then engaged in), in each case, where the
     assets of such Person are located in the Company's existing market area, in
     a contiguous or proximate area or such other areas consented to by the
     Lenders, or any other acquisition approved by the Majority Lenders.

          "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS" means all claims, however asserted, by any
     Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability or
     responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, or for release or
     injury to the environment.

          "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all federal, state or local laws (including
     RCRA, CERCLA, SARA, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act
     and the Toxic Substances Control Act), statutes, common law duties, rules,
     regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders,
     directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and
     agreements with, any 


                                       -7-
<PAGE>


     Governmental Authority, in each case relating to environmental, health, 
     safety or land use matters.

          "EQUITY RIGHTS" means, with respect to any Person, any subscriptions,
     options, warrants, commitments, preemptive rights or agreements of any kind
     (including, without limitation, any stockholders' or voting trust
     agreements) for the issuance, sale, registration or voting of, or
     securities convertible into, any additional shares of capital stock of any
     class, or partnership or other ownership interests of any type in, such
     Person.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "ERISA AFFILIATE" means any trade or business (whether or not
     incorporated) under common control with the Company within the meaning of
     Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code
     for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

          "ERISA EVENT" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension
     Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension
     Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a
     substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a
     substantial cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal;
     (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
     from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in
     reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the
     treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041
     or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to
     terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition
     which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042
     of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
     administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition
     of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but
     not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA
     Affiliate.

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any of the events or circumstances specified
     in SECTION 9.1.

          "EXCESS CASH FLOW" means, for any fiscal year, the excess (if any) of:

          (a)  the sum (without duplication) of the amounts for such fiscal year
      of:

               (i)  Operating Cash Flow, PLUS


                                       -8-
<PAGE>


               (ii)  the absolute value of the net decrease (if any) in working
          capital of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis,
          determined in accordance with GAAP, PLUS

               (iii)  the aggregate amount of all tax refunds received by the
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries, OVER

          (b)  the sum (without duplication) of the amounts for such fiscal year
      of:

               (i)  the net increase (if any) in working capital of the Company
          and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, determined in
          accordance with GAAP, PLUS

               (ii)  the aggregate amount of interest on the Loans paid by the
          Company and the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and (only to
          the extent that the Revolving Commitment shall have been permanently
          reduced by the amount of such payment) Revolving Loans repaid by the
          Company in such fiscal year and the aggregate amount of principal and
          interest paid by the Company with respect to Subordinated
          Indebtedness, PLUS

               (iii)  the aggregate amount of payments made by the Company and
          its Subsidiaries on Capital Lease Liabilities in such fiscal year,

IT BEING UNDERSTOOD that the amount of the Retained Excess Cash Flow for the
immediately preceding fiscal year shall be excluded from the calculation of
Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year.

          "EXPANSION LOAN" shall mean the loans provided for by SUBSECTION
     2.2(c) hereof, which may be Base Rate Loans and/or LIBOR Loans.

          "EXPANSION LOAN COMMITMENT" shall mean, for each Term Loan Lender, the
     obligation of such Lender to make one or more Expansion Loans in an
     aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the amount set forth opposite the
     name of such Lender on SCHEDULE 1.1 under the caption "Expansion Loan
     Commitment" (as the same may be reduced from time in accordance with this
     Agreement).  The original aggregate principal amount of the Expansion Loan
     Commitments is $17,000,000.

          "EXPANSION LOAN COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest of

          (a)  June 30, 1998; or


                                       -9-
<PAGE>


          (b)  the date on which Expansion Loans in an aggregate principal
     amount equal to aggregate principal amount of the Expansion Loan
     Commitments are outstanding; and

          (c)  the date on which the aggregate principal amount of the Expansion
     Loan Commitments are terminated in full or reduced to zero in accordance
     with this Agreement.

          "EXPANSION LOAN NOTES" shall mean the promissory notes provided for by
     SUBSECTION 2.2(e) hereof and all promissory notes delivered in substitution
     or exchange therefor, in each case as the same shall be modified and
     supplemented and in effect from time to time.

          "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum
     (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the
     weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with
     members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on
     such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the
     Business Day next succeeding such day, PROVIDED that (a) if the day for
     which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal
     Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next
     preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day
     and (b) if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal
     Funds Rate for such Business Day shall be the average of the quotations for
     such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three federal
     funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

          "FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and
     any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from
     time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
     Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
     and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
     Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and
     authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to
     the circumstances as of the date of determination.

          "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation or government, any state or
     other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary
     or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive,
     legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
     pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or
     controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the
     foregoing.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


          "GUARANTOR" means each Subsidiary of the Company.

          "GUARANTY" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 5.1(f).

          "GUARANTY OBLIGATION" has the meaning set forth in the definition of
     Contingent Obligation.

          "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION
     6.12(b).

          "HONOR DATE" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 3.3(b).

          "IMMATERIAL LAW" means any provision of any Environmental Law the
     violation of which will not (a) violate any judgment, decree or order which
     is binding upon the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) result in or threaten
     (either immediately or with the passage of time) any injury to public
     health or the environment or any material damage to the property of any
     Person or (c) result in any liability or expense (other than any DE MINIMIS
     liability or expense) for the Company or any Subsidiary (either immediately
     or with the passage of time); PROVIDED that no provision of any
     Environmental Law shall be an Immaterial Law if the Agent has notified the
     Company that the Required Lenders have determined in good faith that such
     provision is material.

          "IMMATERIAL NOTICE" means a notice from or allegation by a Person
     which is not a Governmental Authority or agency (or a representative
     thereof) regarding any event or condition relating to the environment for
     which the Company or any Subsidiary may have any liability or any breach by
     the  Company or any Subsidiary of any Environmental Law, which notice or
     allegation (a) has not given rise to any judicial or regulatory case or
     proceeding and (b) in the reasonable judgment the Company, is not likely to
     result in any liability or expense (other than any DE MINIMIS liability or
     expense) for the Company or the applicable Subsidiary.

          "INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all
     indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued,
     undertaken or assumed by such Person as the deferred purchase price of
     property or services (other than trade payables entered into in the
     ordinary course of business on ordinary terms); (c) all non-contingent
     reimbursement or payment obligations by such Person with respect to Surety
     Instruments (excluding the obligations of the Company with respect to any
     Post-Closure Surety Bonds); (d) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
     notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments; (e) all indebtedness
     created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention
     agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to
     property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of
     the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are
     limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f) all obligations of
     such Person


                                      -11-
<PAGE>


     with respect to capital leases; (g) all net obligations of such Person with
     respect to Swap Contracts; (h) all indebtedness of such Person referred to
     in CLAUSES (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of
     such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be
     secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contracts
     rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or
     become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (i) all Guaranty
     Obligations of such Person in respect of indebtedness or obligations of
     others of the kinds referred to in CLAUSES (a) through (g) above; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that for the purpose of determining compliance with SECTION 8.14
     with respect to any period, the amount of Indebtedness incurred in
     connection with an Eligible Acquisition that has occurred during such
     period shall not be included in the computation of Indebtedness during the
     fiscal quarter in which such Eligible Acquisition has occurred (but shall
     be included in such computation for each fiscal quarter thereafter) unless
     such Eligible Acquisition occurred on the first day of a fiscal quarter
     during such period.

          "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.5.

          "INDEMNIFIED PERSON" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.5.

          "INDEPENDENT AUDITOR" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 7.1(a).

          "ING" means Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation
     (which shall include any successor or assignee thereof).

          "INITIAL DATE" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 4.1(e).

          "INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING" means, without respect to any Person, (a) any
     case, action or proceeding with respect to such Person before any court or
     other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization,
     insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of
     debtors (including any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) or (b) any
     general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling
     of assets for creditors, or other similar arrangement in respect of such
     Person's creditors generally or any substantial portion of such creditors.

          "INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, the aggregate amount of cash
     interest expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period which,
     in accordance with GAAP, would be included on the consolidated financial
     statements of the Company, including the portion of any rent paid in
     respect of Capital Lease Liabilities which is allocable to interest expense
     in accordance with GAAP; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for the purpose of
     determining compliance with SECTIONS 8.10 and 8.12 with respect to any
     period, the amount of Interest Expense attributable to an Eligible


                                      -12-
<PAGE>


     Acquisition that has occurred during such period shall not be included in
     the computation of Interest Expense during the fiscal quarter in which such
     Eligible Acquisition has occurred (but shall be included in such
     computation for each fiscal quarter thereafter) unless such Eligible
     Acquisition occurred on the first day of a fiscal quarter during such
     period.

          "INTEREST PERIOD" means, as to any LIBOR Loan, the period commencing
     on the Borrowing Date of such Loan or on the Conversion/Continuation Date
     on which the Loan is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Loan, and
     ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by
     the Company in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
     Conversion/Continuation; PROVIDED that:

               (i)  if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is
          not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the
          following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
          carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event
          such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

               (ii)  any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of
          a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
          corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest
          Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the appropriate
          subsequent calendar month;

               (iii)  no Interest Period for any Revolving Loan shall extend
          beyond the scheduled Revolving Termination Date; and

               (iv)  no Interest Period applicable to a Term Loan or portion
          thereof shall extend beyond any date upon which is due any scheduled
          principal payment in respect of the Term Loans unless the aggregate
          principal amount of Term Loans represented by Base Rate Loans, or by
          LIBOR Loans having Interest Periods that will expire on or before such
          date, equals or exceeds the amount of such principal payment.

          "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental
     Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

          "ISSUANCE DATE" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 3.1(a).

          "ISSUE" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, to issue or to
     extend the expiry of, or to renew or increase the amount of, such Letter of
     Credit; and the terms "ISSUED," "ISSUING" and "ISSUANCE" have corresponding
     meanings.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>


          "ISSUING LENDER" means ING in its capacity as issuer of one or more
     Letters of Credit hereunder, together with any replacement letter of credit
     issuer arising under SECTION 10.1(b) or SECTION 10.9; PROVIDED, if the
     Agent, with respect to any Letter of Credit, requests that any other Lender
     issue such Letter of Credit, then, subject to the agreement of such other
     Lender, the Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit shall be
     such other Lender in such capacity.

          "JOINT VENTURE" means a single-purpose corporation, partnership,
     limited liability company, joint venture or other similar legal arrangement
     (whether created by contract or conducted through a separate legal entity)
     now or hereafter formed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with
     another Person in order to conduct a common venture or enterprise with such
     Person (provided that the term Joint Venture shall not include any
     Subsidiary).

          "L/C ADVANCE" means each Lender's participation in any L/C Borrowing
     in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

          "L/C AMENDMENT APPLICATION" means an application form for amendment of
     an outstanding standby letter of credit as shall at any time be in use at
     the Issuing Lender, as the Issuing Lender shall request.

          "L/C APPLICATION" means an application form for issuance of a standby
     letter of credit as shall at any time be in use by the Issuing Lender, as
     the Issuing Lender shall request.

          "L/C BORROWING" means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing
     under any Letter of Credit which shall not have been reimbursed on the date
     when made nor converted into a Borrowing of Revolving Loans under
     SUBSECTION 3.3(c).

          "L/C COMMITMENT" means the commitment of the Issuing Lenders to Issue,
     and the commitment of the Revolving Lenders severally to participate in,
     Letters of Credit from time to time Issued under ARTICLE III, in an
     aggregate amount not to exceed on any date $3,000,000; IT BEING UNDERSTOOD
     that the L/C Commitment is a part of the Revolving Commitment, rather than
     a separate, independent commitment.

          "L/C FEE RATE" means 2.25%.

          "L/C OBLIGATIONS" means at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate
     undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, PLUS (b) the
     amount of all unreimbursed drawings under all Letters of Credit, including
     all outstanding L/C Borrowings.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>


          "L/C-RELATED DOCUMENTS" means the Letters of Credit, the L/C
     Applications, the L/C Amendment Applications and any other document
     relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Lender's
     standard form documents for letter of credit issuances.

          "LENDER" has the meaning set forth in the PREAMBLE.  References to the
     "Lenders" shall include the Issuing Lender in its capacity as such; for
     purposes of clarification only, to the extent that the Issuing Lender may
     have any rights or obligations in addition to those of the other Lenders
     due to its status as Issuing Lender, its status as such will be
     specifically referenced.

          "LENDING OFFICE" means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of
     such Lender specified as its "Lending Office" on SCHEDULE 11.2, or such
     other office or offices as such Lender may from time to time specify to the
     Company and the Agent.

          "LETTER OF CREDIT" means any standby letter of credit Issued by the
     Issuing Lender pursuant to ARTICLE III.

          "LIBO RATE" means, with respect to any LIBOR Loan for any Interest
     Period therefor, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
     nearest 1/100 of 1%) determined by the Agent to be equal to the quotient of
     (a) the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16
     of 1%), reported, at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date two Business Days
     prior to the first day of such Interest Period, on Telerate Access Service
     Page 3750 (British Bankers Association Settlement Rate) as the London
     interbank offered rate for Dollar deposits having a term comparable to the
     duration of such Interest Period and in an amount equal to or greater than
     $1,000,000, DIVIDED BY (b) 1 minus the Reserve Requirement (if any) for
     such Loan for such Interest Period.

          "LIBOR LOAN" means a Loan that bears interest based on the LIBO Rate.

          "LIEN" means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
     hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
     (statutory or other) or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
     whatsoever in respect of any property (including those created by, arising
     under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention
     agreement, the interest of a lessor under a capital lease, or any financing
     lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
     foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor under an operating
     lease).

          "LOAN" means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Company under
     ARTICLE II or ARTICLE III in the form of a Revolving Loan, Term Loan or L/C


                                      -15-
<PAGE>



     Advance.  Each Revolving Loan may be, and each Term Loan may be divided
     into tranches which may be, a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan.

          "LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, any Note, the L/C-Related
     Documents, the Security Agreement, each Guaranty, the Pledge Agreements and
     all other documents (including any mortgage, leasehold mortgage or dead of
     trust) delivered to the Agent or any Lender in connection herewith.

          "MAJORITY LENDERS" means Lenders having at least 51% of the sum of (a)
     the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans PLUS (b) the aggregate
     amount of all L/C Obligations PLUS (c) the aggregate amount of the unused
     Expansion Loan Commitments (to the extent such Commitments have not
     terminated) PLUS (d) the aggregate amount of the unused Revolving
     Commitments (to the extent such Commitments have not terminated).

          "MARGIN STOCK" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
     Regulation G, T, U  or X of the FRB.

          "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means (a) a material adverse change in, or a
     material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties,
     condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (b) a material adverse effect upon the
     legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document.

          "MONTHLY PAYMENT DATE" means (i) as to any LIBOR Loan, the last day of
     each month of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and (ii) as to
     any Base Rate Loan and any other amounts payable hereunder (including any
     fees), the last Business Day of each calendar month.

          "MORTGAGE" means a mortgage, deed of trust, leasehold mortgage or
     similar instrument granting the Agent a Lien on Real Property of the
     Company or any Subsidiary.

          "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means a "multiemployer plan", within the meaning
     of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, with respect to which the Company or any
     ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

          "NET DEBT PROCEEDS" means, with respect to the sale or issuance by the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness of a type described
     in clause (a) or (d) of the definition of Indebtedness, the excess of:

               (a)  the gross cash proceeds received by the Company or such
               Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such sale or issuance, OVER


                                      -16-
<PAGE>


               (b)  all related underwriting, broker, sales or placement agent
               commissions, and all out-of-pocket related fees and expenses paid
               by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in
               connection therewith.

          "NET DISPOSITION PROCEEDS" means with respect to any Asset Sale, the
     excess of:

          (a)  the gross proceeds (cash and non-cash) received by the Company or
     any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, OVER

          (b) the sum of:

               (i) the aggregate outstanding amount (if any) of Indebtedness
          (other than any Loans) that was incurred or assumed by the Company or
          any of its Subsidiaries to acquire the asset subject to such Asset
          Sale, PLUS

               (ii)  all expenses and fees incurred by the Company or such
          Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection therewith; PROVIDED,
          HOWEVER, that if any of such expenses and fees are payable to any
          Affiliate of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries, then only to
          the extent they were incurred in good faith and in arm's length
          transactions, PLUS

               (iii)  all foreign, federal, state and local taxes payable by the
          Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a direct
          consequence of any such Asset Sale (including in the case such Asset
          Sale was consummated by a Subsidiary of the Company, taxes payable by
          such Subsidiary on any dividend or distribution by it of cash to the
          Company or to any Subsidiary of the Company, as estimated in good
          faith by the Company), PLUS

               (iv)  appropriate amounts, in an amount reasonably determined by
          Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with
          GAAP to be provided by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may
          be, as a reserve against any liabilities retained by it associated
          with such assets after such Asset Sale, including any indemnification,
          pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, workers
          compensation liabilities, liabilities associated with retiree
          benefits, and liabilities relating to environmental matters;

     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that the taxes actually paid in
     respect of any such Asset Sale are less than the amounts specified in
     CLAUSE (iii), or any of the reserves specified in CLAUSE (iv) are
     determined by the Company or such Subsidiary to no longer be required, "Net
     Disposition Proceeds" shall be deemed to include such


                                      -17-
<PAGE>


     difference on the date of the payment of such taxes or on the date the
     amount of the non-required reserves is so determined, respectively.

          "NET EQUITY PROCEEDS" means, with respect to the sale or issuance by
     the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than (i)
     employees, officers and consultants and former employees, officers and
     consultants pursuant to any stock option plan and (ii) other options and
     warrants outstanding on the Closing Date) of any stock or other equity
     interests, warrants or options or the exercise of any such warrants or
     options in respect thereof, the EXCESS of:

          (a)  the gross proceeds received by the Company or such Subsidiary, as
     the case may be, from such sale, issuance or exercise, OVER

          (b)  all related underwriting, broker, sales or placement agent
     commissions, and all out-of-pocket related fees and expenses paid by the
     Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection therewith.

          "NET INCOME" means, for any period, the net income of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in
     accordance with GAAP.

          "NOTE" means the Term Loan Notes, the Revolving Loan Notes and the
     Expansion Loan Notes.

          "NOTICE OF BORROWING" means a notice in substantially the form of
     EXHIBIT A.

          "NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION" means a notice in substantially
     the form of EXHIBIT B.

          "OBLIGATIONS" means all advances, debts, liabilities, obligations,
     covenants and duties arising under any Loan Document owing by the Company
     to any Lender, the Agent, or any Indemnified Person, whether direct or
     indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent,
     due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter arising.

          "OPERATING CASH FLOW" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.12.

          "ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS" means, for any corporation, the certificate
     or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of determination
     or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such
     corporation, any shareholder rights agreement, and all applicable
     resolutions of the board of directors (or any committee thereof) of such
     corporation.


                                      -18-
<PAGE>


          "OTHER TAXES" means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes
     or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which
     arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or
     registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other
     Loan Document.

          "PARTICIPANT" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 11.8(c).

          "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under
     ERISA.

          "PENSION PLAN" means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of
     ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or
     any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

          "PERMITTED LIENS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.1.

          "PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited
     liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust,
     unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

          "PLAN" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of
     ERISA) which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries sponsors or maintains
     or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes, is making, or is
     obligated to make contributions and includes any Pension Plan.

          "PLEDGE AGREEMENTS" means the Company Pledge Agreement and each
     Subsidiary Pledge Agreement.

          "POST-CLOSURE SURETY BOND" means a surety bond issued for the account
     of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
     business in connection with a landfill operated by the Company, which
     surety bond is issued for the purpose of ensuring the payment of costs
     associated with the closing of such landfill.

          "PRIME RATE" means the arithmetic average of the rates of interest
     publicly announced by The Chase Manhattan Bank (National Association),
     Citibank, N.A. and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (or their
     respective successors) as their respective prime commercial lending rates
     (or, as to any such bank that does not announce such a rate, such bank's
     "base" or other rate determined by the Agent to be the equivalent rate
     announced by such bank), except that, if any such bank shall, for any
     period, cease to announce publicly its prime commercial lending (or
     equivalent) rate, the Agent shall, during such period, determine the "Prime
     Rate" based upon the arithmetic average of the prime commercial lending (or
     equivalent) rates announced publicly by the other such banks.


                                      -19-
<PAGE>


          "PRO RATA SHARE" means, as to any Lender of any Class at any time, the
     percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal
     place) at such time of such Lender's Commitment with respect to such Class
     of Loans (whether funded or unfunded) divided by the combined Commitments
     (whether funded or unfunded) of all Lenders of such Class.  The initial Pro
     Rata Share of each Lender for each class is set forth on SCHEDULE 1.1.

          "QUARTERLY DATE" means each the last Business day of each March, June,
     September and December of each year.

          "RCRA" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 6.12(a).

          "REAL PROPERTY" means all real property heretofore, now or hereafter
     owned, operated or leased by the Company or any Subsidiary.

          "RELEASE" has the meaning specified in CERCLA and the term "DISPOSAL"
     (or "DISPOSED") shall have the meaning specified in RCRA and regulations
     promulgated thereunder; PROVIDED that in the event either CERCLA or RCRA is
     amended so as to broaden the meaning of any term defined thereby, such
     broader meaning shall apply as of the effective date of such amendment; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER, to the extent that the laws of a state wherein the
     affected property lies establish a meaning for "RELEASE" or "DISPOSAL"
     which is broader than is specified in either CERCLA or RCRA, such broader
     meaning shall apply.

          "REPLACEMENT LENDER" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 4.7.

          "REPORTABLE EVENT" means, any of the events set forth in Section
     4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than any such event
     for which the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been waived in
     regulations issued by the PBGC.

          "REQUIRED LENDERS" means Lenders having at least 66-2/3% of the sum of
     (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans PLUS (b) the
     aggregate amount of all L/C Obligations PLUS (c) the aggregate amount of
     the unused Expansion Loan Commitments (to the extent such Commitments have
     not terminated) PLUS (d) the aggregate amount of the unused Revolving
     Commitments (to the extent such Commitments have not terminated).

          "REQUIREMENT OF LAW" means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or
     common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of
     a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such
     Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its
     property is subject.


                                      -20-
<PAGE>


          "RESERVE REQUIREMENT" shall mean, for any Interest Period for any
     LIBOR Loan, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including, without
     limitation, any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required
     to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member
     banks of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits
     exceeding one billion Dollars against "Eurocurrency liabilities" (as such
     term is used in Regulation D).  Without limiting the effect of the
     foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall include any other reserves
     required to be maintained by such member banks by reason of any regulatory
     change with respect to (i) any category of liabilities that includes
     deposits by reference to which the LIBO Rate is to be determined as
     provided in the definition of "LIBO Rate" in this Section 1.01 or (ii) any
     category of extensions of credit or other assets that includes LIBOR Loans.

          "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means the chief executive officer, the chief
     financial officer, the chief accounting officer or the president of the
     Company, or any other officer having substantially the same authority and
     responsibility; or, with respect to compliance with financial covenants,
     the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Company, or any other
     officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

          "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.15.

          "RETAINED EXCESS CASH FLOW" means for any fiscal year, 25% of the
     Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year.

          "REVOLVING COMMITMENT" shall mean, for each Revolving Lender, the
     obligation of such Lender to make Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal
     amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount set
     forth opposite the name of such Lender on SCHEDULE 1.1 under the caption
     "Revolving Commitment" (as the same may be reduced from time to time in
     accordance with this Agreement).  The original aggregate principal amount
     of the Revolving Commitments is $7,000,000.

          "REVOLVING LENDERS" shall mean (a) on the date hereof, the Lenders
     having Revolving Commitments on SCHEDULE 1.1 and (b) thereafter, the
     Lenders from time to time holding Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments
     after giving effect to any assignments thereof permitted by SECTION 11.8
     hereof.

          "REVOLVING LOANS" shall mean the loans provided for by SECTION 2.2
     hereof, which may be Base Rate Loans and/or LIBOR Loans.

          "REVOLVING NOTES" shall mean the promissory notes provided for by
     subsection 2.2(e) hereof and all promissory notes delivered in substitution
     or exchange


                                      -21-
<PAGE>


     therefor, in each case as the same shall be modified and supplemented and
     in effect from time to time.

          "REVOLVING TERMINATION DATE" means the earlier to occur of:

               (a)  June 30, 2001; and

               (b)  the date on which the Revolving Commitment is terminated in
          full or reduced to zero in accordance with this Agreement.

          "SARA" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 6.12(a).

          "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "SECURITY AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION 5.1(g).

          "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means unsecured Indebtedness of the
     Company for money borrowed which is subordinated in form and substance to
     the monetary Obligations, and has subordination provisions, terms of
     payment, interest rates, covenants, remedies, defaults and other material
     terms, in each case, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the
     Agent and the Majority Lenders.

          "SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any corporation, association,
     partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business
     entity of which more than 50% of the voting stock, membership interests or
     other equity interests is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by
     such Person, or by one or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or by a
     combination thereof.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires,
     references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

          "SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION
     5.1(h).

          "SUBSIDIARY X" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 7.16.

          "SURETY INSTRUMENTS" means all letters of credit (including standby
     and commercial), banker's acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and
     similar instruments.

          "SWAP CONTRACT" means any agreement (including any master agreement
     and any agreement, whether or not in writing, relating to any single
     transaction) that is an interest rate swap agreement, basis swap, forward
     rate agreement, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index
     swap or option, bond option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange
     agreement, rate cap, collar or floor agreement,


                                      -22-
<PAGE>


     currency swap agreement, cross-currency rate swap agreement, swaption,
     currency option or other similar agreement (including any option to enter
     into any of the foregoing).

          "TARGET CO." means any Person whose assets or equity securities shall
     be subject to a prospective or actual Eligible Acquisition.

          "TAXES" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
     deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect
     thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and the Agent, such taxes
     (including income taxes or franchise taxes) as are imposed on or measured
     by such Lender's or the Agent's, as the case may be, net income by the
     jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which
     such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a
     lending office.

          "TERM A COMMITMENT" shall mean, for each Term Loan Lender, the
     obligation of such Lender to make a single Term Loan A Loan in an aggregate
     amount up to but not exceeding the amount set forth opposite the name of
     such Lender on SCHEDULE 1.1 under the caption "Term A Commitment" (as the
     same may be reduced from time to time in accordance with this Agreement).
     The original aggregate principal amount of the Term A Commitments is
     $38,000,000.

          "TERM A COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest of

          (a)  June 30, 1996; and

          (b)  the date on which the Term A Commitment is terminated or reduced
     to zero in accordance with this Agreement.

          "TERM B COMMITMENT" shall mean, for each Term Loan Lender, the
     obligation of such Lender to make a single Term Loan B Loan in an aggregate
     amount up to but not exceeding the amount set forth opposite the name of
     such Lender on SCHEDULE 1.1 under the caption "Term B Commitment" (as the
     same may be reduced from time to time in accordance with this Agreement).
     The original aggregate principal amount of the Term B Commitments is
     $25,000,000.

          "TERM B COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest of

          (a)  June 30, 1996; and

          (b)  the date on which the Term B Commitment is terminated or reduced
     to zero in accordance with this Agreement.


                                      -23-
<PAGE>


          "TERM LOAN A" shall mean the loans provided for under the Term Loan A
     Commitment and as provided for by SECTION 2.2 hereof, which may be Base
     Rate Loans and/or LIBOR Loans.

          "TERM LOAN A NOTES" shall mean the promissory notes provided for by
     SUBSECTION 2.2(e) hereof and all promissory notes delivered in substitution
     or exchange therefor, in each case as the same shall be modified and
     supplemented and in effect from time to time.

          "TERM LOAN B" shall mean the loans provided for under the Term Loan B
     Commitment and as provided for by SECTION 2.2 hereof, which may be Base
     Rate Loans and/or LIBOR Loans.

          "TERM LOAN B NOTES" shall mean the promissory notes provided for by
     SUBSECTION 2.2(e) hereof and all promissory notes delivered in substitution
     or exchange therefor, in each case as the same shall be modified and
     supplemented and in effect from time to time.

          "TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS" shall mean, for each Term Loan Lender, such
     Lender's Term A Commitment, Term B Commitment and Expansion Loan
     Commitment.

          "TERM LOAN LENDERS" shall mean (a) on the date hereof, the Lenders
     having Term Loan Commitments on the signature pages hereof and
     (b) thereafter, the Lenders from time to time holding Term Loans and Term
     Loan Commitments after giving effect to any assignments thereof permitted
     by SECTION 11.8 hereof.

          "TERM LOAN NOTES" shall mean the Term Loan A Notes, the Term Loan B
     Notes and the Expansion Notes.

          "TERM LOANS" shall mean Term Loan A, Term Loan B and the Expansion
     Loan.

          "TOTAL CONSIDERATION PAYABLE" means with respect to any Eligible
     Acquisition, the sum of:

          (a)  total cash consideration that is payable by the Company to the
     applicable seller in connection with such Eligible Acquisition (including
     the aggregate amount of broker's fees, finder's fees and origination fees
     arising in connection with such Eligible Acquisition), PLUS

          (b)  the good faith estimated capital expenditures to be incurred by
     the Company during the twelve months immediately succeeding such Eligible
     Acquisition


                                      -24-
<PAGE>


     (as certified by the Company to the Agent) that are specifically associated
     with the operation of the acquired assets, PLUS

          (c)  the amount which represents the deferred purchase price with
     respect to such Eligible Acquisition.

          "TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS" means all Indebtedness of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis, excluding Indebtedness
     described in, and Guaranty Obligations in respect of Indebtedness described
     in, CLAUSE (g) of the definition of Indebtedness.

          "UNFUNDED PENSION LIABILITY" means the excess of a Pension Plan's
     benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current
     value of such Pension Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the
     assumptions used for funding such Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of
     the Code for the applicable plan year.

          "UNITED STATES" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.

          "UNMATURED EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any event or circumstance which,
     with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured
     or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

          "WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation in which (other than
     directors' qualifying shares required by law) 100% of the capital stock of
     each class having ordinary voting power, and 100% of the capital stock of
     every other class, in each case, at the time as of which any determination
     is being made, is owned, beneficially and of record, by the Company, or by
     one or more other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or by a combination thereof.

     1.2  OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS.

          (a)  The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

          (b)  The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and similar words refer
to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement; and SUBSECTION, SECTION, SCHEDULE and EXHIBIT references are to this
Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          (c)  (i)  The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,
     documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other
     writings, however evidenced.



                                      -25-
<PAGE>



               (ii)  The term "including" is not limiting and means "including
     without limitation."

               (iii)  In the computation of periods of time from a specified
     date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including";
     the words "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding"; and the word
     "through" means "to and including."

          (d)  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to
agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be
deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but
only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by
the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation
are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions
consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or
regulation.

          (e)  The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience
of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

          (f)  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several
different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar
matters.  All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall
each be performed in accordance with their terms.

          (g)  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of
negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Agent, the Company
and the other parties, and are the products of all parties.  Accordingly, they
shall not be construed against the Lenders or the Agent merely because of the
Lenders' or the Agent's involvement in their preparation.

          (h)  Loans hereunder are distinguished by "Class" and by "Type".  The
"Class" of a Loan (or of a Commitment to make a Loan) refers to whether such
Loan is a Revolving Loan or a Term Loan, each of which constitutes a Class.  The
"Type" of a Loan refers to whether such Loan is a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR
Loan, each of which constitutes a Type.  Loans may be identified by both Class
and Type.

     1.3  ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.

          (a)  Unless otherwise specified, all accounting terms used herein or
in any other Loan Document shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations
and computations hereunder or thereunder (including under SECTION 7.1) shall be
made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder or
thereunder shall be prepared in accordance


                                      -26-
<PAGE>


with, those generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied in the
preparation of the financial statements referred to in SECTION 6.11.

          (b)  References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer to
such fiscal periods of the Company.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS

     2.1  THE CREDITS.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement,

          (a)  each Lender severally agrees to make Loans pursuant to the
     Commitments described in SECTION 2.2; and

          (b)  the Issuing Lender severally agrees that it will issue Letters of
     Credit pursuant to SECTION 3.2, and each Revolving Lender severally agrees
     that it will purchase participation interests in Letters of Credit pursuant
     to SECTION 3.3.

     2.2  THE COMMITMENTS.

          (a)  TERM LOAN A COMMITMENT.  Each Lender holding a Term A Commitment
severally agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make a
single term loan to the Company in Dollars on or before the Term A Commitment
Termination Date in a principal amount up to but not exceeding the amount of the
Term A Commitment of such Lender.  No amounts paid or prepaid with respect to
Term Loan A Loans may be reborrowed.

          (b)  TERM LOAN B COMMITMENT.  Each Lender holding a Term B Commitment
severally agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make a
single term loan to the Company in Dollars on or before the Term B Commitment
Termination Date in a principal amount up to but not exceeding the amount of the
Term B Commitment of such Lender.  No amounts paid or prepaid with respect to
Term Loan B Loans may be reborrowed.

          (c)  EXPANSION LOAN COMMITMENT.  Each Lender holding an Expansion Loan
Commitment severally agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to
make loans to the Company in Dollars during the period from and including the
Closing Date to but not including the Expansion Loan Commitment Termination Date
in an aggregate principal amount up to but not exceeding the amount of the
Expansion Loan Commitment of such Lender.  No amounts paid or prepaid with
respect to Expansion Loans may be reborrowed as Expansion Loans.


                                      -27-
<PAGE>


          (d)  REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENT.  Each Revolving Lender severally
agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make loans to the
Company in Dollars during the period from and including the Closing Date to but
not including the Revolving Commitment Termination Date in an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount
of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender as in effect from time to time,
PROVIDED that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving
Loans, together with the aggregate amount of all L/C Obligations, exceed the
aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as in effect from time to time.

          (e)  THE NOTES.  Each Lender's Loans under a Commitment shall be
evidenced by a Note payable to the order of such Lender in a maximum principal
amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the original applicable
Commitment.  The Company hereby irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make (or
cause to be made) appropriate notations on the grid attached to such Lender's
Notes (or on any continuation of such grid), which notations, if made, shall
evidence, INTER ALIA, the date of, the outstanding principal of, and the
interest rate and Interest Period applicable to the Loans evidenced thereby.
Such notations shall be conclusive and binding on the Company absent
demonstrable error; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure of any Lender to make
any such notations shall not limit or otherwise affect any obligations of the
Company or any Guarantor.

     2.3  LENDERS NOT PERMITTED OR REQUIRED TO MAKE LOANS.  No Lender shall be
permitted or required to make

          (a)  any Term Loan A Loan if, after giving effect thereto, the
     aggregate principal amount of all the Term Loan A Loans

               (i)  of all Lenders made since the Closing Date would exceed the
          aggregate original principal amount of the Term A Commitments; or

               (ii)  of such Lender made since the Closing Date would exceed
          such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the aggregate original principal
          amount of the Term A Commitment;

          (b)  any Term Loan B Loan if, after giving effect thereto, the
     aggregate principal amount of all the Term Loan B Loans

               (i)  of all Lenders made since the Closing Date would exceed the
          aggregate original principal amount of the Term B Commitments; or

               (ii)  of such Lender made since the Closing Date would exceed
          such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the aggregate original principal
          amount of the Term B Commitment;


                                      -28-
<PAGE>


          (c)  any Expansion Loan if after giving effect thereto, the aggregate
     principal amount of all the Expansion Loans

               (i)  of all Lenders made since the Closing Date would exceed the
          aggregate original principal amount of the Expansion Loan Commitment;
          or

               (ii)  of such Lender made since the Closing Date would exceed
          such Lender's Pro Rata Share of aggregate original principal amount of
          the Expansion Loan Commitment; or

          (d)  any Revolving Loan if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate
     outstanding principal amount of all the Revolving Loans

               (i)  of all the Lenders, together with all L/C Obligations, would
          exceed the aggregate original principal amount of the Revolving
          Commitments; or

               (ii)  of such Lender, together with such Lender's Pro Rata Share
          of all L/C Obligations, would exceed such Lender's Pro Rata Share of
          the aggregate original principal amount of the Revolving Commitments.

     2.4  PROCEDURE FOR BORROWING.  (a) Each Borrowing of Revolving Loans or
Term Loans shall be made upon the Company's irrevocable written notice delivered
to the Agent in the form of a Notice of Borrowing (which notice must be received
by the Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) (i) three Business Days prior
to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of LIBOR Loans; and (ii) one
Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate
Loans), specifying:

               (A)  the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be (x) in the case
          of LIBOR Loans, in an amount of $500,000 or a higher integral multiple
          of $100,000 and (y) in the case of Base Rate Loans, in an aggregate
          amount of $100,000 or a higher integral multiple thereof;

               (B)       the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business
          Day;

               (C)       the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing; and

               (D)       in the case of LIBOR Loans, the duration of the
          Interest Period therefor.

          (b)  The Agent will promptly notify each applicable Lender of its
receipt of any Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata
Share of such Borrowing.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>


          (c)  Each Lender will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of each
Borrowing available to the Agent for the account of the Company to an account of
the Agent specified to the Lenders for such purpose by 12:00 noon (New York
time) on the Borrowing Date requested by the Company in immediately available
funds.  The proceeds of all Loans will then be made available to the Company by
the Agent by transfer of the aggregate of the amounts made available to the
Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Agent to an account of
the Company specified for such purpose in the Notice of Borrowing.

          (d)  After giving effect to any Borrowing, there may not be more than
eight different Interest Periods in effect.

     2.5  CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION ELECTIONS.  (a) The Company may, upon
irrevocable written notice to the Agent in accordance with SUBSECTION 2.5(b):

          (i)  elect to convert, on any Business Day, any Base Rate Loans (in an
     aggregate amount of $100,000 or a higher integral multiple thereof) into
     LIBOR Loans;

          (ii)  elect to convert, on the last day of the applicable Interest
     Period, any LIBOR Loans (or any part thereof in an aggregate amount of
     $100,000 or a higher integral multiple thereof) into Base Rate Loans; or

          (iii)  elect to continue, as of the last day of the applicable
     Interest Period, any LIBOR Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such
     day (or any part thereof in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or a higher
     integral multiple of $100,000);

PROVIDED that if at any time the aggregate amount of LIBOR Loans in respect of
any Borrowing shall have been reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of
part thereof, to be less than $500,000, such LIBOR Loans shall automatically
convert into Base Rate Loans.

          (b)  The Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to
be received by the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) at least (i)
three Business Days in advance of the Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans
are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans; and (ii) one Business Day
prior to the Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted into
Base Rate Loans, specifying:

          (i) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

          (ii)  the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or continued;


                                      -30-
<PAGE>



          (iii)  the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion or
     continuation; and


           (iv)  other than in the case of conversions into Base Rate Loans, the
     duration of the requested Interest Period.

          (c)  If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to LIBOR
Loans, the Company has failed to select timely a new Interest Period to be
applicable to such LIBOR Loans, the Company shall be deemed to have elected to
convert such LIBOR Loans into Base Rate Loans effective as of the expiration
date of such Interest Period.

          (d)  The Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of a
Notice of Conversion/Continuation or, if no timely notice is provided by the
Company, the Agent will promptly notify each Lender of the details of any
automatic conversion.  All conversions and continuations shall be made ratably
according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Loans with
respect to which the notice was given held by each Lender.

          (e)  Unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree, during the existence
of an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, the Company may not elect
to have a Loan converted into or continued as a LIBOR Loan.

          (f)  After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of Loans,
there may not be more than eight different Interest Periods in effect.

     2.6  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS.  The Company may,
upon not less than five Business Days' prior notice to the Agent, terminate the
Revolving Commitment or (prior to the funding of any Term Loan) the Term Loan
Commitment for any Class, or permanently reduce the Revolving Commitment or
(prior to the funding of any Term Loan) the Term Loan Commitment for any Class,
by an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple thereof;
UNLESS, in the case of the Revolving Commitment, after giving effect thereto and
to any prepayment of Revolving Loans made on the effective date thereof, the
aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans plus the Effective Amount of
all L/C Obligations would exceed the amount of the Revolving Commitment then in
effect.  Once reduced in accordance with this Section, neither the Revolving
Commitment nor the applicable Term Loan Commitment may be increased.  Any
reduction of the Revolving Commitment or the Term Loan Commitment shall be
applied to each Lender according to its Pro Rata Share.

     2.7  OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS.  Subject to SECTION 4.4, the Company may, at any
time or from time to time, upon not less than one Business Day's irrevocable
notice to the Agent, ratably prepay any Loans in whole or in part, in the case
of LIBOR Loans, in an amount of $500,000 or a higher integral multiple of
$100,000 and in the case of Base Rate Loans, in an aggregate amount of $100,000
or a higher integral multiple thereof.  Any prepayment of



                                      -31-
<PAGE>


Loans shall be applied in accordance with SECTION 2.9.  The Agent will promptly
notify each applicable Lender of its receipt of any such notice and of such
Lender's Pro Rata Share of such prepayment.  If any such notice is given by the
Company, the Company shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified
in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together
with, in the case of LIBOR Loans, accrued interest to such date on the amount
prepaid and any amounts required pursuant to SECTION 4.4.

     2.8  MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS. The Company shall,

          (a)  on each date when any reduction in the Revolving Commitment shall
     become effective, including pursuant to SECTION 2.6, make a mandatory
     prepayment of all Revolving Loans equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
     sum of the aggregate, outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans
     and the L/C Obligations over (y) the Revolving Commitment Amount as so
     reduced;

          (b)  within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, make a
     mandatory prepayment of the Loans, in an amount equal to 75% of the Excess
     Cash Flow for such fiscal year;

          (c)  no later than the third Business Day after each receipt by the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Disposition Proceeds, make a
     mandatory prepayment of the Loans in the amount of the Net Disposition
     Proceeds; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries shall have received non-cash Net Disposition Proceeds,
     such prepayment shall be required only to the extent that such non-cash Net
     Disposition Proceeds are converted into cash or cash is received in respect
     thereof;

          (d)  no later than the third Business Day after each receipt by the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Equity Proceeds, make a
     mandatory prepayment of the Loans in the amount of 50% of such Net Equity
     Proceeds; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries shall have received non-cash Net Equity Proceeds, such
     prepayment shall be required only to the extent of the non-cash Net Equity
     Proceeds as they are converted into cash or cash is received in respect
     thereof;

          (e)  no later than the third Business Day after each incurrence or
     issuance of any Indebtedness of a type described in clause (a) or (d) of
     the definition of Indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
     Company, make a mandatory prepayment of the Loans in the amount of the Net
     Debt Proceeds from such incurrence or issuance;

          (f)  immediately upon any acceleration of the maturity date of the
     Loans pursuant to SECTION 9.2, repay all Loans.


                                      -32-
<PAGE>


     2.9  APPLICATION.  Each prepayment of the principal of the Loans shall be
applied, to the extent of such prepayment as follows:

     (i)  FIRST, the amount of the prepayment shall be applied ratably to the
     Term Loan A, Term Loan B and, with respect to prepayments made after the
     Expansion Loan Commitment Termination Date, the Expansion Loan then
     outstanding and, with respect to each such Term Loan, in the inverse order
     of the maturities of the installments thereof; PROVIDED, that, for so long
     as any amounts under Term Loan A or the Expansion Loan are outstanding, any
     Lender holding a Term Loan B Loan may waive its right to such Lender's
     portion of any optional or mandatory prepayment made pursuant to SECTIONS
     2.7, 2.8(b), (c), (d) and (e), in which case such amounts that would have
     been paid to such Lender will be applied ratably to Term Loan A Loans, Term
     Loan B Loans that are not the subject of such waiver and, as the case may
     be, Expansion Loans and to the installments of such Term Loans in the
     inverse order of their maturities; and

     (ii)  SECOND, the Revolving Commitments shall be automatically reduced in
     an amount equal to any excess of the amount of such prepayments over the
     amount referred to in the foregoing CLAUSE (i) (and, to the extent that,
     after giving effect to such reduction, the aggregate principal amount of
     Revolving Loans, together with the aggregate amount of all L/C Obligations,
     would exceed the Revolving Commitments, such excess shall, FIRST, be
     applied to prepay Revolving Loans and SECOND, be applied to Cash
     Collateralize such L/C Obligations.

     2.10  REPAYMENT.

     (a)   THE REVOLVING LOANS.  The Company shall repay all Revolving Loans on
the Revolving Termination Date.

     (b)   THE TERM LOANS.  The Company shall repay the Term Loans in
installments on the dates set forth below:

                                   TERM LOAN A


 Payment Date - the                                               Remaining
 last day of the                              Amount             Outstanding
 following months:                            Due ($)              Balance
 -----------------                            ------             ------------

 December, 1996                             $750,000             $37,250,000

 March, 1997                                $750,000             $36,500,000

 June, 1997                                $1,000,000            $35,500,000

 September, 1997                           $1,000,000            $34,500,000


                                      -33-
<PAGE>


 December, 1997                            $1,500,000            $33,000,000

 March, 1998                               $1,700,000            $31,300,000

 June, 1998                                $1,700,000            $29,600,000

 September, 1998                           $1,800,000            $27,800,000

 December, 1998                            $1,800,000            $26,000,000

 March, 1999                               $2,375,000            $23,625,000

 June, 1999                                $2,375,000            $21,250,000

 September, 1999                           $2,375,000            $18,875,000

 December, 1999                            $2,375,000            $16,500,000

 March, 2000                               $2,625,000            $13,875,000

 June, 2000                                $2,625,000            $11,250,000

 September, 2000                           $2,625,000             $8,625,000

 December, 2000                            $2,625,000             $6,000,000

 March, 2001                               $3,000,000             $3,000,000

 June, 2001                                $3,000,000                     $0


                                   TERM LOAN B

 Payment Date - the                                               Remaining
 last day of the                              Amount             Outstanding
 following months:                            Due ($)              Balance
 -----------------                            ------             ------------

 December, 1996                             $100,000             $24,900,000

 December, 1997                             $100,000             $24,800,000

 December, 1998                             $100,000             $24,700,000

 December, 1999                             $100,000             $24,600,000

 December, 2000                             $100,000             $24,500,000

 September, 2001                           $3,000,000            $21,500,000

 December, 2001                            $3,000,000            $18,500,000

 March, 2002                               $3,000,000            $15,500,000


                                      -34-


<PAGE>


 June, 2002                                $3,000,000            $12,500,000

 September, 2002                           $3,000,000             $9,500,000

 December, 2002                            $3,000,000             $6,500,000

 March, 2003                               $3,250,000             $3,250,000

 June, 2003                                $3,250,000                     $0


                                 EXPANSION LOAN

 Payment Date - the                                        Amount Due (as a
 last day of the                                        percentage of the total
 following months:                                         amount borrowed)
 -----------------                                      -----------------------

 September, 1998                                                 6.25%

 December, 1998                                                  6.25%

 March, 1999                                                     6.25%

 June, 1999                                                      6.25%

 September, 1999                                                 6.25%

 December, 1999                                                  6.25%

 March, 2000                                                     6.25%

 June, 2000                                                      6.25%

 September, 2000                                                 12.5%

 December, 2000                                                  12.5%

 March, 2001                                                     12.5%

 June, 2001                                                      12.5%


     2.11  INTEREST.  (a)  The Company hereby promises to pay to the Agent for
account of each Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made
by such Lender for the period from and including the date of such Loan to but
excluding the date such Loan shall be paid in full, at the following rates per
annum:

          (i)  during such periods that such Loan is a Base Rate Loan, the Base
     Rate (as in effect from time to time) PLUS the Applicable Margin; and

          (ii)  during such periods that such Loan is a LIBOR Loan, for each
     Interest Period relating thereto, the LIBO Rate for such Loan for such
     Interest Period PLUS the Applicable Margin.


                                      -35-
<PAGE>


          (b)  Notwithstanding SUBSECTION (a) of this Section, the Company
hereby promises to pay to the Agent for account of each Lender,

          (i)  with regard to Base Rate Loans, upon the occurrence and during
     the continuance of an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default,
     interest at the Base Rate PLUS the Applicable Margin PLUS 2%;

          (ii)  with regard to LIBOR Loans, upon the occurrence and during the
     continuance of an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default,
     interest at the LIBO Rate PLUS the Applicable Margin PLUS 2%; and

          (iii)  with respect to any unreimbursed drawings under all Letters of
     Credit and any interest, fees or any other amount payable by the Company
     hereunder or under the Notes held by such Lender to or for account of such
     Lender, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Unmatured
     Event of Default or an Event of Default, interest at the Base Rate PLUS the
     Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans PLUS 2%.

          (c)  Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable (i) on the Monthly
Payment Dates, and (ii) upon the payment or prepayment thereof or the conversion
of such Loan to a Loan of another Type (but only on the principal amount so
paid, prepaid or converted), except that interest payable pursuant to the
foregoing SUBSECTION (b) shall be payable from time to time on demand.  Promptly
after the determination of any interest rate provided for herein or any change
therein, the Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders to which such
interest is payable and to the Company.

          (d)  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations
of the Company to any Lender hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that
payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest is
computed hereunder to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for
or receiving such payment by such Lender would be contrary to the provisions of
any law applicable to such Lender limiting the highest rate of interest that may
be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Lender, and in such
event the Company shall pay such Lender interest at the highest rate permitted
by applicable law.

     2.12  FEES.  In addition to certain fees described in SECTION 3.8:

          (a)  AGENCY FEES.  The Company shall pay an annual agency fee pursuant
to a fee letter between the Company and the Agent dated May 9, 1996.

          (b)  COMMITMENT FEES.  (i) The Company shall pay to the Agent for the
account of each applicable Lender a commitment fee at the rate of 1/2 of 1% per
annum on the average daily unused portion of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the
Revolving


                                       -36-
<PAGE>


Commitment, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on each Quarterly Date (or,
if earlier, the Revolving Termination Date) based upon the daily utilization for
such quarter as calculated by the Agent.  For purposes of calculating
utilization under this subsection, the Revolving Commitment shall be deemed used
to the extent of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then
outstanding plus the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations then outstanding.
Such commitment fee shall accrue from the Closing Date to the Revolving
Termination Date and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on each
Quarterly Date, with the final payment to be made on the Revolving Termination
Date.

          (ii)  The Company shall pay to the Agent for the account of each
applicable Lender a commitment fee at the rate of 1/2 of 1% per annum on the
average daily amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the unused Expansion
Loan Commitment, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on each Quarterly Date
(or, if earlier, the Expansion Loan Commitment Termination Date).  Such
commitment fee shall accrue from the Closing Date to the Expansion Loan
Commitment Termination Date and shall be due and payable in arrears on each
Quarterly Date, with the final payment to be made on the Expansion Loan Term
Commitment Termination Date.

          (iii)  The commitment fees provided in this subsection shall accrue at
all times after the Closing Date, including at any time during which one or more
conditions in ARTICLE V are not met.

     2.13  COMPUTATION OF FEES AND INTEREST.  (a) All computations of interest
and fees shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed.
Interest and fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or fees
are computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

          (b)  Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent shall be
conclusive and binding on the Company and the Lenders in the absence of manifest
error.  The Agent will, at the request of the Company or any Lender, deliver to
the Company or such Lender, as the case may be, a statement showing the
quotations used by the Agent in determining any interest rate and the resulting
interest rate.

     2.14  PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.  (a) All payments to be made by the Company
shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim.  Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, all payments by the Company shall be made to the
Agent for the account of the Lenders to an account of the Agent specified to the
Company for such purpose, and shall be made in dollars and in immediately
available funds, no later than 12:00 noon (New York time) on the date specified
herein.  The Agent will promptly distribute to each applicable Lender its Pro
Rata Share (or other applicable share as expressly provided herein) of such
payment in like funds as received.  Any payment received by the Agent later than
12:00 noon (New York time) shall be deemed to have been received on the
following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to
accrue.


                                      -37-
<PAGE>


          (b)  Whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day,
such payment shall be made on the following Business Day (unless, in the case of
a payment with respect to a LIBOR Loan, the following Business Day is the first
Business Day of a calendar month, in which case such payment shall be due on the
preceding Business Day), and such extension of time shall in such case be
included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

          (c)  Unless the Agent receives notice from the Company prior to the
date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that the Company will not make
such payment in full as and when required, the Agent may assume that the Company
has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date in immediately available
funds and the Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such
assumption, distribute to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the
amount then due such Lender.  If and to the extent the Company has not made such
payment in full to the Agent, each applicable Lender shall repay to the Agent on
demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon at
the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to
such Lender until the date repaid.

     2.15  PAYMENTS BY THE LENDERS TO THE AGENT. (a)  Unless the Agent receives
notice from a Lender on or prior to the Closing Date or, with respect to any
Borrowing after the Closing Date, at least one Business Day prior to the date of
such Borrowing, that such Lender will not make available as and when required
hereunder to the Agent for the account of the Company the amount of such
Lender's Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that each
applicable Lender has made such amount available to the Agent in immediately
available funds on the Borrowing Date and the Agent may (but shall not be
required), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Company on
such date a corresponding amount.  If and to the extent any Lender shall not
have made its full amount available to the Agent in immediately available funds
and the Agent in such circumstances has made available to the Company such
amount, such Lender shall on the Business Day following such Borrowing Date make
such amount available to the Agent, together with interest at the Federal Funds
Rate for each day during such period.  A notice of the Agent submitted to any
Lender with respect to amounts owing under this SUBSECTION (a) shall be
conclusive, absent manifest error.  If such amount is so made available, such
payment to the Agent shall constitute such Lender's Loan on the date of
Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement.  If such amount is not made
available to the Agent on the Business Day following the Borrowing Date, the
Agent will notify the Company of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the
Agent, the Company shall pay such amount to the Agent for the Agent's account,
together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such
Borrowing, at the Applicable Margin.

          (b)  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan on any Borrowing Date
shall not relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make a Loan on
such


                                      -38-
<PAGE>


Borrowing Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other
Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on any Borrowing Date.

     2.16  SHARING OF PAYMENTS, ETC.  If, other than as expressly provided
elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any
payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of
set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its Pro Rata Share, such Lender shall
immediately (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other
Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to
cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment pro rata with each of
them; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is
thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender, such purchase shall to that
extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender
the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying
Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such
paying Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from
the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the
purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Company
agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment
(including the right of set-off, but subject to SECTION 11.10) with respect to
such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the
Company in the amount of such participation.  The Agent will keep records (which
shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of
participations purchased under this Section and will in each case notify the
Lenders following any such purchases or repayments.


                                  ARTICLE III

                              THE LETTERS OF CREDIT

     3.1   THE LETTER OF CREDIT SUBFACILITY.  (a)  On the terms and conditions
set forth herein:

          (i) the Issuing Lender agrees, (A) from time to time on any Business
     Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination
     Date to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Company, and to
     amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance
     with SUBSECTIONS 3.2(c) and 3.2(d), and (B) to honor properly drawn drafts
     under the Letters of Credit issued by it; and

          (ii) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit
     Issued for the account of the Company; PROVIDED that the Issuing Lender
     shall not be obligated to Issue, and no Lender shall be obligated to
     participate in, any Letter of Credit if as of the date of Issuance of such
     Letter of Credit (the "ISSUANCE DATE") the Effective Amount of all L/C
     Obligations plus the aggregate amount of all Revolving Loans



                                      -39-
<PAGE>


     exceeds the Revolving Commitment.  Within the foregoing limit, and subject
     to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company's ability to obtain
     Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and, accordingly, the Company
     may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace
     Letters of Credit which have expired or which have been drawn upon and
     reimbursed.

          (b)  The Issuing Lender shall not be under any obligation to Issue any
Letter of Credit if:

          (i)  any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or
     arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing
     Lender from Issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law
     applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request or directive (whether or
     not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with
     jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the
     Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or
     such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender
     with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital
     requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated
     hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the
     Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not
     applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith
     deems material to it;

          (ii)  the Issuing Lender has received written notice from any Lender,
     the Agent or the Company, on or prior to the Business Day prior to the
     requested date of Issuance of such Letter of Credit, that one or more of
     the applicable conditions contained in ARTICLE V is not then satisfied;

          (iii)  the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit is after the
     Revolving Termination Date, unless all of the Lenders have approved such
     expiry date in writing;

          (iv)  any requested Letter of Credit does not provide for drafts, or
     is not otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender, or
     the Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable policies of
     the Issuing Lender;

           (v)  such Letter of Credit is to support obligations of the Company
     or any Subsidiary with respect to workmen's compensation or similar
     obligations;

          (vi)  such Letter of Credit is denominated in a currency other than
     Dollars; or

          (vii)  such Letter of Credit is not a standby letter of credit.


                                      -40-
<PAGE>


     3.2  ISSUANCE, AMENDMENT AND RENEWAL OF LETTERS OF CREDIT.  (a)  Each
Letter of Credit shall be issued upon the irrevocable written request of the
Company received by the Issuing Lender (with a copy sent by the Company to the
Agent) at least five days (or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender and the
Agent may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the
proposed date of issuance.  Each such request for issuance of a Letter of Credit
shall be by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original writing, in the form
of an L/C Application, and shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the
Issuing Lender: (i) the proposed date of issuance of the Letter of Credit (which
shall be a Business Day); (ii) the face amount of the Letter of Credit; (iii)
the expiry date of the Letter of Credit; (iv) the name and address of the
beneficiary thereof; (v) the documents to be presented by the beneficiary of the
Letter of Credit in case of any drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any
certificate to be presented by the beneficiary in case of any drawing
thereunder; and (vii) such other matters as the Issuing Lender may require.

          (b)  At least two Business Days prior to the Issuance of any Letter of
Credit, the Issuing Lender will confirm with the Agent (by telephone or in
writing) that the Agent has received a copy of the L/C Application or L/C
Amendment Application from the Company and, if not, the Issuing Lender will
provide the Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless the Issuing Lender has received,
on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which the
Issuing Lender is to issue a requested Letter of Credit, (A) notice from the
Agent directing the Issuing Lender not to issue such Letter of Credit because
such issuance is not then permitted under SUBSECTION 3.1(a) as a result of the
limitations set forth therein or (B) a notice described in SUBSECTION
3.1(b)(ii), then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender
shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the
Company in accordance with the Issuing Lender's usual and customary business
practices.

          (c)  From time to time while a Letter of Credit is outstanding and
prior to the Revolving Termination Date, the Issuing Lender will, upon the
written request of the Company received by the Issuing Lender (with a copy sent
by the Company to the Agent) at least five days (or such shorter time as the
Issuing Lender and the Agent may agree in a particular instance in their sole
discretion) prior to the proposed date of amendment, amend any Letter of Credit
issued by it.  Each such request for amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be
made by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original writing, made in the
form of an L/C Amendment Application and shall specify in form and detail
satisfactory to the Issuing Lender:  (i) the Letter of Credit to be amended;
(ii) the proposed date of amendment of such Letter of Credit (which shall be a
Business Day); (iii) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (iv) such other
matters as the Issuing Lender may require.  The Issuing Lender shall not have
any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if:  (A) the Issuing Lender would
have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended
form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of
Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.  The
Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of the receipt by it of any L/C
Application or L/C Amendment Application.


                                      -41-
<PAGE>


          (d)  The Issuing Lender and the Lenders agree that, while a Letter of
Credit is outstanding and prior to the Revolving Termination Date, at the option
of the Company and upon the written request of the Company received by the
Issuing Lender (with a copy sent by the Company to the Agent) at least five days
(or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender and the Agent may agree in a
particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of
notification of renewal, the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to authorize the
automatic renewal of any Letter of Credit.  Each such request for renewal of a
Letter of Credit shall be made by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an
original writing, in the form of an L/C Amendment Application, and shall specify
in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Lender: (i) the Letter of Credit
to be renewed; (ii) the proposed date of notification of renewal of such Letter
of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the revised expiry date of such
Letter of Credit (which, unless all Lenders otherwise consent, shall be prior to
the Revolving Termination Date); and (iv) such other matters as the Issuing
Lender may require.  The Issuing Lender shall not be under any obligation to
renew any Letter of Credit if: (A) the Issuing Lender would have no obligation
at such time to issue or amend such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under
the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit
does not accept the proposed renewal of such Letter of Credit.  If any
outstanding Letter of Credit shall provide that it shall be automatically
renewed unless the beneficiary thereof receives notice from the Issuing Lender
that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed, and if at the time of renewal
the Issuing Lender would be entitled to authorize the automatic renewal of such
Letter of Credit in accordance with this SUBSECTION 3.2(e) upon the request of
the Company but such Issuing Lender shall not have received any L/C Amendment
Application from the Company with respect to such renewal or other written
direction by the Company with respect thereto, the Issuing Lender shall
nonetheless be permitted to allow such Letter of Credit to renew, and the
Company and the Lenders hereby authorize such renewal, and, accordingly, the
Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have received an L/C Amendment Application
from the Company requesting such renewal.

          (e)  The Issuing Lender may, at its election (or as required by the
Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders), deliver any notice of
termination or other communication to any Letter of Credit beneficiary or
transferee, and take any other action as necessary or appropriate, at any time
and from time to time, in order to cause the expiry date of any Letter of Credit
to be a date not later than the Revolving Termination Date.

          (f)  This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with
any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).

          (g)  The Issuing Lender will deliver to the Agent, concurrently or
promptly following its delivery of a Letter of Credit, or amendment to or
renewal of a Letter of Credit, to an advising bank or a beneficiary, a true and
complete copy of each such Letter of Credit or amendment to or renewal of a
Letter of Credit.


                                      -42-
<PAGE>


     3.3  RISK PARTICIPATIONS, DRAWINGS AND REIMBURSEMENTS.  (a)  Immediately
upon the Issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing
Lender a participation in such Letter of Credit and each drawing thereunder in
an amount equal to the product of (i) such Lender's Pro Rata Share times (ii)
the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and the
amount of such drawing, respectively.

          (b)  In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of
Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the Issuing Lender will
promptly notify the Company and the Agent.  The Company shall reimburse the
Issuing Lender prior to 12:00 noon (New York time), on each date that any amount
is paid by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit (each such date, an
"HONOR DATE"), in an amount equal to the amount so paid by the Issuing Lender.
If the Company fails to reimburse the Issuing Lender for the full amount of any
drawing under any Letter of Credit by 12:00 noon (New York time) on the Honor
Date, the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Agent and the Agent will
promptly notify each Lender thereof, and the Company shall be deemed to have
requested that Base Rate Loans be made by the Lenders to be disbursed on the
Honor Date under such Letter of Credit, subject to the amount of the unutilized
portion of the Revolving Commitment and subject to the conditions set forth in
SECTION 5.3.  Any notice given by the Issuing Lender or the Agent pursuant to
this SUBSECTION 3.3(b) may be oral if immediately confirmed in writing
(including by facsimile); provided that the lack of such an immediate
confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such
notice.

          (c)   Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to SUBSECTION 3.3(b)
make available to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender an amount in
Dollars and in immediately available funds equal to its Pro Rata Share of the
amount of the drawing, whereupon the participating Lenders shall (subject to
SUBSECTION 3.3(d)) each be deemed to have made a Revolving Loan consisting of a
Base Rate Loan to the Company in such amount.  If any Lender so notified fails
to make available to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender the amount
of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the amount of such drawing by no later than
2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Honor Date, then interest shall accrue on such
Lender's obligation to make such payment, from the Honor Date to the date such
Lender makes such payment, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate
in effect from time to time during such period.  The Agent will promptly give
notice of the occurrence of the Honor Date, but failure of the Agent to give any
such notice on the Honor Date or in sufficient time to enable any Lender to
effect such payment on such date shall not relieve such Lender from its
obligations under this SECTION 3.3.

          (d)  With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted
into Revolving Loans consisting of Base Rate Loans in whole or in part, because
of the Company's failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in SECTION 5.3 or
for any other reason, the Company shall be deemed to have incurred from the
Issuing Lender an L/C Borrowing in the amount of such drawing, which L/C
Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand


                                      -43-
<PAGE>


(together with interest) and shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
the Base Rate PLUS the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans PLUS 2% per annum,
and each Lender's payment to the Issuing Lender pursuant to SUBSECTION 3.3(c)
shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing
and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its
participation obligation under this SECTION 3.3.

          (e)  Each Lender's obligation in accordance with this Agreement to
make Revolving Loans or L/C Advances, as contemplated by this SECTION 3.3, as a
result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute and
unconditional and without recourse to the Issuing Lender and shall not be
affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim,
recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the
Issuing Lender, the Company or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii)
the existence of an Event of Default, an Unmatured Event of Default or a
Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) any other circumstance, happening or event
whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; PROVIDED that each
Lender's obligation to make Revolving Loans under this SECTION 3.3 is subject to
the conditions set forth in SECTION 5.3.

     3.4  REPAYMENT OF PARTICIPATIONS.  (a)  Upon (and only upon) receipt by the
Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender of immediately available funds from
the Company (i) in reimbursement of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under
a Letter of Credit with respect to which any Lender has paid the Agent for the
account of the Issuing Lender for such Lender's participation in such Letter of
Credit pursuant to SECTION 3.3 or (ii) in payment of interest thereon, the Agent
will pay to each Lender, in the same funds as those received by the Agent for
the account of the Issuing Lender, the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of
such funds, and the Issuing Lender shall receive the amount of the Pro Rata
Share of such funds of any Lender that did not so pay the Agent for the account
of the Issuing Lender.

          (b)  If the Agent or the Issuing Lender is required at any time to
return to the Company, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator or custodian, or to
any official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of any payment made by
the Company to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender pursuant to
SUBSECTION 3.4(a) in reimbursement of a payment made under a Letter of Credit or
interest or fee thereon, each Lender shall, on demand of the Agent, forthwith
return to the Agent or the Issuing Lender the amount of its Pro Rata Share of
any amount so returned by the Agent or the Issuing Lender plus interest thereon
from the date such demand is made to the date such amount is returned by such
Lender to the Agent or the Issuing Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the
Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time.

     3.5  ROLE OF THE ISSUING LENDER.  (a)  Each Lender and the Company agree
that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall
not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft
and certificate expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or
inquire as to the validity or accuracy of


                                      -44-
<PAGE>


any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any
such document.

          (b)  Neither the Issuing Lender nor any of its correspondents,
participants or assignees shall be liable to any Lender for: (i) any action
taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of
the Lenders (including the Required Lenders, as applicable); (ii) any action
taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or
(iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any L/C-
Related Document.

          (c)  The Company hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of
any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit;
PROVIDED that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the
Company's pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the
beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  Neither the
Issuing Lender nor any of its correspondents, participants or assignees shall be
liable or responsible for any of the matters described in CLAUSES (i) through
(vii) of SECTION 3.6; PROVIDED that, anything in such clauses to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Company may have a claim against the Issuing Lender, and
the Issuing Lender may be liable to the Company, to the extent, but only to the
extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages
suffered by the Company which the Company proves were caused by the Issuing
Lender's willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Issuing Lender's willful
failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the
beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the
terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in
limitation of the foregoing:  (i) the Issuing Lender may accept documents that
appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; and (ii)
the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of
any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a
Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in
whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

     3.6  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The obligations of the Company under this
Agreement and any L/C-Related Document to reimburse the Issuing Lender for a
drawing under a Letter of Credit, and to repay any L/C Borrowing and any drawing
under a Letter of Credit converted into Revolving Loans, shall be unconditional
and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and each such other L/C-Related Document under all circumstances,
including the following:

          (i)  any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
     L/C-Related Document;

          (ii)  any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any
     other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Company in respect of
     any Letter of


                                      -45-
<PAGE>


     Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from
     all or any of the L/C-Related Documents;

          (iii)  the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right
     that the Company may have at any time against any beneficiary or any
     transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such
     beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Lender or
     any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the
     transactions contemplated hereby or by the L/C-Related Documents or any
     unrelated transaction;

          (iv)  any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under
     any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or
     insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
     inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or
     otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any
     Letter of Credit;

          (v)  any payment by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit
     against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly
     comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the
     Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a
     trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of
     creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to
     any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any
     arising in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding;

          (vi)  any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or
     any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any
     guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Company in respect of
     any Letter of Credit; or

          (vii)  any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not
     similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that
     might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the
     Company or a guarantor.

     3.7  CASH COLLATERAL PLEDGE.  If any Letter of Credit remains outstanding
and partially or wholly undrawn as of the Revolving Termination Date, then the
Company shall immediately Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount
equal to the maximum amount then available to be drawn under all Letters of
Credit.

     3.8  LETTER OF CREDIT FEES.  (a)  The Company shall pay to the Agent for
the account of each Lender a letter of credit fee with respect to each Letter of
Credit equal to the L/C Fee Rate per annum of the average daily maximum amount
available to be drawn on such Letter of Credit, computed on a monthly basis in
arrears on each Monthly Payment Date.


                                      -46-
<PAGE>


          (b)  The Company shall pay to the Issuing Lender a letter of credit
fronting fee for each Letter of Credit equal to 0.25% per annum of the average
daily maximum amount available to be drawn on such Letter of Credit, computed on
a monthly basis in arrears on each Monthly Payment Date and on the Revolving
Termination Date (or such later date on which such Letter of Credit shall expire
or be fully drawn).

          (c)  The letter of credit fees payable under SUBSECTION 3.8(a) and the
fronting fees payable under SUBSECTION 3.8(b) shall be due and payable monthly
in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar month during which Letters
of Credit are outstanding, commencing on the first such Monthly Payment Date to
occur after the Closing Date, through the Revolving Termination Date (or such
later date upon which all outstanding Letters of Credit shall expire or be fully
drawn), with the final payment to be made on the Revolving Termination Date (or
such later date).

          (d)  The Company shall pay to the Issuing Lender from time to time on
demand the normal issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees,
and other standard costs and charges, of the Issuing Lender relating to letters
of credit as from time to time in effect.

     3.9  UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE.  The Uniform Customs and Practice for
Documentary Credits as published by the International Chamber of Commerce most
recently at the time of issuance of any Letter of Credit shall (unless otherwise
expressly provided in such Letter of Credit) apply to each Letter of Credit.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

     4.1  TAXES.  (a)  Any and all payments by the Company to each Lender or the
Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be made free and
clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes.  In addition, the
Company shall pay all Other Taxes.

          (b)  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender and
the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including any Taxes or
Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section)
paid by the Lender or the Agent and any liability (including penalties,
interest, additions to tax and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally
asserted.  Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30 days after
the date the Lender or the Agent makes written demand therefor.


                                      -47-
<PAGE>


          (c)  If the Company shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any
Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any
Lender or the Agent, then:

          (i)  the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after
     making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and
     withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) such
     Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the
     sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been
     made;

          (ii)  the Company shall make such deductions and withholdings; and

          (iii)  the Company shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to
     the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with
     applicable law.

          (d)  Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Company of
Taxes or Other Taxes, the Company shall furnish the Agent the original or a copy
of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of payment
satisfactory to the Agent.

          (e)  The Company shall not be required to pay an additional amount to,
or indemnify, any Lender or the Agent pursuant to this SECTION 4.1 to the extent
that (i) the obligation to withhold or pay such amount existed on the Initial
Date (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) the obligation to withhold or pay such
amount would not have arisen but for the failure of the Agent or such Lender to
comply with the provisions of SECTION 10.10 of this Agreement.  For purposes of
this SUBSECTION 4.1(e), "INITIAL DATE" shall mean (a) in the case of the Agent
and any Lender that is a signatory hereto, the date of this Agreement, (b) in
the case of any Person which subsequently becomes a Lender hereunder, the date
of the applicable Assignment and Acceptance, and (c) in the case of any
Participant, the date on which it becomes a Participant.

          (f)  If the Company is required to pay additional amounts to any
Lender or the Agent pursuant to SUBSECTION (c) of this Section, then such Lender
shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions)
to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office so as to eliminate any such
additional payment by the Company which may thereafter accrue, if such change in
the judgment of such Lender is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

     4.2  ILLEGALITY. (a)  If any Lender determines that the introduction of any
Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the
interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it
unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has asserted
that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make
LIBOR Loans, then, on notice thereof by the Lender to the Company through the
Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make LIBOR Loans shall


                                      -48-
<PAGE>


be suspended until such Lender notifies the Agent and the Company that the
circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.

          (b)  If a Lender determines that it is unlawful to maintain any LIBOR
Loan, the Company shall, upon its receipt of notice of such fact and demand from
such Lender (with a copy to the Agent), prepay in full such LIBOR Loan, together
with interest accrued thereon and amounts required under SECTION 4.4, either on
the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if such Lender may lawfully
continue to maintain such LIBOR Loan to such day, or on such earlier date on
which such Lender may no longer lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Loan
(as determined by such Lender).  If the Company is required to so prepay any
LIBOR Loan, then concurrently with such prepayment, the Company shall borrow
from the affected Lender, in the amount of such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

          (c)  If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain LIBOR Loans
has been terminated or suspended pursuant to SUBSECTION (a) or (b) above, all
Loans which would otherwise be made by such Lender as LIBOR Loans shall be
instead Base Rate Loans.

          (d)  Before giving any notice to the Agent under this Section, the
affected Lender shall designate a different Lending Office with respect to its
LIBOR Loans if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or
making such demand and will not, in the judgment of such Lender, be illegal or
otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

     4.3  INCREASED COSTS AND REDUCTION OF RETURN.  (a)  If any Lender
determines that, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change (other than
any change by way of imposition of or increase in reserve requirements included
in the calculation of the LIBO Rate) in or in the interpretation of any law or
regulation or (ii) compliance by such Lender with any guideline or request from
any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the
force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of
agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any LIBOR Loan or
participating in Letters of Credit or, in the case of any Issuing Lender, any
increase in the cost to such Issuing Lender of agreeing to issue, issuing or
maintaining any Letter of Credit or of agreeing to make or making, funding or
maintaining any unpaid drawing under any Letter of Credit, then the Company
shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand (with a copy of
such demand to be sent to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such
Lender, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate such Lender for such
increased costs.

          (b)  If any Lender shall have determined that (i) the introduction of
any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy
Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any
Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority
charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by
such Lender (or its Lending Office) or any corporation controlling such Lender
with any Capital Adequacy Regulation, affects or would


                                      -49-
<PAGE>


affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such
Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender and (taking into consideration
such Lender's or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy)
determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a consequence of its
Commitment, loans, credits or obligations under this Agreement, then, upon
demand of such Lender to the Company through the Agent, the Company shall pay to
such Lender, from time to time as specified by such Lender, additional amounts
sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increase.

     4.4  FUNDING LOSSES.  The Company shall reimburse each Lender and hold each
Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur
as a consequence of:

          (a)  the failure of the Company to make on a timely basis any payment
of principal of any LIBOR Loan;

          (b)  the failure of the Company to borrow, continue or convert a Loan
after the Company has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of Borrowing
or a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation;

          (c)  the failure of the Company to make any prepayment in accordance
with any notice delivered under SECTION 2.7;

          (d)  the prepayment (including pursuant to SECTION 2.7) or other
payment (including after acceleration thereof) of a LIBOR Loan on a day that is
not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; or

          (e)  the automatic conversion under SECTION 2.5 of any LIBOR Loan to a
Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest
Period;

including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its LIBOR Loans or from fees payable to
terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.  For purposes of
calculating amounts payable by the Company to the Lenders under this Section and
under SUBSECTION 4.3(a), each LIBOR Loan made by a Lender (and each related
reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) shall be conclusively deemed to
have been funded at the LIBO Rate for such LIBOR Loan by a matching deposit or
other borrowing in the interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and
for a comparable period, whether or not such LIBOR Loan is in fact so funded.

     4.5  INABILITY TO DETERMINE RATES.  If the Agent determines that for any
reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the LIBO Rate
for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Loan, or the
Required Lenders determine (and notify the Agent) that the LIBO Rate applicable
pursuant to SUBSECTION 2.11(a) for any requested Interest Period with respect to
a proposed LIBOR Loan does not adequately and


                                       -50-
<PAGE>


fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Agent will
promptly so notify the Company and each Lender.  Thereafter, the obligation of
the Lenders to make or maintain LIBOR Loans hereunder shall be suspended until
the Agent or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, revokes such notice in
writing.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any Notice of
Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it.  If the
Company does not revoke such Notice, the Lenders shall make, convert or continue
the Loans, as proposed by the Company, in the amount specified in the applicable
notice submitted by the Company, but such Loans shall be made, converted or
continued as Base Rate Loans instead of LIBOR Loan.

     4.6  CERTIFICATES OF LENDERS.  Any Lender claiming reimbursement or
compensation under this ARTICLE IV shall deliver to the Company (with a copy to
the Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount payable
to such Lender hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on
the Company in the absence of manifest error.

     4.7  SUBSTITUTION OF LENDERS.  Upon the receipt by the Company from any
Lender (an "AFFECTED LENDER") of a claim for compensation under SECTION 4.1 or
4.3 or a notice of the type described in SUBSECTION 4.2(a) or (b), the Company
may:  (i) request the Affected Lender to use its best efforts to obtain a
replacement bank or financial institution satisfactory to the Company to acquire
and assume all or a ratable part of all of such Affected Lender's Loans and
Commitment (a "REPLACEMENT LENDER"); (ii) request one more of the other Lenders
to acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Lender's Loans and
Commitment; or (iii) designate a Replacement Lender.  Any such designation of a
Replacement Lender under CLAUSE (i) or (iii) shall be subject to the prior
written consent of the Agent and each Issuing Lender.

     4.8  SURVIVAL.  The agreements and obligations of the Company in this
ARTICLE IV shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.


                                   ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     5.1  CONDITIONS OF INITIAL CREDIT EXTENSIONS.  The obligation of each
Lender to make its initial Credit Extension is subject to the conditions that
the Agent shall have received (a) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
that all Debt to be Repaid has been (or concurrently with the initial Credit
Extensions will be) paid in full, and (b) all of the following documents, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and each Lender, and in sufficient
copies for the Agent and each Lender:

          (a)  CREDIT AGREEMENT AND NOTES.  This Agreement and the Notes
executed by each party thereto.


                                      -51-
<PAGE>


          (b)  RESOLUTIONS; INCUMBENCY.

          (i)  Copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of each of
     the Company and each Guarantor authorizing the transactions contemplated
     hereby, certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant
     Secretary of such entity; and

          (ii)  A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each
     of the Company and each Guarantor certifying the names and true signatures
     of the officers of such entity authorized to execute, deliver and perform
     the Loan Documents to be delivered by such entity hereunder.

          (c) CERTIFICATE.  A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated
as of the Closing Date, stating that:

          (i)  the representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE VI are
     true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such
     date;

          (ii)  no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or will
     result from the initial Credit Extensions; and

          (iii)  no event or circumstance has occurred since March 31, 1996 that
     has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
     Adverse Effect.

          (d)  LEGAL OPINIONS.  Opinions of (i) Proskauer Rose Goetz &
Mendelsohn, New York counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, substantially in
the form of EXHIBIT D-1; (ii) Klett, Lieber, Rooney & Schorling, Pennsylvania
local counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT D-2; (iii) Porter, Wright, Morns & Arthur, Ohio local counsel to the
Company and the Guarantors, substantially, in the form of EXHIBIT D-3 (iv)
Zernik, Horton, Guibard & McGovern, Illinois local counsel to the Company and
the Guarantors, substantially, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D-4; (v)
Smithyman & Zakoura, Missouri local counsel to the Company and the Guarantors,
substantially, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D-5; (vi) Chisenhall,
Nestrud & Julian, P.E., Arkansas local counsel to the Company and the Guarantors
substantially, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D-6  (vii) McAfee & Taft,
Oklahoma local counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT D-7; and (viii) Smithyman & Zakoura, Kansas local counsel to the
Company and the Guarantors, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D-8.

          (e)  PAYMENT OF FEES.  Evidence of payment by the Company of all
accrued and unpaid fees, costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable
on the Closing Date, together with Attorney Costs of the Agent to the extent
invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of
Attorney Costs as shall constitute the Agent's reasonable estimate of Attorney
Costs incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing


                                      -52-
<PAGE>


proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude final
settling of accounts between the Company and the Agent).

          (f)  GUARANTY.  A guaranty, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT E
(the "GUARANTY"), executed by each Guarantor.

          (g)  SECURITY AGREEMENT, ETC.  A security agreement, substantially in
the form of EXHIBIT F (the "SECURITY AGREEMENT"), issued by the Company and each
Guarantor, together with evidence, reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, that
all instruments and documents (including financing statements, leasehold
assignments and landlord's waivers) necessary or desirable to perfect and
protect the Agent's Lien on the collateral granted under the Security Agreement
have been signed and delivered to the Agent in appropriate form for filing or
recording (if necessary).

          (h)  PLEDGE AGREEMENTS.  A pledge agreement, substantially in the form
of EXHIBIT G-1 (the "COMPANY PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), issued by the Company, and,
with respect to each Subsidiary, a pledge agreement, substantially in the form
of EXHIBIT G-2 (each a "SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), issued by each Subsidiary
which owns capital stock of any other Person, in each case together with all
certificates representing the stock pledged thereunder and appropriate stock
powers executed in blank.

          (i)  REAL ESTATE DOCUMENTS.  With respect to each parcel of Real
Property owned or leased by the Company or any Subsidiary, a duly executed
Mortgage providing for a fully perfected Lien, in favor of the Agent for the
benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, in all right, title and interest of the
Company and such Subsidiary to such Real Property, superior in right to any
Lien, existing or future, which the Company or any Subsidiary or any creditor
thereof or purchaser therefrom, or any other Person, may have against such Real
Property, together with:

          (i)  an ALTA Loan Title Insurance Policy, issued by an insurer
     acceptable to the Agent, insuring the Agent's Lien on such Real Property
     and containing such endorsements as the Agent may reasonably require (it
     being understood that the amount of coverage, exceptions to coverage and
     status of title set forth in such policy shall be reasonably acceptable to
     the Agent);

          (ii) copies of all documents of record concerning such Real Property
     as shown on the commitment for the ALTA Loan Title Insurance Policy
     referred to above;

          (iii) original or certified copies of all insurance policies required
     to be maintained with respect to such Real Property by this Agreement, any
     Mortgage or any other Loan Document;


                                      -53-
<PAGE>


          (iv) copies of all permits and governmental authorizations required
     for the siting, construction and operation of all landfills and transfer
     structure operated, or proposed to be operated, by the Company or the
     applicable Subsidiary on such Real Property, all in such form and detail as
     shall be acceptable to the Required Lenders;

           (v) a survey certified to the Agent meeting such standards as the
     Required Lenders may reasonably establish and otherwise reasonably
     satisfactory to the Required Lenders; and

           (vi) an environmental survey or any assessment prepared by Pilko &
     Associates or another firm of licensed engineers (familiar with the
     identification of toxic and hazardous substances) in form and substance
     satisfactory to each Lender, such environmental survey and assessment to be
     based upon physical on-site inspections by such firm of each of the
     existing sites and facilities owned, operated or leased by the Company and
     its Subsidiaries, as well as an historical review of the uses of such sites
     and facilities and of the business and operations of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries (including any former Subsidiaries of the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries that have been disposed of prior to the date of such
     survey and assessment and with respect to which the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries may have retained liability for Environmental Claims).

          (j)  KEY-MAN LIFE POLICY.  A copy of the Key-Man Insurance Policy
(naming the Agent as loss payee and additional insured) covering Richard
DeYoung.

          (k)  EXCHANGE OF SHARES.  The exchange of substantially all of (i) the
Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and any options or warrants with
respect to such common stock of ADS, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation, and (ii) the
Common Stock and any options or warrants with respect to such common stock of
County Disposal, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for shares of common stock,
options or warrants of the Company shall have occurred pursuant to the Agreement
and Plan of Exchange, dated as of January 1, 1996.

          (l)  OTHER DOCUMENTS.  Such other approvals, opinions, documents or
materials as the Agent or any Lender may request.

     5.2  ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO EXPANSION LOANS.  The obligation of each
Lender to fund any Expansion Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (including
the initial Borrowing) shall, in addition to the satisfaction of all conditions
set forth in SECTIONS 5.1 AND 5.3, be subject to the satisfaction of each of the
conditions precedent that the Agent shall have received all of the following
documents, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and each Lender, and
in sufficient copies for the Agent and each Lender (PROVIDED, that Expansion
Loans in an aggregate amount not exceeding $2,350,000 (and as set forth in
SCHEDULE 5.2 hereto) the proceeds of which will refinance certain existing
indebtedness of


                                      -54-
<PAGE>


County Disposal, Inc. under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September
21, 1995, between County Disposal, Inc., Bank of America National Trust and
Savings Association, Bank of America Illinois and the other financial
institutions party thereto will not be subject to the conditions precedent set
forth in this SECTION 5.2):

          (a)  PURCHASE AGREEMENT.  A true and complete copy of the fully
executed purchase agreement relating to the Eligible Acquisition, the terms of
which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

          (b)  POSITIVE EBITDA.  Financial information that demonstrates that
Target Co. (or in the case of an asset purchase, the applicable line of business
or business segment of the Target Co.) has generated positive earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (based on actual results, or on
pro forma results based on reasonable adjustments for non-recurring or
extraordinary operating expenses), for the 12 consecutive months immediately
prior to the proposed Eligible Acquisition.

          (c)  MAXIMUM TOTAL CONSIDERATION PAYABLE.  The maximum Total
Consideration Payable with respect to Target Co. (or in the case of an asset
purchase, the applicable line of business or business segment of the Target Co.)
shall not be greater than a multiple of 6.0 times earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization (based on actual results, or on pro forma
results based on reasonable adjustments for non-recurring or extraordinary
operating expenses), for the 12 consecutive months immediately prior to the
proposed Eligible Acquisition.

          (d)  CONSENT OF MAJORITY LENDERS.  Any proposed Eligible Acquisition
having a Total Consideration Payable in excess of $4,000,000 shall require the
consent of the Majority Lenders.

          (e)  CERTIFICATE OF SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICER.  The Agent shall have
received a certificate of a senior financial officer of the Company in form
attached as Exhibit J hereto, and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory
to the Agent setting forth:

          (i)  calculations in reasonable detail setting forth:

               (A)  the combined PRO FORMA effect of the Eligible Acquisition on
          the Company's consolidated statements of income and cash flow and
          balance sheet on both an historical and a projected basis;

               (B)  that on a PRO FORMA basis after giving effect to the
          proposed Eligible Acquisition, no Unmatured Event of Default or Event
          of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

          (ii)  projections demonstrating or showing the following:


                                      -55-
<PAGE>


               (A)  the sources and uses of funds relating to the Eligible
          Acquisition;

               (B)  that, after giving effect to all Indebtedness to be incurred
          in connection with the applicable Eligible Acquisition (based on
          reasonable adjustments for non-recurring expenses, extraordinary items
          and expected operating efficiencies), the Company will be in
          compliance with SECTIONS 8.10, 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, and 8.14,
          respectively;

               (C)  financial projections of the Company, which financial
          projections shall demonstrate likely future compliance with the
          Sections referred to in CLAUSE (B) above, for the four succeeding
          fiscal quarters after the Eligible Acquisition; and

               (D)  the amount of good faith estimated capital expenditures that
          will be incurred over the remaining term of this Agreement that are
          specifically attributable to the Eligible Acquisition, in such detail
          (including the amount of such capital expenditures to be expended in
          each fiscal year remaining over the term of this Agreement) as the
          Agent may reasonably request.

          (f)  PERFECTED SECURITY INTEREST.  Compliance by the Company with the
provisions of SECTIONS 7.15 and 7.16.

          (g)  ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT AND/OR REVIEW.  An environmental audit and/or
review of Target Co. with the results and methodology thereof reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent performed by an engineer acceptable to the Agent with
respect to all acquisitions of real property.  If requested by the Agent, in the
case of any acquisition of personal property, the Agent shall have received an
audit and/or review of continuing operations with the results thereof
satisfactory to the Agent and completed by consultants satisfactory to the
Agent.  If requested by the Company, the Agent shall provide the Company an
opportunity to review and comment on such audit or review.

          (h)  NO MATERIAL LITIGATION; SATISFACTORY LEGAL FORM.  Evidence of the
absence of any material litigation, administrative or regulatory proceedings
with respect to or affecting Target Co. or the properties of Target Co. that are
the subject of the Eligible Acquisition.  All documents executed or submitted
pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any
other obligors shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the
Agent and its counsel; the Agent and its counsel shall have received all
information, approvals, opinions, documents or instruments as the Agent or its
counsel may reasonably request.

     5.3  CONDITIONS TO ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS.  The obligation of each Lender to
make any Loan to be made by it and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to Issue
any Letter of Credit


                                      -56-
<PAGE>


is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the
relevant Borrowing Date or Issuance Date:

          (a)  NOTICE, APPLICATION.  In the case of any Loan, the Agent shall
have received a Notice of Borrowing; and in the case of any Issuance of any
Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender and the Agent shall have received an L/C
Application or L/C Amendment Application, as required under SECTION 3.2.

          (b)  CONTINUATION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The
representations and warranties in ARTICLE VI shall be true and correct on and as
of such Borrowing Date or Issuance Date with the same effect as if made on and
as of such Borrowing Date or Issuance Date (except to the extent such
representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case
they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

          (c)  NO EXISTING DEFAULT.  No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default shall exist or shall result from such Borrowing or Issuance.

Each Notice of Borrowing and L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application
submitted by the Company hereunder shall constitute a representation and
warranty by the Company hereunder, as of the date of such notice and as of the
applicable Borrowing Date or Issuance Date, that the conditions in this SECTION
5.3 are satisfied.



                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and each Lender that:

     6.1  CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND POWER.  The Company and each of its
Subsidiaries:

          (a)  is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

          (b)  has the power and authority and all governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals (i) to own its assets and to carry on its
business and (ii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents;

          (c)  is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is licensed and in
good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or
operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification
or license; and


                                      -57-
<PAGE>


          (d)  is in compliance with all Requirements of Law;

except, in each case referred to in CLAUSE (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent
that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     6.2  CORPORATE AUTHORIZATION; NO CONTRAVENTION.  The execution, delivery
and performance by the Company of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to
which the Company is party, and the execution, delivery and performance by each
Guarantor of the Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which such Guarantor
is a party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do
not and will not:

          (a)  contravene the terms of any of the Company's or any Guarantor's
Organization Documents;

          (b)  conflict with or result in a breach or contravention of, or the
creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any Contractual Obligation
to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or any order, injunction, writ
or decree of any Governmental Authority to which the Company or any Guarantor or
any of their respective assets is subject; or

          (c)  violate any Requirement of Law.

     6.3  GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION.  No approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any
Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the
execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Company or
any Guarantor of any Loan Document.

     6.4  BINDING EFFECT.  Each Loan Document to which the Company or any
Guarantor is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Company or such Guarantor, enforceable against the Company or such Guarantor in
accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

     6.5  LITIGATION.  There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or
disputes pending, or to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened or
contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental
Authority, against the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective
properties which:  (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby;
or (b) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No
injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or other order of any nature has
been issued by any court or other Governmental Authority purporting to enjoin or
restrain the execution, delivery or


                                      -58-
<PAGE>


performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or directing that the
transactions provided for herein or therein not be consummated as herein or
therein provided.

     6.6  NO DEFAULT.  No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists
or would result from the incurring of any Obligations by the Company.  As of the
Closing Date, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with
respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect which, individually or
together with all such defaults, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, or that would, if such default had occurred after the Closing
Date, create an Event of Default under SUBSECTION 9.1(e).

     6.7  ERISA COMPLIANCE.

          (a)  Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the
applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law.  Each
Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received
a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the best knowledge of the
Company, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification.
The Company and each ERISA Affiliate has made all required contributions to any
Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver
or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code
has been made with respect to any Plan.

          (b)  There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of Company,
threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority,
with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.  There has been no prohibited transaction
or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan
which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

          (c)  (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
occur; (ii) no contribution failure has occurred with respect to a Pension Plan
sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA; (iii) no
Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iv) neither the Company nor
any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability
under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums
due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA);  (v) neither the Company
nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any
liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under
Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or
4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (vi) neither the Company
nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to
Section 4069 or 4212(c) or ERISA.

     6.8  USE OF PROCEEDS; MARGIN REGULATIONS.  The proceeds of the Loans are to
be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted by SECTIONS 7.12 and
8.7.  Neither the


                                      -59-
<PAGE>


Company nor any Subsidiary is generally engaged in the business of purchasing or
selling Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying Margin Stock.

     6.9  TITLE TO PROPERTIES.  Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has good
record and marketable title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in,
all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its businesses,
except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate,
have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the Closing Date, the property of the
Company and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

     6.10  TAXES.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and
other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all
Federal and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental
charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets
otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in
accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Company or
any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.11  FINANCIAL CONDITION.  (a) The Company's audited consolidated
financial statements as at December 31, 1995, and the related statements of
earnings and cash flow of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries and the
unaudited balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at March 31,
1996 and the related statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of
the Company and its Subsidiaries for the three-month period ended on such date,
copies of which have been furnished to the Agent and each Lender, have been
prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and present fairly the
consolidated financial condition of the corporations covered thereby as at the
dates thereof and the results of their operations for the periods then ended,
except as otherwise indicated in the notes thereto, and, subject, in the case of
interim financials, to normal year-end audit adjustments.

          (b)  Since March 31, 1996 there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

     6.12  ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.

          (a)  NO VIOLATIONS.  Except as set forth in PART (a) of SCHEDULE 6.12,
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor any operator of the Company's or any
Subsidiary's properties, is in violation, or alleged violation, of any judgment,
decree, order, law, permit, license, rule or regulation pertaining to
environmental matters, including those arising under the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986 ("SARA") or any other Environmental Law which (i) in
any single case, requires expenditures in any three-year period of $250,000 or
more by the Company and its Subsidiaries in penalties and/or for investigative,
removal or remedial


                                      -60-
<PAGE>


actions or (ii) individually or in the aggregate otherwise might reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (b)  NOTICES.  Except as set forth in PART (b) of SCHEDULE 6.12,
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received notice (other than, in the
case of CLAUSE (c) below, an Immaterial Notice) from any third party, including
any Federal, state or local governmental authority:  (a) that any one of them
has been identified by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as a potentially
responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site listed on the National
Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B; (b) that any hazardous waste, as
defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 6903(5), any hazardous substance as defined by 42
U.S.C. Section 9601(14), any pollutant or contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C.
Section 9601(33) or any toxic substance, oil or hazardous material or other
chemical or substance regulated by any Environmental Law, excluding household
hazardous waste (all of the foregoing, "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES"), which any one of
them has generated, transported or disposed of has been found at any site at
which a Federal, state or local agency or other third party has conducted a
remedial investigation, removal or other response action pursuant to any
Environmental Law; (c) that the Company or any Subsidiary must conduct a
remedial investigation, removal, response action or other activity pursuant to
any Environmental Law; or (d) of any material Environmental Claim.

          (c)  HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.  Except as set forth in PART
(c) of SCHEDULE 6.12:  (a)  no portion of the Real Property or other assets of
the Company or any Subsidiary has been used for the handling, processing,
storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances except in accordance in all material
respects with applicable Environmental Laws (other than any Immaterial Law); and
no underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous
Substances is located on such properties; (b) in the course of any activities
conducted by the Company, any Subsidiary or the operators of any Real Property,
no Hazardous Substances have been generated or are being used on such properties
except in accordance in all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws
(other than any Immaterial Law); (c) there have been no Releases or threatened
Releases of Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from any Real Property or
other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, which Releases singly or in the
aggregate might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the
value of such Real Property or assets; (d) to the best of the Company's
knowledge, there have been no Releases on, upon, from or into any real property
in the vicinity of the Real Property or other assets of the Company or any
Subsidiary which, through soil or groundwater contamination, may have come to be
located on, and which might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on the value of, the Real Property or other assets of the Company or any
Subsidiary; and (e) any Hazardous Substances generated by the Company and its
Subsidiaries have been transported offsite only by properly licensed carriers
and delivered only to treatment or disposal facilities maintaining valid permits
as required under applicable Environmental Laws, which transporters and
facilities have been and are, to the best of the Company's knowledge, operating
in compliance with such permits and applicable Environmental Laws.


                                      -61-
<PAGE>


          (d)  CLEAN-UPS.  Except as set forth in PART (d) of SCHEDULE 6.12,
none of the Real Property or other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is or
will be subject to any applicable environmental clean-up responsibility law or
environmental restrictive transfer law or regulation, by virtue of the
transactions set forth herein and contemplated hereby.

          (e)  PERMITS AND GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY.  All permits or other
governmental authorizations required for the siting, construction and operation
of all landfills and transfer stations currently owned or operated by the
Company and its Subsidiaries have been obtained and remain in full force and
effect and are not subject to any appeals or further proceedings or to any
unsatisfied conditions that may allow material modification or revocation.  The
Company and its Subsidiaries are not in violation of any such permits.

          (f)  INVESTIGATIONS.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken all
reasonable steps to investigate the past and present condition and usage of the
Real Properties and the operations conducted by the Company and its
Subsidiaries.

     6.13  REGULATED ENTITIES.  None of the Company, any Person controlling the
Company, or any Subsidiary is an "Investment Company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940.  The Company is not subject to regulation under
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the
Interstate Commerce Act, any state public utilities code, or any other Federal
or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

     6.14  NO BURDENSOME RESTRICTIONS.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
is a party to or bound by any Contractual Obligation, or subject to any
restriction in any Organization Document, or any Requirement of Law, which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.15  COPYRIGHTS, PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES, ETC. The Company and
its Subsidiaries own or are licensed or otherwise have the right to use all of
the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, contractual
franchises, authorizations and other rights that are reasonably necessary for
the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights
of any other Person.  To the best knowledge of the Company, no slogan or other
advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material
now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Company or any
Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person.  No claim or
litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the
Company, threatened, and no patent, invention, device, application, principle or
any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard or code is pending or, to the
knowledge of the Company, proposed, which, in either case, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.16 SUBSIDIARIES.  As of the Closing Date, the Company has no Subsidiaries
other than those specifically disclosed in PART (a) of SCHEDULE 6.16 hereto and
has no equity


                                      -62-
<PAGE>


investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically
disclosed in PART (b) of SCHEDULE 6.16.

     6.17 INSURANCE.  Set forth in SCHEDULE 6.17 is a complete and accurate
summary of the property and casualty insurance program carried by the Company
and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, including the names of insurers,
policy numbers, expiration dates, amounts to coverage, types of coverage, the
annual premiums, Best's policyholder's and financial size ratings of the
insurers, exclusions, deductibles and self-insured retention and the details any
retrospective rating plan, fronting arrangement or any other self-insurance or
risk assumption agreed to by Borrower or any Subsidiary or imposed upon Borrower
or any Subsidiary by any such insurer.  Such summary also includes any self-
insurance program that is in effect.

     6.18  SOLVENCY, ETC.  On the Closing Date (or, in the case of any Person
which becomes a Guarantor after the Closing Date, on the date such Person
becomes a Guarantor), and immediately prior to and after giving effect to the
Issuance of each Letter of Credit and each Borrowing hereunder and the use of
the proceeds thereof, (a) each of the Company's and each Guarantor's assets will
exceed its liabilities and (b) each of the Company and each Guarantor will be
solvent, will be able to pay its debts as they mature, will own property with
fair saleable value greater than the amount required to pay its debts and will
have capital sufficient to carry on its business as then constituted.

     6.19  FULL DISCLOSURE.  None of the representations or warranties made by
the Company or any Subsidiary in the Loan Documents as of the date such
representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the
statements contained in any exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished
by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the Loan
Documents (including the offering and disclosure materials delivered by or on
behalf of the Company to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date), contains any
untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made
or delivered.

     6.20  EQUITY RIGHTS, ETC.  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 6.20 hereto,
there are no outstanding Equity Rights with respect to the Company and, except
as set forth in SCHEDULE 6.20 hereto, there are no outstanding obligations of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem, or otherwise
acquire any shares of capital stock of the Company nor are there any outstanding
obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to make payments to any
Person, such as "phantom stock" payments, where the amount thereof is calculated
with reference to the fair market value or equity value of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries.


                                      -63-
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit
shall remain outstanding, unless the Required Lenders waive compliance in
writing:

     7.1  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Company shall deliver to the Agent and each
Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders:

          (a)  as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year, (i) a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for such
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the
previous fiscal year, and accompanied by the opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or
another nationally-recognized independent public accounting firm ("INDEPENDENT
AUDITOR"), which report (x) shall state that such consolidated financial
statements present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company and
its Subsidiaries for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a
basis consistent with prior years and (y) shall not be qualified or limited
because of a restricted or limited examination by the Independent Auditor of any
material portion of the Company's or any Subsidiary's records; and (ii) a copy
of the audited consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
as at the end of such year and consolidating statements of income and cash flows
for the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, setting forth in each
case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, and
accompanied by the opinion of an Independent Auditor which report (x) shall
state that such financial statements present fairly the financial position of
the Company and its Subsidiaries for the periods indicated in conformity with
GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years and (y) shall not be
qualified or limited because of a restricted or limited examination by the
Independent Auditor of any material portion of the Company's or any Subsidiary's
records.

          (b)  as soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of
each fiscal quarter (except the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year), (i)
consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of
such fiscal quarter, together with consolidated and consolidating statements of
income and a consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and
for the period beginning with the first day of such fiscal year and ending on
the last day of such fiscal quarter, certified by a Responsible Officer as
fairly presenting, in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit
adjustments) the financial position and results of operation for the periods
covered thereby; and (ii) an operating report for such fiscal quarter in form
and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders; and


                                      -64-
<PAGE>


          (c)  as soon as available, but not later than 30 days after the end of
each month, (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries
as of the end of such month and the related consolidated statements of income
and cash flows for the period commencing on the first day and ending on the last
day of such month, certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting, in
accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), the
financial position and the results of operations of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; and (ii) an operating report for such month in form and detail
reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

     7.2  CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION.  The Company shall furnish to each
Lender:

          (a)  concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in SUBSECTION 7.1(a), a certificate of the Independent Auditor
stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was
obtained of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, except as
specified in such certificate;

          (b)  concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in SUBSECTIONS 7.1(a) and (b), a Compliance Certificate, each
executed by a Responsible Officer;

          (c)  promptly, copies of all financial statements and reports that the
Company sends to its shareholders, and copies of all financial statements and
regular, periodic or special reports (including Forms 10K, 10Q and 8K) that the
Company or any Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC;

          (d)  promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender, copies of
all detailed financial and management reports submitted to the Company by the
Independent Auditor in connection with each annual or interim audit made of the
books of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

          (e)  as soon as practicable and in any event not later than 15 days
prior to the commencement of each fiscal year, (i) the business plan for the
Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year prepared in a manner
consistent with the projections delivered by the Company to the Lenders prior to
the Closing Date or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the Required Lenders;
and (ii) a complete and accurate summary of the property, casualty and liability
insurance carried by the Company and it Subsidiaries, including the information
described in SECTION 6.17; and

          (f)  promptly, such additional information regarding the business,
financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary as the Agent, at
the request of any Lender, may from time to time request.

     7.3  NOTICES.  The Company shall promptly notify the Agent and each Lender
of:


                                      -65-
<PAGE>


          (a)  the occurrence of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default;

          (b)  any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) any breach or non-performance
of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Company or any
Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or
suspension between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority;
or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or
proceeding affecting the Company or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any
applicable Environmental Laws;

          (c)  the occurrence of any of the following events affecting the
Company or any ERISA Affiliate (but in no event more than 10 days after such
event, PROVIDED that the Company shall notify the Agent and each Lender not less
than ten days before the occurrence of any event described in CLAUSE (ii)
below), and deliver to the Agent and each Lender a copy of any notice with
respect to such event that is filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice
delivered by a Governmental Authority to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate with
respect to such event:

          (i)   an ERISA Event;

          (ii)  a contribution failure with respect to a Pension Plan sufficient
     to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA;

          (iii) a material increase in the Unfunded Pension Liability of any
     Pension Plan;

          (iv)  the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any
     Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code by the Company or any ERISA
     Affiliate; or

          (v)   the adoption of any amendment to a Plan subject to Section 412
     of the Code, if such amendment results in a material increase in
     contributions or Unfunded Pension Liability; or

          (d)   any cancellation of or material change in any insurance
maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary;

          (e) any violation of any Environmental Law relating to any Real
Property or the Company's or any Subsidiary's operations which violation might
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on such Real Property
or on the Company's or any Subsidiary's operations;

          (f)  any potential or known Release, or threat of Release, of any
Hazardous Substance at, from or into any Real Property which the Company or any
Subsidiary reports


                                      -66-
<PAGE>


in writing, or is required to report in writing, to any Governmental Authority
and which is material in amount or nature or which could materially affect the
value of any Real Property;

          (g)  the Company's or any Subsidiary's receipt of any notice (other
than an Immaterial Notice) of violation of any Environmental Law or of any
Release or threatened Release of a Hazardous Substance, including a notice or
claim of liability or potential responsibility from any third party (including
any official of any Governmental Authority) and including notice of any formal
inquiry, proceeding, demand, investigation or other action with regard to (i)
the Company's or any Subsidiary's or any Person's operation of any Real
Property, (ii) contamination on, from or into any Real Property or (iii)
investigation or remediation of offsite locations at which the Company, any
Subsidiary or any of their respective predecessors are alleged to have directly
or indirectly Disposed of Hazardous Substances;

          (h)  the Company's or any Subsidiary's receipt of any notice (other
than an Immaterial Notice) of the incurrence by any third party (including any
Governmental Authority) of any expense or loss in connection with the
assessment, containment, removal or remediation of any Hazardous Substances with
respect to which the Company or any Subsidiary may be liable or for which a Lien
may be imposed on any Real Property; or

          (i)  any Environmental Claim which has resulted or could reasonably be
expected to result in a Lien on any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary;

          (j)  any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting
practices by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries.

          Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written
statement by a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein, and stating what action the Company or any affected
Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time.  Each notice
under SUBSECTION 7.3(a) shall describe with particularity any and all clauses or
provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that have been breached
or violated.

     7.4  PRESERVATION OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE, ETC.  The Company shall, and
shall cause each Subsidiary to:

          (a)  preserve and maintain in full force and effect its corporate
existence and good standing under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of
incorporation;

          (b)  preserve and maintain in full force and effect all governmental
rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary
or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except in connection with
transactions permitted by SECTION 8.3 and sales of assets permitted by SECTION
8.2;


                                      -67-
<PAGE>


          (c)  use reasonable efforts, in the ordinary course of business, to
preserve its business organization and goodwill; and

          (d)  preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks,
trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.5  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY.  The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, maintain and preserve all its property which is used or useful in
its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear
excepted.

     7.6  INSURANCE.  (a)     The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary
to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable independent insurers,
insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of
the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar
business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under
similar circumstances by such other Persons; PROVIDED, that in any case (x) the
Company shall (unless the Agent shall have otherwise agreed) maintain insurance
coverage with respect to the respective risks and in the respective amounts as
set forth on SCHEDULE 6.17 hereto (as in effect on the date hereof) and (y) the
Company shall maintain Key-Man Life Insurance with respect to Richard DeYoung in
an amount not less than $2,000,000 as of the Closing Date.

     (b)  The Company shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of
the Company which certificate shall update the information set forth in SCHEDULE
6.17, after the Closing Date and together with the financial statements
delivered pursuant to SUBSECTION 7.1(a).

     7.7  PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.  The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all
their respective obligations and liabilities, including:

          (a)  all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or
levies upon it or its properties or assets; and

          (b)  all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien
upon its property;

unless, in each case, the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained
by the Company or such Subsidiary.

     7.8  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, comply in all material respects with all Requirements of Law of
any Governmental Authority


                                      -68-
<PAGE>


having jurisdiction over it or its business (including the Federal Fair Labor
Standards Act), except such as may be contested in good faith or as to which a
bona fide dispute may exist.

     7.9  COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA.  The Company shall, and shall cause each of its
ERISA Affiliates to:  (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material
respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or
state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the
Code to maintain such qualification; and (c) make all required contributions to
any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code.

     7.10  INSPECTION OF PROPERTY AND BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The Company shall, and
shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain proper books of record and account, in
which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently
applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the
assets and business of the Company and such Subsidiary.  The Company shall, and
shall cause each Subsidiary to, permit representatives and independent
contractors of the Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect any of their
respective properties, to examine their respective corporate, financial and
operating records, and to make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to
discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective
directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of
the Company and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as
often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the
Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that when an Event of Default exists, the Agent or
any Lender may do any of the foregoing without advance notice.

     7.11  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  (a)  If any material Release or Disposal of
Hazardous Substances shall occur or shall have occurred on any Real Property or
any other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company shall, or shall
cause the applicable Subsidiary to, cause the prompt containment and removal of
such Hazardous Substances and the remediation of such Real Property or other
assets as necessary to comply in all material respects with all Environmental
Laws and to preserve the value of such Real Property or other assets.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall, and shall cause
each Subsidiary to, comply in a reasonable and cost-effective manner with any
valid Federal or state judicial or administrative order requiring the
performance at any Real Property of activities in response to the Release or
threatened Release of a Hazardous Substance except for the period of time that
the Company or such Subsidiary is diligently and in good faith contesting such
order.

          (b)  To the extent that the transportation of "hazardous waste" as
defined by RCRA is permitted by this Agreement, the Company shall, and shall
cause its Subsidiaries to, dispose of such hazardous waste only at licensed
disposal facilities operating, to the best of the Company's or such Subsidiary's
knowledge after reasonable inquiry, in compliance with Environmental Laws.


                                      -69-
<PAGE>


          (c)  The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, adequately
accrue, in accordance with GAAP and as required by applicable Environmental
Laws, all closure and post closure liabilities with respect to the landfill and
transfer station operations conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

          (d)  Prior to the acquisition of any landfill or similar property by
the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company shall deliver to the Agent and each
Lender copies of the environmental reports and other information relied upon by
the Company or such Subsidiary in conducting its environmental due diligence
with respect to such property.

          (e)  The Company shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer
of the Company which certificate shall set forth events or circumstances
occurring, or discovered by the Company, with respect to the information set
forth in SCHEDULE 6.12, after the Closing Date or, as the case may be, the
delivery of the most recent certificate pursuant to this SUBSECTION.  Such
certificate shall accompany the financial statements delivered pursuant to
SUBSECTION 7.1(a) or, at any time at the request of the Agent, within 30 days of
such request.

     7.12  USE OF PROCEEDS.  The Company shall use the proceeds of the Loans to
repay Debt to be Repaid, to redeem certain preferred stock of a Subsidiary of
the Company in an amount not to exceed $1,950,000 plus accrued dividends with
respect thereto, for working capital and for other general corporate purposes
(including capital expenditures and Eligible Acquisitions) not in contravention
of any Requirement of Law or of any Loan Document.

     7.13  KEY-MAN LIFE POLICY.  Within 60 days after the appointment or
election of any successor to Richard DeYoung (or any successor), the Company
shall deliver to the Agent a Key-Man Insurance Policy (naming the Agent as loss
payee and additional insured) covering each such successor.

     7.14  RATE PROTECTION.  The Company shall no later than October 31, 1996
and at all times thereafter maintain in full force and effect one or more Swap
Contracts with one or more of the Lenders (and/or with a bank or other financial
institution having capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least
$500,000,000), that effectively enables the Company (in a manner satisfactory to
the Agent), as at any date, to protect itself against three-month London
interbank offered rates exceeding a per annum percentage acceptable to the Agent
as to a notional principal amount at least equal to 50% of the amounts
outstanding on such date under Term Loan A and Term Loan B on which such Swap
Contract is entered into for a period of at least 2 years with respect to Term
Loan A, and 3 years with respect to Term Loan B, and otherwise on such terms as
are acceptable to the Agent.

     7.15  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL.  The Company shall, and shall cause each of
its Subsidiaries to cause the Agent and the Lenders to have at all times a first
priority perfected security interest in all of the assets of the Company and
such Subsidiaries (subject to the Liens permitted to exist pursuant to SECTION
8.1).  The Company shall, and shall cause each


                                      -70-
<PAGE>


of its Subsidiaries to, cause the Agent and the Lenders to have at all times a
first priority perfected security interest in all of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries of the Company that are owned by
either the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to deliver to the Agent all of its respective assets, for which
possession by the Agent is required for perfection of such security interest,
and shall, and shall cause each such Subsidiary to, execute, deliver and/or file
(as applicable) or cause to be executed, delivered and/or filed (as applicable),
the pledge agreement(s), the security agreement(s), Uniform Commercial Code
(Form UCC-1) financing statements, Uniform Commercial Code (Form UCC-3)
termination statements, and other documentation necessary to grant and perfect
such security interest, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent.  The Company shall deliver to the Agent all shares of capital stock of
the Subsidiaries of the Company, whether held of record by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company.  The Company shall, prior to the acquisition or the
leasing of any Real Property, provide to the Agent an environmental survey any
assessment prepared by a firm of licensed engineers (familiar with the
identification of toxic and hazardous substances) in form and substance
satisfactory to each Lender, such environmental survey and assessment to be
based upon physical on-site inspections by such firm of each of the existing
sites and facilities to be acquired, operated or leased by the Company, as well
as an historical review of the uses of such sites and facilities and of the
business and operations of the seller or lessor thereof.

     7.16  FUTURE SUBSIDIARIES.  Upon the acquisition or creation by the Company
(directly or through any of its Subsidiaries) of any new Subsidiary:

          (a)  the Company shall cause each newly created or acquired Subsidiary
     to execute and deliver to the Agent, with counterparts for each Lender, a
     Guaranty of all Obligations, a Security Agreement, and a Mortgage on such
     Subsidiary's real properties, in each case to the fullest extent permitted
     by applicable law;

          (b)  the Company shall (or, if such newly created or acquired
     Subsidiary is to be a Subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the Company, the
     Company shall cause such Subsidiary ("SUBSIDIARY X") to), execute and
     deliver a Subsidiary Pledge Agreement ((if it has not already done so) and
     shall cause Subsidiary X to) pledge pursuant to the applicable Subsidiary
     Pledge Agreement, to the Agent, for its benefit and that of the Lenders,
     all of the outstanding shares of such capital stock of or other equity
     interests in, such newly created or acquired Subsidiary owned or held by
     the Company or Subsidiary X, as the case may be, along with undated stock
     powers for such certificates, executed in blank (or, if any such shares of
     capital stock are uncertificated, confirmation and evidence satisfactory to
     the Agent that the security interest in such uncertificated securities has
     been transferred to and perfected by the Agent, for its benefit and that of
     the Lenders, in accordance with Section 8-313 and


                                      -71-
<PAGE>


     Section 8-321 of the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the State of
     New York, or any similar law which may be applicable); and

          (c)  acknowledgment agreements, amendments to the applicable
     Subsidiary Pledge Agreement or such other agreement or instrument as the
     Agent shall reasonably request to reflect the pledge of such stock or
     equity interest pursuant to the terms of such Subsidiary Pledge Agreement;

together, in each case, with such opinions of legal counsel, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders, and Uniform Commercial Code
financing statements or similar instruments as the Agent may reasonably require.

     7.17  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, take such actions as the Agent may reasonably request from time
to time (including the execution and delivery of guaranties, security
agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, stock powers, financing statements and
other documents, the filing or recording of any of the foregoing, and the
delivery of stock certificates and other collateral with respect to which
perfection is obtained by possession) to ensure that (a) the obligations of the
Company hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are secured by
substantially all assets of the Company and guaranteed by all Subsidiaries
(including, promptly upon the acquisition or creation thereof, any Subsidiary
created or acquired after the date hereof) and (b) the obligations of each
Subsidiary under any guaranty issued pursuant to CLAUSE (a) are secured by
substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit
shall remain outstanding, unless the Required Lenders waive compliance in
writing:

     8.1  LIMITATION ON LIENS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of its property, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following ("PERMITTED LIENS"):

          (a)  any Lien existing on property of the Company or any Subsidiary on
the Closing Date and set forth in SCHEDULE 8.1 securing Indebtedness outstanding
on such date;

          (b)  any Lien created under any Loan Document;


                                      -72-
<PAGE>


          (c)  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or to the extent
that non-payment thereof is permitted by SECTION 7.7, PROVIDED that no notice of
lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;

          (d)  carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords', materialmen's,
repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have
the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

          (e)  Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of
pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security
legislation;

          (f)  Liens on property of the Company or any Subsidiary securing (i)
the non-delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed
money), leases, statutory obligations, (ii) contingent obligations on surety and
appeal bonds, and (iii) other non-delinquent obligations of a like nature; in
each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business, PROVIDED that all such
Liens in the aggregate would not (even if enforced) cause a Material Adverse
Effect;

          (g)  Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment liens,
provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and all such
liens in the aggregate at any time outstanding for the Company and its
Subsidiaries do not exceed $250,000;

          (h)  easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the
aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case
materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

          (i)  purchase money security interests on any property acquired by the
Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, securing
Indebtedness incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of
the cost of acquiring such property; PROVIDED that (a) any such Lien attaches to
such property concurrently with or within 20 days after the acquisition thereof,
(b) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction,
(c) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby shall not exceed
100% of the cost of such property, and (d) the principal amount of the
Indebtedness secured by all such purchase money security interests plus the
aggregate amount of all Indebtedness arising under capital leases (other than
obligations in respect of capital leases assumed in connection with an Eligible
Acquisition) shall not at any time exceed $2,750,000;


                                      -73-
<PAGE>


          (j)  Liens securing obligations in respect of capital leases on assets
subject to such leases, PROVIDED that the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness
arising under such capital leases (other than obligations in respect of capital
leases assumed in connection with an Eligible Acquisition) plus the aggregate
amount of all Indebtedness secured by purchase money security interests shall
not at any time exceed $2,750,000;

          (k)  cash collateral pledged to secure obligations of the Company or
any Subsidiary in respect of performance, closure and post-closure liabilities
relating to landfills or similar operations of the Company and such Subsidiary
(including amounts deposited in trust accounts or escrow accounts for such
purpose) or obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of bonds
related directly to such liabilities, PROVIDED that (i) the aggregate amount of
all cash collateral pledged in respect of such obligations shall not at any time
exceed $3,250,000 at any time during 1996, $4,350,000 at any time during 1997,
$5,450,000 at any time during 1998 and $6,550,000 at any time thereafter; and
(ii) any liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with any
such bonds (other than in respect of such cash collateral) shall be subordinated
to the obligations of the Company hereunder in a manner approved in writing by
the Required Lenders; and

          (l)  Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law
provision relating to banker's liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and
remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor
depository institution; PROVIDED that (i) such deposit account is not a
dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against
access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by
the FRB, (ii) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any
Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution and (iii) the
aggregate amount of all such deposits with all depository institutions which are
not Lenders shall not at any time exceed $500,000.

     8.2  DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer
or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any
property (including accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse) or
enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except:

          (a)  dispositions of inventory, or used, worn-out or surplus
equipment, all in the ordinary course of business;

          (b)  the sale of equipment to the extent that such equipment is
exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement
equipment, or the proceeds of such sale are reasonably promptly applied to the
purchase price of such replacement equipment; and


                                      -74-
<PAGE>


          (c)  dispositions not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made for
fair market value; PROVIDED that (i) at the time of any disposition, no Event of
Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall exist or will result from such
disposition, (ii) the aggregate sales price from such disposition shall be paid
in cash, and (iii) the aggregate value of all assets so sold by the Company and
its Subsidiaries in any fiscal year shall not exceed $500,000.

     8.3  CONSOLIDATIONS AND MERGERS.  The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person,
except that any Subsidiary may merge with the Company, provided that the Company
shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, or with any one or more
Subsidiaries, provided that if any transaction shall be between a Subsidiary and
a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing
or surviving corporation.  Nothing contained herein shall prohibit an Eligible
Acquisition in the form of a merger with a Subsidiary of the Company, provided
that the Company shall cause such Subsidiary and the surviving entity of such a
merger to comply with the provisions of SECTION 7.16.

     8.4  LOANS AND INVESTMENTS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, purchase or acquire, or make any commitment therefor, any
capital stock, equity interest, or other obligations or securities of, or any
interest in, any other Person, or make or commit to make any acquisition, or
make or commit to make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital
contribution to or any other investment in, any other Person, except for:

          (a)  investments in cash equivalents issued by any Lender;

          (b)  extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or
notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services in the
ordinary course of business;

          (c)  loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of
business (such as travel advances) in an aggregate amount not at any time
exceeding $250,000;

          (d)  investments in money market mutual funds sponsored by any Lender;

          (e)  investments by the Company or any Subsidiary in, or loans and
advances by the Company or any Subsidiary to, any Person which is a Subsidiary
of the Company or such Subsidiary (prior to, in the case of an investment, the
making of such investment);

          (f)  Eligible Acquisitions (i) directly funded (in whole or in part)
with the proceeds of Expansion Loans or (ii) of 100% of the equity interests of
other Persons, the purchase price of which is solely shares of capital stock of
the Company or of any of its


                                      -75-
<PAGE>


Subsidiaries PROVIDED, that in each case, prior to such Eligible Acquisition,
the Company shall have complied with SECTION 5.3 (as if such Eligible
Acquisition were being funded with the proceeds of Expansion Loans) and SECTION
7.16;

          (g)  loans and advances by any Subsidiary to the Company; and

          (h)  other investments (including investments in Joint Ventures) in an
aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 during the term of this Agreement.

     8.5  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS.  The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, or otherwise
become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any
Indebtedness, except:

          (a)  Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement;

          (b)  Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations permitted
pursuant to SECTION 8.8;

          (c)  Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in
SCHEDULE 8.5;

          (d)  Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by SUBSECTIONS 8.1(i) and
(j) (which shall include Liens incurred pursuant to capital leases permitted
pursuant to SUBSECTION 8.9(b)); and

          (e)  Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in an aggregate
principal amount outstanding not to exceed $ 2,000,000 at any time.

     8.6  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the
Company (other than a Subsidiary), except upon fair and reasonable terms no less
favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would obtain in a comparable
arm's-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Company.  Without
limiting the foregoing, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, pay any management or similar fees to any Affiliate, except that,
so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or would
result therefrom, the Company may pay management fees to Charterhouse
Environmental Capital Group, Inc. in an aggregate amount not exceeding $650,000
in any fiscal year.

     8.7  USE OF PROCEEDS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds or any Letter of Credit,
directly or indirectly, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (ii) to repay or
otherwise refinance indebtedness of the Company or others incurred to purchase
or carry Margin Stock, (iii) to extend credit for the


                                      -76-
<PAGE>


purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, or (iv) to acquire any
security in any transaction that is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     8.8  CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Contingent
Obligation except:

          (a)  endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business;

          (b)  Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business as
bona fide hedging transactions;

          (c)  Contingent Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries
existing as of the Closing Date and listed in SCHEDULE 8.8;

          (d)  Contingent Obligations arising under the Loan Documents;

          (e)  Contingent Obligations in respect of surety bonds to the extent
permitted by SECTION 8.1(k); and

          (f)  Contingent Obligations of the Company with respect to direct
obligations of its Subsidiaries or Contingent Obligations of Subsidiaries with
respect to direct obligations of the Company.

     8.9  LEASE OBLIGATIONS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, create or suffer to exist any obligations for the payment of rent
for any property under lease except for:

          (a)  operating leases entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary in
the ordinary course of business; and

          (b)  capital leases to the extent permitted by SECTION 8.1(j).

     8.10  MINIMUM INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO.  (a)  The Company shall not permit
the ratio of (A) EBITDA for the respective periods shown below to (B) Interest
Expense for such period to be less than the applicable ratio shown below:

          (i)  for the fiscal quarter beginning April 1, 1996 and ending June
          30, 1996: 2.75 to 1;

          (ii)  for the two consecutive fiscal quarters beginning April 1, 1996
          and ending September 30, 1996: 3.00 to 1;


                                      -77-
<PAGE>


          (iii)  for the three consecutive fiscal quarters beginning April 1,
          1996 and ending December 31, 1996: 3.00 to 1.

     (b)  The Company shall not permit the ratio of (A) EBITDA for the
Computation Periods ending on the last day of any fiscal quarter occurring
during any of the periods shown below to (B) Interest Expense for such
Computation Period to be less than the applicable ratio shown below:

PERIOD                                  RATIO

From January 1, 1997 to
and including September 29, 1997        3.25 to 1

From September 30, 1997 to
and including March 30, 1998            3.50 to 1

From March 31, 1998 to
and including September 29, 1998        3.75 to 1

From September 30, 1998 to
and including June 30, 2003             4.00 to 1

     8.11  MAXIMUM INDEBTEDNESS TO CAPITALIZATION RATIO.  The Company shall not
at any date, permit the ratio of (A) Total Indebtedness at such date to (B) the
SUM of Total Indebtedness, PLUS (i) the par amounts, determined on a
consolidated basis, in the capital stock account of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP (net
of the value of treasury stock in such capital stock account), PLUS (ii)  the
additional paid-in capital and, PLUS (or MINUS, in the case of a deficit) (iii)
cumulative retained earnings of the Company and its Subsidiaries from and after
June 30, 1996, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, to
be greater than .665 to 1.

     8.12  MINIMUM FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.  (a)  The Company shall not
permit the ratio (A) of Operating Cash Flow for the respective periods set forth
below, MINUS, with respect to the fourth fiscal quarter and without duplication,
cash payments made by the Company during such fiscal year in respect of costs
incurred in connection with the closing of landfills, net of any amounts
returned to the Company during such fiscal year in respect of such closings to
(B) Interest Expense plus payments of principal in respect of Indebtedness for
such period to be less than the applicable ratio shown below:

          (i)  for the fiscal quarter beginning April 1, 1996 and ending June
          30, 1996: 1.00 to 1;


                                      -78-
<PAGE>


          (ii)  for the two consecutive fiscal quarters beginning April 1, 1996
          and ending September 30, 1996: 1.10 to 1;

          (iii)  for the three consecutive fiscal quarters beginning April 1,
          1996 and ending December 31, 1996: 1.10 to 1.

"OPERATING CASH FLOW" shall mean, with respect to any period, the excess (if
any) of (i)  EBITDA for such period, OVER (ii) the SUM of (x) the aggregate
amount of capital expenditures actually expended during such period, LESS (y)
the CapEx Allocation for such period, PLUS (z) the aggregate amount of taxes
actually paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such period.

"CAPEX ALLOCATION" shall mean, with respect to: (1) CLAUSE (i) above:
$1,750,000; (2) CLAUSE (ii) above: $2,750,000; and (3) CLAUSE (iii) above:
$3,000,000.

     (b)  The Company shall not permit the ratio of (A) Operating Cash Flow for
the Compuation Periods ending on the last day of any fiscal quarter occurring
during any of the periods shown below  MINUS, with respect to the fourth fiscal
quarter and without duplication, cash payments made by the Company during such
fiscal year in respect of costs incurred in connection with the closing of
landfills, net of any amounts returned to the Company during such fiscal year in
respect of such closings to (B) Interest Expense plus payments of principal in
respect of Indebtedness for such Computation Period to be less than the
applicable ratio shown below:

PERIOD                                  RATIO

From January 1, 1997 to
and including June 29, 1997             1.10 to 1

From June 30, 1997 to
and including September 29, 1997        1.15 to 1

From September 30, 1997 to
and including March 30, 1998            1.20 to 1

From March 31, 1998 to
and including June 30, 2003             1.25 to 1

"CAPEX ALLOCATION" shall mean, with respect to: (1) the period ending March 31,
1997: $3,000,000; (2) the period ending June 30, 1997: $1,250,000; (3) the
period ending September 30, 1997: $250,000; and (4) any period ending on or
after December 31, 1997, $0.00.


                                      -79-
<PAGE>


     8.13  MAXIMUM CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.  The Company shall not permit the
aggregate amount of all capital expenditures made by the Company and its
Subsidiaries in any fiscal year to be greater than (i) $11,000,000 during the
fiscal year ending on December 31, 1996, (ii) $9,500,000 during each fiscal year
thereafter, PLUS, in each case, capital expenditures with respect to each
Eligible Acquisition financed with the proceeds of the Expansion Loans and set
forth in the related certificate delivered pursuant to SUBSECTION 5.2(e)(ii)(D).
For purposes of this Section 8.13 and Section 8.12, "capital expenditures" shall
not include $3,000,000 in capital expenditures during the fiscal year ending on
December 31, 1996.

     8.14  MAXIMUM TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS TO EBITDA.  (a)  The Company shall not
permit the ratio of (A) Total Indebtedness as of the last day of the respective
periods shown below to (B) EBITDA for such period multiplied by the Multiple
(with respect to each period, as defined below) to be greater than the
applicable ratio shown below:

          (i)  for the fiscal quarter beginning April 1, 1996 and ending June
          30, 1996: 4.00 to 1;

          (ii)  for the two consecutive fiscal quarters beginning April 1, 1996
          and ending September 30, 1996: 3.75 to 1;

"MULTIPLE"  shall mean, with respect to: (1) CLAUSE (i) above: 4; and (2) CLAUSE
(ii) above: 2.

   (b)  The Company shall not permit the ratio of (A) Total Indebtedness for the
Computation Periods ending on the last day of any fiscal quarter occurring
during any of the periods shown below to (B) EBITDA for such Computation Period
to be greater than the applicable ratio shown below:

PERIOD                                  RATIO

From October 1, 1996 to
and including March 30, 1997            3.75 to 1

From March 31, 1997 to
and including September 29, 1997        3.50 to 1

From September 30, 1997 to
and including March 30, 1998            3.30 to 1

From March 31, 1998 to
and including September 29, 1998        3.00 to 1

From September 30, 1998 to
and including June 30, 2003             2.50 to 1


                                      -80-
<PAGE>



     8.15  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, declare or make any dividend payment or other distribution of
assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any
shares of any class of its capital stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire for value any shares of its capital stock or any warrants, rights or
options to acquire such shares, now or hereafter outstanding (all of the
foregoing being collectively called "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS"), except that (i) any
Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends to the Company and (ii) the Company
may:

          (a)  declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable
solely in its common stock; and

          (b)  purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock
or warrants or options to acquire any such shares with the proceeds received
from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock.

     8.16  LANDFILL DEVELOPMENT.  The Company shall not permit the aggregate
amount expended by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with all
greenfield landfill development projects (excluding any landfill development
project which is contiguous to, or an expansion of, an existing landfill site)
for which all applicable permits to construct or improve such projects have not
been obtained to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year or $1,000,000 in the
aggregate during the term of this Agreement.

     8.17  ERISA.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its ERISA
Affiliates to:  (a) engage in a prohibited transaction or violation of the
fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan which has resulted or
could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company in an
aggregate amount in excess of $50,000; or (b) engage in a transaction that could
be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

     8.18  CHANGE IN BUSINESS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, engage in any line of business other than the businesses engaged
in by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof and businesses
reasonably related thereto (but excluding the transportation, storage or other
handling of Hazardous Substances except where permitted in connection with and
incidental to the normal transportation, storage and other handling of non-
hazardous waste).

     8.19  ACCOUNTING CHANGES.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting
practices, except as required by GAAP, or change the fiscal year of the Company
or of any Subsidiary.


                                      -81-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     9.1  EVENT OF DEFAULT.  Any of the following shall constitute an "EVENT OF
DEFAULT":

          (a)  NON-PAYMENT.  The Company fails to pay (i) when and as required
to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or
(ii) within two Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest, fee or
other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

          (b)  REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY.  Any representation or warranty by
the Company or any Subsidiary made or deemed made herein or in any other Loan
Document, or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or
other statement by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Responsible Officer
furnished at any time under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, is
incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made.

          (c)  SPECIFIC DEFAULTS.  The Company fails to perform or observe any
term, covenant or agreement contained in any of SUBSECTION 7.3(a) or SECTIONS
8.1 through 8.5, 8.7, 8.8, 8.16, 8.17 or 8.18.

          (d)  OTHER DEFAULTS.  The Company or any Subsidiary party thereto
fails to perform or observe any other term or covenant contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied
for a period of 15 days after the earlier of (i) the date upon which a
Responsible Officer knew or reasonably should have known of such failure or (ii)
the date upon which written notice thereof is given to the Company by the Agent
or any Lender.

          (e)  CROSS-DEFAULT.  The Company or any Subsidiary (i) fails to make
any payment in respect of any Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation having an
aggregate principal amount (including amounts owing to all creditors under any
combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $500,000 when due
(whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or
otherwise); or (ii) fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant,
or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist, under any agreement or
instrument relating to any Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation having an
aggregate principal amount (including amounts owing to all creditors under any
combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $500,000, if the effect
of such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or
holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such
Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or
beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, such Indebtedness to be declared to be
due and payable prior to its stated maturity, or such Contingent Obligation to
become payable, or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded.


                                      -82-
<PAGE>



          (f)  INSOLVENCY; VOLUNTARY PROCEEDINGS.  The Company or any Subsidiary
(i) ceases or fails to be solvent, or generally fails to pay, or admits in
writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due; (ii) voluntarily
ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary course; (iii) commences any
Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; or (iv) takes any action to
effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing.

          (g)  INVOLUNTARY PROCEEDINGS.  (i) Any involuntary Insolvency
Proceeding is commenced or filed against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any
writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, warrant of execution or similar process
is issued or levied against a substantial part of the Company's or any
Subsidiary's properties, and such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed,
or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, warrant of execution or similar
process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after
commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary admits the
material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or
an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any
Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) the Company or any Subsidiary acquiesces in the
appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator,
mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor) or other similar Person for itself
or a substantial portion of its property or business.

          (h)  ERISA.  (i) An ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension
Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to
result in liability of the Company under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan,
Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000;
(ii) a contribution failure shall have occurred with respect to a Pension Plan
sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA; (iii) the
aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liability among all Pension Plans at any
time exceeds $250,000; or (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall fail to
pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any
installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201
of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000.

          (i)  MONETARY JUDGMENTS.  One or more non-interlocutory judgments,
non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards is entered against the
Company or any Subsidiary involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent
not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does
not dispute coverage), as to any single or related series of transactions,
incidents or conditions, of $250,000 or more, and the same shall remain
unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of 30 days after the entry
thereof.

          (j)  NON-MONETARY JUDGMENTS.  Any non-monetary judgment, order or
decree is entered against the Company or any Subsidiary which has or would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any
period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such
judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in
effect.


                                      -83-
<PAGE>


          (k)  CHANGE OF CONTROL OR MANAGEMENT.  (i) Charterhouse Group
International, Inc. and its Affiliates shall cease to directly or indirectly own
at least 40% of the voting stock of the Company, or (ii) any Person that (or any
two or more Persons that are deemed to be a "person" under Sections 13(d)(3) and
14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is not an Affiliate of
Charterhouse Group International, Inc. shall directly or indirectly own in
excess of 20% of the voting stock of the Company.

          (l)  GUARANTOR DEFAULTS.  Any Guarantor fails in any material respect
to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement in the Guaranty; or the
Guaranty is for any reason partially (including with respect to future advances)
or wholly revoked or invalidated, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and
effect; or any Guarantor, or any other Person by, through or on behalf of any
Guarantor, contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of the Guaranty
or denies that such Guarantor has any further liability or obligation
thereunder.

          (m)  SECURITY AGREEMENT, ETC.  The Security Agreement shall cease to
be in full force and effect; or the Company, or any Person by, through or on
behalf of the Company, shall contest the validity or enforceability of the
Security Agreement.

          (n)  PLEDGE AGREEMENTS.  Any Pledge Agreement shall cease to be in
full force and effect; or the Company or the applicable Subsidiary, or any
Person by, through or on behalf of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary,
shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Pledge Agreement.

          (o)  MATERIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EVENTS.  There shall occur or exist

               (a)  one or more circumstances or events of a type or types
          referred to in SECTION 6.12 or 7.11 that is not disclosed in SCHEDULE
          6.12, in the form attached hereto on the Closing Date, and/or

               (b)  adverse developments with respect to one or more of the
          matters disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.12, in the form attached hereto on the
          Closing Date

that, singly or in the aggregate, has resulted or could reasonably be expected
to result in expenditures by the Company and its Subsidiaries (on account of
fines, investigations, removal or remediation) in excess of $500,000 in any
fiscal year or $2,000,000 during the period from the Closing Date to the
scheduled Revolving Termination Date or that otherwise has resulted or could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

     9.2  REMEDIES.  If any Event of Default occurs, the Agent shall, at the
request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders do any or all of
the following:


                                      -84-
<PAGE>


          (a)  declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any
obligation of the Issuing Lender to Issue Letters of Credit to be terminated,
whereupon such commitments and obligations shall be terminated;

          (b)  declare an amount equal to the maximum aggregate amount that is
or at any time thereafter may become available for drawing under any outstanding
Letter of Credit (whether or not any beneficiary shall have presented, or shall
be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents required to
draw under such Letter of Credit) to be immediately due and payable, and declare
the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and
unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any
other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment,
demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived by the Company; and

          (c)  exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and
remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable
law;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in
SUBSECTION 9.1(f) or (g), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and the
obligation of the Issuing Lender to Issue Letters of Credit shall automatically
terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all
interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and
payable without further act of the Agent, the Issuing Lender or any other
Lender.

     9.3  RIGHTS NOT EXCLUSIVE.  The rights provided for in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other
rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under
any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.


                                   ARTICLE X

                                    THE AGENT

     10.1  APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION.  (a)  Each Lender hereby irrevocably
(subject to SECTION 10.9) appoints, designates and authorizes the Agent to take
such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other
Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are
expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Agent
have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no
implied covenants,


                                      -85-
<PAGE>


functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read
into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the
Agent.

          (b)  The Issuing Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with
respect to the Letters of Credit and the documents associated therewith until
such time and except for so long as the Agent may agree at the request of the
Required Lenders to act for the Issuing Lender with respect thereto; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Issuing Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities
(i) provided to the Agent in this ARTICLE X with respect to any acts taken or
omissions suffered by the Issuing Lender in connection with Letters of Credit
Issued by it or proposed to be Issued by it and the applications and agreements
for letters of credit pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the
term "Agent", as used in this ARTICLE X, included the Issuing Lender with
respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided in this
Agreement with respect to the Issuing Lender.

     10.2  DELEGATION OF DUTIES.  The Agent may execute any of its duties under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties.  The Agent shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects with
reasonable care.

     10.3  LIABILITY OF AGENT.  None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (i) be
liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in
connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions
contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct),
or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital,
statement, representation or warranty made by the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or
in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other
document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agent under or in
connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity,
effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, or for any failure of the Company or any other party to
any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No
Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or
to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements
contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to
inspect the properties, books or records of the Company or any of the Company's
Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

     10.4  RELIANCE BY AGENT.  (a)  The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and
shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice,
consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone
message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person
or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel
to the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by the
Agent.


                                      -86-
<PAGE>


The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive
such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and,
if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the
Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by
reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Agent shall in all
cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of
the Required Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act
pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

          (b)  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions
specified in SECTIONS 5.1 and 5.2, each Lender that has executed this Agreement
shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted, or to be satisfied
with, each document or other matter either sent by the Agent to such Lender for
consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be
consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender.

     10.5  NOTICE OF DEFAULT.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge
or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest
and fees required to be paid to the Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless
the Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Company
referring to this Agreement, describing such Event of Default or Unmatured Event
of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  The Agent
will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice.  The Agent shall take
such action with respect to such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with ARTICLE IX;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless and until the Agent has received any such
request, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default or
Unmatured Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of
the Lenders.

     10.6  CREDIT DECISION.  Each Lender acknowledges that none of the
Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no
act by the Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to constitute any representation
or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender.  Each Lender represents
to the Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-
Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank
regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its
own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Company
hereunder.  Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without
reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such


                                      -87-
<PAGE>


documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking
action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such
investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Company.  Except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agent,
the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with
any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations,
property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the Company which
may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

     10.7  INDEMNIFICATION OF AGENT.  Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the
Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the
Company and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), pro rata,
from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no
Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any
portion of the Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each
Lender shall reimburse the Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs
or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Agent in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document
contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Agent is not
reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Company.  The undertaking in
this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the
resignation or replacement of the Agent.

     10.8  AGENT IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  ING and its Affiliates may make loans
to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire
equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust,
financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Company and its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though ING were not the Agent hereunder and
without notice to or consent of the Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that,
pursuant to such activities, ING or its Affiliates may receive information
regarding the Company or its Affiliates (including information that may be
subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of the Company or such
Subsidiary) and acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no obligation to
provide such information to them.  With respect to their respective Loans (if
any), ING and any Affiliate thereof shall have the same rights and powers under
this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though ING were
not the Agent.

     10.9  SUCCESSOR AGENT.  The Agent may, and at the request of the Required
Lenders shall, resign as Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders.  If the
Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from
among the Lenders a successor agent


                                      -88-
<PAGE>


for the Lenders.  If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date
of the resignation of the Agent, the Agent may appoint, after consulting with
the Lenders and the Company, a successor agent from among the Lenders.  Upon the
acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such successor agent
shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Agent and the
term "Agent" shall mean such successor agent and the retiring Agent's
appointment, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring
Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this ARTICLE X and
SECTIONS 11.4 and 11.5 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or
omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.  If no
successor agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days
following a retiring Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring Agent's
resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall
perform all of the duties of the Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the
Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, ING may not be removed as the Agent at
the request of the Required Lenders unless ING or any Affiliate thereof acting
as the Issuing Lender hereunder shall also simultaneously be replaced as Issuing
Lender pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to ING and (and, if applicable, such Affiliate).

     10.10  WITHHOLDING TAX.  (a) If any Lender is a "foreign corporation,
partnership or trust" within the meaning of the Code and such Lender claims
exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Section 1441 or
1442 of the Code, such Lender shall deliver to the Agent and the Company:

          (i)  if such Lender claims an exemption from, or a reduction of,
     withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly completed IRS
     Forms 1001 and W-8 before the payment of any interest in the first calendar
     year and before the payment of any interest in each third succeeding
     calendar year during which interest may be paid under this Agreement;

          (ii)  if such Lender claims that interest paid under this Agreement is
     exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively
     connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two
     properly completed and executed copies of IRS Form 4224 before the payment
     of any interest is due in the first taxable year of such Lender and in each
     succeeding taxable year of such Lender during which interest may be paid
     under this Agreement, and IRS Form W-9; and

          (iii)  such other form or forms as may be required under the Code or
     other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or
     reduction of, United States withholding tax.

Each such Lender agrees to promptly notify the Agent and the Company of any
change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed
exemption or reduction.


                                      -89-
<PAGE>


          (b)  If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding
tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and such Lender
sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of
the Obligations of the Company to such Lender, such Lender agrees to notify the
Agent and the Company of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the
beneficial owner of Obligations of the Company to such Lender.  To the extent of
such percentage amount, the Agent and the Company will treat such Lender's IRS
Form 1001 as no longer valid.

          (c)  If any Lender claiming exemption from United States withholding
tax by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent and the Company sells, assigns,
grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations
of the Company to such Lender, such Lender agrees to undertake sole
responsibility for complying with the withholding tax requirements imposed by
Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

          (d)  If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the applicable
withholding tax, the Agent or the Company may withhold from any interest payment
to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after
taking into account such reduction.  If the forms or other documentation
required by SUBSECTION (a) of this Section are not delivered to the Agent and
the Company, then the Agent or the Company may withhold from any interest
payment to such Lender not providing such forms or other documentation an amount
equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

          (e)  If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United
States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent or the Company did
not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender
(because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or
because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstances
which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective,
or for any other reason) such Lender shall indemnify the Agent and the Company
fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent or the Company
as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any taxes
imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Agent or the Company
under this Section, together with all costs and expenses (including Attorney
Costs).  The obligation of the Lenders under this subsection shall survive the
payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

     10.11     COLLATERAL MATTERS.

          (a)  The Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the
necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time
to take any action with respect to any collateral or the Loan Documents which
may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and
Liens upon the collateral granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.


                                      -90-
<PAGE>


          (b)  The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Agent, at its option and in
its discretion, to release any security interest or Lien granted to or held by
the Agent upon any collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and
payment in full of all Loans and all other obligations known to the Agent and
payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (ii) constituting
property sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any
disposition permitted hereunder; (iii) constituting property in which the
Company or any Subsidiary owned no interest at the time such security interest
or Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; (iv) constituting property leased
to the Company or any Subsidiary under a lease which has expired or been
terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or is about to expire
and which has not been, and is not intended by the Company or such Subsidiary to
be, renewed or extended; (v) consisting of an instrument evidencing Indebtedness
or other debt instrument, if the indebtedness thereby has been paid in full; or
(vi) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by all the Lenders.  Upon
request by the Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the
Agent's authority to release particular types or items of collateral pursuant to
this SUBSECTION 10.11(b).


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     11.1  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any
departure by the Company therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be
in writing and signed by the Required Lenders (or by the Agent at the written
request of the Required Lenders) and the Company and acknowledged by the Agent,
and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific
instance and for the specific purpose for which given; PROVIDED that no such
waiver, amendment or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all Lenders
and the Company and acknowledged by the Agent, do any of the following:

          (a)  increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any
Commitment terminated pursuant to SECTION 9.2);

          (b)  postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other
Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due
to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

          (c)  reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein
on, any Loan or (subject to CLAUSE (iii) below) reduce any fees or other amounts
payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;



                                      -91-
<PAGE>



          (d)  change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required for the Lenders or any of
them to take any action hereunder;

          (e)  release all or substantially all of the collateral granted under
the Loan Documents or release any Guarantor from its Guarantee; or

          (f)  amend this Section, or SECTION 2.16, or any provision herein
providing for consent or other action by all Lenders;

and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by the Issuing Lender in addition to the Required Lenders or
all Lenders, as the case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing
Lender under this Agreement or any L/C-Related Document, (ii) no amendment,
waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition
to the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be, affect the rights or
duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (iii)
the fees payable to the Agent pursuant to SUBSECTION 2.12(a) may be changed
pursuant to a writing executed by the Company and the Agent.

     11.2  NOTICES.  (a)  All notices, requests and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing (including, unless the context expressly otherwise
provides, by facsimile transmission, provided that any matter transmitted by the
Company by facsimile (i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to
the recipient at the number specified on SCHEDULE 11.2, and (ii) shall be
followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed, faxed
or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on
SCHEDULE 11.2; or, as directed to the Company or the Agent, to such other
address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other
parties, and as directed to any other party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to the Company and the Agent.

          (b)  All such notices, requests and communications shall, when
transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered, or
transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed,
upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the U.S. mail; except
that notices to the Agent pursuant to ARTICLE II, III or X shall not be
effective until actually received by the Agent, and notices pursuant to ARTICLE
III to the Issuing Lender shall not be effective until actually received by the
Issuing Lender at the address specified for the "Issuing Lender" on SCHEDULE
11.2.

          (c)  Any agreement of the Agent and the Lenders herein to receive
certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at
the request of the Company.  The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely
on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the
Company to give such notice and the Agent and the Lenders shall not have any
liability to the Company or other Person on


                                      -92-
<PAGE>


account of any action taken or not taken by the Agent or the Lenders in reliance
upon such telephonic or facsimile notice.  The obligation of the Company to
repay the Loans and L/C Obligations shall not be affected in any way or to any
extent by any failure of the Agent and the Lenders to receive written
confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Agent
and the Lenders of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood
by the Agent and the Lenders to be contained in the telephonic or facsimile
notice.

     11.3  NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  No failure to exercise and no delay
in exercising, on the part of the Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power
or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof;  nor shall any single
or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude
any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right,
remedy, power or privilege.

     11.4  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  The Company shall:

          (a)  whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, pay or reimburse ING within five Business Days after demand
(subject to SUBSECTION 5.1(e)) for all costs and expenses incurred by ING in
connection with the development, preparation, delivery, administration and
execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to (in each
case, whether or not consummated), this Agreement, any Loan Document and any
other document prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including
Attorney Costs incurred by ING with respect thereto; and

          (b)  pay or reimburse the Agent and each Lender within five Business
Days after demand (subject to SUBSECTION 5.1(e)) for all costs and expenses
(including Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection with the enforcement,
attempted enforcement, or preservation of any right or remedy under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event of Default
or after acceleration of the Loans (including in connection with any "workout"
or restructuring regarding the Loans, and including in any Insolvency Proceeding
or appellate proceeding).

     11.5  COMPANY INDEMNIFICATION.  Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company shall indemnify and hold the
Agent-Related Persons and each Lender and each of their respective officers,
directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each an
"INDEMNIFIED PERSON") harmless from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
charges, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or
nature whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following
repayment of the Loans, the termination of the Letters of Credit and the
termination, resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of any
Lender) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Person in any
way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any document


                                      -93-
<PAGE>


contemplated by or referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated hereby
or thereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Person under or in
connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any
investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or
appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement or the Loans
or Letters of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not any
Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the
"INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES"); PROVIDED that the Company shall have no obligation
hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities
resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
Indemnified Person. The agreements in this Section shall survive payment of all
other Obligations.

     11.6  PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.  To the extent that the Company makes a payment
to the Agent or the Lenders, or the Agent or the Lenders exercise their right of
set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside
or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Agent or
such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee or receiver, or any
other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a)
to the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally
intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect
as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred and (b)
each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its pro rata share
of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent.

     11.7  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns, except that the Company may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of the Agent and each Lender.

     11.8  ASSIGNMENTS, PARTICIPATIONS, ETC. (a)  Any Lender may, with the
written consent of the Agent (with respect to Term Loans and Revolving Loans,
which consent of the Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and the Issuing
Lender (with respect to Revolving Loans), at any time assign and delegate to one
or more Persons (each an "ASSIGNEE") all, or any part of the Loans, the
Commitment, the L/C Obligations and the other rights and obligations of such
Lender hereunder, in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (or, if less, all of such
Lender's remaining rights and obligations hereunder); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the Company, the Agent and the Issuing Lender may continue to deal solely and
directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an
Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment
instructions, addresses and related information with respect to the Assignee,
shall have been given to the Company and the Agent by such Lender and the
Assignee; (ii) such Lender and the Assignee shall have delivered to the Company
and the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance in the form of EXHIBIT H ("ASSIGNMENT
AND ACCEPTANCE") together with any Note subject to such assignment


                                      -94-
<PAGE>


and (iii) the assignor Lender or the Assignee has paid to the Agent a processing
fee in the amount of $3,500.

          (b)  From and after the date that the Agent notifies the assignor
Lender that it has provided its consent, and received the consent of the Issuing
Lender, with respect to an executed Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the
above-referenced processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party
hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been
assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights
and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assignor
Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the
Loan Documents.

          (c)  Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks
or other Persons not Affiliates of the Company (a "PARTICIPANT") participating
interests in any Loan, the Commitment of such Lender and the other interests of
such Lender (the "originating Lender") hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) the originating Lender's obligations
under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the originating Lender shall
remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the
Company, the Issuing Lender and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and
directly with the originating Lender in connection with the originating Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and
(iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which
the Participant has rights to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver
with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent
such amendment, consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of the Lenders
as described in the first PROVISO to SECTION 11.1. In the case of any such
participation, the Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of SECTIONS 4.1,
4.3 and 11.5 as though it were also a Lender hereunder, and if amounts
outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared
or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
the Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its
participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent
as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a
Lender under this Agreement.

          (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Lender
may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of
its rights under and interest in this Agreement and any Note held by it in favor
of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S.
Treasury Regulation 31 CFR Section 203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may
enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under
applicable law.

     11.9  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each Lender agrees to take and to cause its
Affiliates to take normal and reasonable precautions and exercise due care to
maintain the confidentiality of all


                                      -95-
<PAGE>


information identified as "confidential" or "secret"  by the Company and
provided to it by the Company or any Subsidiary, or by the Agent on the
Company's or any Subsidiary's behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, and neither such Lender nor any of its Affiliates shall use any such
information other than in connection with or in enforcement of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents or in connection with other business now or
hereafter existing or contemplated with the Company or any Subsidiary; except to
the extent such information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public
other than as a result of disclosure by such Lender, or (ii) was or becomes
available on a  non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company,
provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the
Company or any Subsidiary known to such Lender; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any
Lender may disclose such information (A) at the request or pursuant to any
requirement of any Governmental Authority to which such Lender is subject or in
connection with an examination of such Lender by any such authority; (B)
pursuant to subpoena or other court process; (C) when required to do so in
accordance with the provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; (D) to the
extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation or proceeding to
which the Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates may be
party; (E) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of
any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (F) to such Lender's
independent auditors and other professional advisors; (G) to any Participant or
Assignee, actual or potential, provided that such Person agrees in writing to
keep such information confidential to the same extent required of the Lenders
hereunder; (H) as to any Lender or its Affiliate, as expressly permitted under
the terms of any other document or agreement regarding confidentiality to which
the Company or any Subsidiary is party or is deemed party with such Lender or
such Affiliate; and (I) to its Affiliates.

     11.10  SET-OFF.  In addition to any right or remedy of the Lenders provided
by law, if an Event of Default exists, or the Loans have been accelerated, each
Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to
the Company, any such notice being waived by the Company to the fullest extent
permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special,
time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other
indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the
account of the Company against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender, now
or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Agent or such Lender
shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and
although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured.  Each Lender agrees
promptly to notify the Company and the Agent after any such set-off and
application made by such Lender; PROVIDED that the failure to give such notice
shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

     11.11  NOTIFICATION OF ADDRESSES, LENDING OFFICES, ETC.  Each Lender shall
notify the Agent in writing of any change in the address to which notices to
such Lender should be directed, of addresses of any Lending Office, of payment
instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of such
other administrative information as the Agent shall reasonably request.


                                      -96-
<PAGE>


     11.12  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an
original, and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same
instrument.

     11.13  SEVERABILITY.  The illegality or unenforceability of any provision
of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in
any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining
provisions of this Agreement or such instrument or agreement.

     11.14  NO THIRD PARTIES BENEFITED.  This Agreement is made and entered into
for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Company, the Lenders, the Agent
and the Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted successors and assigns, and
no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any
direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement
or any other Loan Document.

     11.15  GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION.  (a)  THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS
ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

          (b)  ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR
ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR
OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS
CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS.  EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE
OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT
OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO.  THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND
THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER
PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.

     11.16  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE COMPANY, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT EACH
WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION
BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION,
PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE


                                      -97-
<PAGE>


PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR
ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.
THE COMPANY, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE
OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.  WITHOUT LIMITING THE
FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR
OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION
HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT,
RENEWAL, SUPPLEMENT OR MODIFICATION TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS.

     11.17  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the other Loan
Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Company,
the Lenders and the Agent, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous
agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to
the subject matter hereof and thereof.


                                      -98-
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered in New York, New York by their proper and duly
authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

                                       AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.


                                       By: /s/ Scott H. Flamm
                                           ---------------------------------
                                       Title: Vice President


                                       INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.)
                                       CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Agent


                                       By: /s/ David P. Scopelleti
                                          ----------------------------------
                                       Title: Vice President


                                       INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.)
                                       CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Lender


                                       By: /s/ David P. Scopelleti
                                           --------------------------------
                                       Title: Vice President

<PAGE>


                                       MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF
                                       NEW YORK, as Lender



                                       By: /s/ Michael J. Gibbons
                                           -------------------------------
                                       Title: Managing Director



<PAGE>


                                                             EXHIBIT 10.2




                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                      AMONG

                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

                                       AND

                                  THE INVESTORS








                           DATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 1996



<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page


1.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

2.   Required Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

3.   Incidental Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

4.   Registration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

5.   Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

6.   Indemnification and Contribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

7.   Market Stand-Off Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

8.   Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9




<PAGE>


                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


          Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of JANUARY 1, 1996, among
AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and
the Investors (as defined below).

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

          In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained
herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:

          1.   DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the following respective meanings (such meanings being equally
applicable to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined):

          "AGREEMENT" means this Registration Rights Agreement, including all
amendments, modifications and supplements and any exhibits or schedules to any
of the foregoing, and shall refer to the Agreement as the same may be in effect
at the time such reference becomes operative.

          "COMMON STOCK" means shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value
$.01 per share.

          "INVESTORS" means those persons and entities executing this Agreement
under the heading "Investors."

          "NASD" means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or
any successor corporation thereto.

          "REGISTERING SECURITY HOLDER" has the meaning given to it in
Section 3.

          "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means, collectively,  the shares of Common
Stock owned by Investors at the time of a Registration Request; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that any such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when
(i) such securities shall have been transferred, if new certificates or other
evidences of ownership for them not bearing a legend restricting further
transfer and not subject to any stop transfer order or other restrictions on
transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent disposition of
such securities shall not require registration or qualification of such
securities under the Securities Act or any state securities law then in force,
(ii) such securities shall cease to be outstanding or (iii) such securities
shall be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or
any successor rule which permits resale of such securities without restriction.



<PAGE>


          "REGISTRATION REQUEST" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.

          2.   REQUIRED REGISTRATION.  Commencing 180 days after the closing of
the Company's first underwritten public offering of its capital stock, after
receipt of a written request (a "REGISTRATION REQUEST") from Investors
collectively holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by the
Investors at the time of such request requesting that the Company effect the
registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act and specifying
the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, the Company shall
promptly notify all holders of Registrable Securities in writing of the receipt
of such request and each such holder may elect (by written notice sent to the
Company within ten days from the date of such holder's receipt of the
aforementioned Company's notice) to have all or any part of its Registrable
Securities included in such registration thereof pursuant to this Section 2.
Thereupon the Company shall, as expeditiously as is possible and subject to the
last sentence of this paragraph, use its best efforts to effect the registration
under the Securities Act of all shares of Registrable Securities which the
Company has been so requested to register by such holders for sale, all to the
extent required to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended
method or methods thereof, as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so
registered; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, subject to the provisions of the
immediately following sentence, the Company shall not be required to effect more
than two registrations of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.  In
order to count as an "effected" registration statement, such registration
statement shall not have been withdrawn and all shares registered pursuant to it
(excluding any overallotment shares) shall have been sold.  The Company shall
have the right to defer the filing of any registration statement requested
pursuant to this Section 2 for a period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120)
days if in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company
the filing of such registration statement would be seriously detrimental to the
Company.  If the managing underwriter of a proposed public offering of
Registrable Securities under this Section 2 shall advise the Company and the
security holders seeking to register such securities in writing that, in its
opinion, the distribution of all the Registrable Securities requested to be
included in the registration by such security holders would not be practicable,
then all security holders shall reduce the amount of securities each intended to
distribute through such offering on a pro rata basis.

          3.   INCIDENTAL REGISTRATION.  If the Company at any time after the
closing of its first underwritten public offering of its capital stock proposes
to file on its behalf and/or on behalf of any of its security holders (the
"REGISTERING SECURITY HOLDERS") a Registration Statement under the Securities
Act on any form (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8


                                        2
<PAGE>


or any successor form for securities to be offered in a transaction of the type
referred to in Rule 145 under the Securities Act or to employees of the Company
pursuant to any employee benefit plan, respectively) for the general
registration of securities to be sold for cash with respect to any class of
equity security (as defined in Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act)
of the Company, it will give written notice to all holders of Registrable
Securities at least 30 days before the initial filing with the Commission of
such Registration Statement, which notice shall set forth the intended method of
disposition of the securities proposed to be registered by the Company.  The
notice shall offer to include in such filing the aggregate number of shares of
Registrable Securities as such holders may request.

          Each holder of any such Registrable Securities desiring to have
Registrable Securities registered under this Section 3 shall advise the Company
in writing within 10 days after the date of receipt of such offer from the
Company, setting forth the amount of such Registrable Securities for which
registration is requested.  The Company shall thereupon include in such filing
the number of shares of Registrable Securities for which registration is so
requested, subject to the next sentence, and shall use its best efforts to
effect registration under the Securities Act of such shares.  If the managing
underwriter of a proposed public offering shall advise the Company in writing
that, in its opinion, the distribution of the Registrable Securities requested
to be included in the registration concurrently with the securities being
registered by the Company or such registering security holder would materially
and adversely affect the distribution of such securities by the Company or such
registering security holder, then all holders of Registrable Securities shall
reduce the amount of securities each intended to distribute through such
offering on a pro rata basis.

          4.   REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.  If the Company is required by the
provisions of Section 2 or 3 to use its best efforts to effect the registration
of any of its securities under the Securities Act, the Company will, as
expeditiously as possible:

               (a)  prepare and file with the Commission a Registration
Statement with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such
Registration Statement to become and remain effective for a period of time
required for the disposition of such securities by the holders thereof, but not
to exceed 180 days;

               (b)  prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection
therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and
to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or


                                        3
<PAGE>


other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement until
the earlier of such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in a
public offering or the expiration of 180 days;

               (c)  furnish to such selling security holders such number of
copies of a summary prospectus or other prospectus, including a preliminary
prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such
other documents, as such selling security holders may reasonably request;

               (d)  use its best efforts to register or qualify the securities
covered by such Registration Statement under such other securities or blue sky
laws of such jurisdictions within the United States and Puerto Rico as each
holder of such securities shall request (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company
shall not be obligated to qualify as a foreign corporation to do business under
the laws of any jurisdiction in which it is not then qualified or to file any
general consent to service of process), and do such other reasonable acts and
things as may be required of it to enable such holder to consummate the
disposition in such jurisdiction of the securities covered by such Registration
Statement;

               (e)  furnish, in connection with any registration of Registrable
Securities, on the date that such shares of Registrable Securities are delivered
to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration or, if such
Registrable Securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that
the Registration Statement with respect to such shares of Registrable Securities
becomes effective, (1) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing
the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the
underwriters, if any, and if such Registrable Securities are not being sold
through underwriters, then to the holders making such request, in customary form
and covering matters of the type customarily covered in such legal opinions; and
(2) a comfort letter dated such date, from the independent certified public
accountants of the Company, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and if such
Registrable Securities are not being sold through underwriters, then to the
holder(s) of Registrable Securities being registered and, if such accountants
refuse to deliver such letter to such holder(s), then to the Company in a
customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered by such
comfort letters and as the underwriters or such holder(s) shall reasonably
request.  Such opinion of counsel shall additionally cover such other legal
matters with respect to the registration in respect of which such opinion is
being given as such holder(s) of Registrable Securities may reasonably request
consistent with opinions customarily provided in similar transactions.  Such
letter from the independent certified public accountants shall additionally
cover such other financial matters (including information as to the period
ending not more than 5 business days prior to the date


                                        4
<PAGE>


of such letter) with respect to the registration in respect of which such letter
is being given as such holders of the Registrable Securities being so registered
may reasonably request consistent with comfort letters customarily provided in
similar transactions;

               (a)  enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting
agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably
required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable
Securities; and

               (b)  otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security
holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than 18 months after
the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering
the period of at least 12 months beginning with the first full month after the
effective date of such Registration Statement, which earnings statements shall
satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

          It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Company to
take any action pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the securities which
are to be registered at the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that
(i) such holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the
securities held by such holder and the intended method of disposition thereof as
the Company shall reasonably request and as shall be required under the
Securities Act in connection with the action taken by the Company and (ii) that
such holder shall deliver and perform under such underwriting and selling
shareholder agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters.

          5.   EXPENSES.  All expenses incurred in complying with this
Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees
(including all expenses incident to filing with the NASD), printing expenses,
fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, expenses of any special
audits incident to or required by any such registration and expenses of
complying with the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdictions pursuant to
Section 4(d), shall be paid by the Company, except that:

               (a)  The Company shall not be liable for any fees, discounts or
commissions to any underwriter in respect of the securities sold by such holder
of Registrable Securities; and

               (b)  The Company shall not be liable for any fees or expenses of
any separate counsel to the selling security holders.

          6.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.  (a)  In the event of any
registration of any Registrable Securities under the


                                        5
<PAGE>


Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify and hold
harmless the holder of such Registrable Securities, such holder's directors and
officers, and each other Person (including each underwriter) who participated in
the offering of such Registrable Securities and each other Person, if any, who
controls such holder or such participating Person within the meaning of the
Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, to which such holder or any such director or officer or participating
Person or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act or any
other statute or at common law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i)
any alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration
Statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act,
any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) any alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and shall reimburse such holder or such director,
officer or participating Person or controlling Person for any legal or any other
expenses reasonably incurred by such holder or such director, officer or
participating Person or controlling Person in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any
such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any alleged
untrue statement or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement,
preliminary prospectus, prospectus or amendment or supplement in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such
holder specifically for use therein.  Such indemnity shall remain in full force
and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such holder
or such director, officer or participating Person or controlling Person, and
shall survive the transfer of such securities by such holder.

               (b)  In the event of any registration of any Registrable
Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, each holder of
Registrable Securities selling in connection with such registration shall
severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors
and officers, and each other Person (including each underwriter) who
participated in the offering of such Registrable Securities and each other
Person, if any, who controls the Company or such participating Person within the
meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or any such director or
officer or participating Person or controlling Person may become subject under
the Securities Act or any other statute or at common law, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained
in any


                                        6
<PAGE>


Registration Statement under which such securities were registered under the
Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained
therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, where such statement is in
conformity with written information provided by such holder expressly for use
therein, and shall reimburse the Company or such director, officer or
participating Person or controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses
reasonably incurred by the Company or such director, officer or participating
Person or controlling Person in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
holder shall not be liable for any amounts in excess of the net proceeds
received by such holder for the sale of its shares.  Such indemnity shall remain
in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of
the Company or such director, officer or participating Person or controlling
Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such holder.

               (c)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is
unavailable to an indemnified party hereunder in respect of any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then the indemnifying
party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the
amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified parties in
connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified parties shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question,
including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission
or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to
information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified parties, and the
parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such action.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a
result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to
above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably
incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding.

          The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution pursuant to this Section 6(c) were determined by pro rata
allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of
the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.
No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person
who was not also guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.


                                        7
<PAGE>


          7.   MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT.  If requested by an underwriter of
securities of the Company each holder of Registrable Securities shall not sell
or otherwise transfer or dispose of any securities held by such holder during
the one hundred twenty (120) day period following the effective date of a
Registration Statement.

          8.   MISCELLANEOUS.

               (a)  CHANGES IN REGISTRABLE SECURITIES.  If, and as often as,
there are any changes in Registrable Securities by way of stock split, stock
dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation,
reorganization or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in
the provisions of this Agreement so that the rights and privileges granted
hereby shall continue with respect to the Registrable Securities as so changed.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will require any
successor by merger or consolidation to assume and agree to be bound by the
terms of this Agreement as a condition to any such merger or consolidation.

               (b)  NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS.  This agreement supersedes all
prior agreements regarding registration rights between the Company and any of
the parties hereto and all such prior agreements are deemed terminated hereby.

               (c)  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  Except as otherwise provided
herein, the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or
supplemented, and waivers or consents to departure from the provisions hereof
may not be given unless Company has approved the same in writing and obtained
the written consent of Investors then holding a majority of the Registrable
Securities.

               (d)  NOTICES.  Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval,
declaration, delivery or other communication hereunder to be made pursuant to
the provisions of this Agreement shall be sufficiently given or made if in
writing and (i) delivered in person with receipt acknowledged, (ii) sent by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii)
sent by overnight courier with guaranteed next-day delivery, or (iv) sent by
telex or telecopier, in each case addressed as follows:

                    (i)  If to the Investors, to them at their most current
address on the Company's records.


                                        8
<PAGE>


                    (ii) If to the Company, to it at:

                    American Disposal Services, Inc.
                    745 McClintock Drive, Suite 305
                    Burr Ridge, Illinois  60521
                    Attention:  General Counsel
                    Fax:  (708) 655-1455

                    with a copy to:

                    Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP
                    1585 Broadway
                    New York, New York 10036
                    Attention:  Stephen W. Rubin, Esq.
                    Fax:  (212) 969-2900


or at such other address as may be substituted by notice given as herein
provided.  The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing
by the party entitled to receive such notice.  Every notice, demand, request,
consent, approval, declaration, delivery or other communication hereunder shall
be deemed to have been duly given or served on the date on which personally
delivered, with receipt acknowledged, or three (3) Business Days after the same
shall have been deposited in the United States mail, one business day after sent
by overnight courier or on the day telexed or telecopied.

               (e)  NO ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement and the rights hereunder may
not be assigned by any party hereto.

               (f)  HEADINGS.  The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof.

               (g)  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (i.e.,
without regard to its conflicts of law rules).

               (h)  SEVERABILITY.  Wherever possible, each provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or
invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent
of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

               (i)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement represents the complete
agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
matter contained herein and therein and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.


                                        9
<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration
Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

Company:                      AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.


                              By: /s/ Scott H. Flamm
                                  ------------------------------------------
                              Title: Senior Vice President

Investors:                    CDI EQUITY, LLC

                              By:  Aetna Life Insurance Company, a Member


                              By: /s/ Timothy A. Holt
                                  ------------------------------------------
                                   Timothy A. Holt
                                   Vice President
                                   Portfolio Management Group

                              By:  CDI Equity, Inc., a Member


                              By: /s/ Thomas W. Hallagan
                                  -------------------------------------------
                                   Thomas W. Hallagan
                                   President

                              CHARTERHOUSE EQUITY
                                PARTNERS II, L.P.

                              By:  CHUSA Equity Investors II, L.P.,
                                   general partner

                                   By:  Charterhouse Equity II,
                                        Inc., general partner


                                   By: /s/ Richard T. Henshaw, III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                   Title:  Senior Vice President


                                   CHEF NOMINEES LIMITED

                                   By:  Charterhouse Group
                                          International, Inc.,
                                          Attorney-in-Fact


                                   By: /s/ Richard T. Henshaw, III
                                       --------------------------------------
                                   Title:  Senior Vice President


                                       10
<PAGE>


              [signature pages for other Investors to be provided]


                                       11





<PAGE>

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.3


                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                              745 MCCLINTOCK DRIVE
                                    SUITE 305
                              BURR RIDGE, IL  60521




                                             As of May 31, 1996


Mr. Richard DeYoung
11434 Plattner Drive
Mokena, IL  60448

Dear Mr. DeYoung:

          American Disposal Services, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the
"Corporation"), agrees to employ you and you agree to accept such employment
under the following terms and conditions (the "Agreement"):

          1.   TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.  Except for earlier termination as provided
in Section 7 below, your employment under this Agreement shall be for a term
commencing on the date of the closing of the Corporation's initial public
offering of shares of its Common Stock (the "Effective Date") and continuing
until the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Term").  If the
Effective Date has not occurred by the close of business on September 30, 1996,
this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, and be of no further force or effect.

          2.   COMPENSATION.  You shall be compensated for all services rendered
by you under this Agreement at the rate of $300,000 per annum (the "Salary"),
payable in such manner as is consistent with the Corporation's payroll practices
for executive employees.



<PAGE>


          3.   DUTIES.   During the term of your employment hereunder, you agree
to serve as the President of the Corporation subject to the control of the Board
of Directors.  Your principal office shall be located within 35 miles of Burr
Ridge, Illinois.  You shall be provided with such working facilities and support
services as are suitable to your position and appropriate for the performance of
your duties.  You shall devote your full business time, energies and attention
to the business and affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

          4.   BENEFITS.  You shall be entitled to such benefits as are
generally provided by the Corporation to its senior executive employees
including, without limitation, personal leave, sick leave and vacation leave to
the extent such leaves are provided to all senior executive employees.  You also
shall have the benefit of any life and health insurance plans, pensions, stock
option plans and other similar plans as the Corporation may have or may
establish from time to time for its senior executive employees.  The foregoing,
however, shall not be construed to require the Corporation to establish any such
plans or to prevent the Corporation from modifying or terminating any such
plans, and no such action or failure thereof shall affect this Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Corporation shall, at all times during the Term,
provide you with term life insurance with death benefits in an amount of at
least $600,000 payable to a beneficiary designated by you.  The Corporation will
make available to you an


                                        2
<PAGE>


automobile of a make and model consistent with past practice and shall pay all
operating expenses associated with such automobile.

          5.   EXPENSES.  The Corporation will reimburse you for reasonable
expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by you in connection with the
business of the Corporation upon the presentation by you of appropriate
substantiation for such expenses.

          6.   CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-INTERFERENCE.  In the course of your
employment by the Corporation, you will have and have had access to confidential
or proprietary data or information of the Corporation and its operations.  You
will not at any time divulge or communicate to any person nor shall you direct
any Corporation employee to divulge or communicate to any person (other than to
a person bound by confidentiality obligations similar to those contained herein
and other than as necessary in performing your duties hereunder) or use to the
detriment of the Corporation or for the benefit of any other person, any of such
data or information.  The provisions of this section 6 shall survive your
employment hereunder, whether by the normal expiration thereof or otherwise.
The term "confidential or proprietary data or information" as used in this
Agreement shall mean information not generally available to the public or to
senior executives of other companies in the waste services industry, including,
without limitation, personnel information, financial information, customer
lists, supplier lists, trade secrets, information regarding operations, systems,
services,


                                        3
<PAGE>


knowhow, computer and any other processed or collated data, computer programs,
pricing, marketing and advertising data.  You further agree that you will not,
for a period of one year after the termination of your employment hereunder, for
your own account or for the account of any other person, interfere with the
Corporation's relationship with any of its key employees.  With respect to the
covenants contained in this Section 6, you agree that any remedy at law for any
breach of said covenants may be inadequate and that the Corporation shall be
entitled to specific performance or any other mode of injunctive and/or other
equitable relief to enforce its rights hereunder or any other relief a court
might award.

          7.   EARLIER TERMINATION.

               (a)  Your employment hereunder shall terminate prior to the
expiration of the Term on the following terms and conditions:

                    (i)  This Agreement shall terminate automatically on the
                         date of your death.

                    (ii) This Agreement shall be terminated at the option of the
                         Corporation if you are unable to perform your duties
                         hereunder for 180 days (whether or not continuous)
                         during any period of 365 consecutive days by reason of
                         physical or mental



                                        4
<PAGE>


                         disability.  The disability shall be deemed to have
                         occurred on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day of
                         your absence or lack of adequate performance.

                  (iii)  The Corporation shall have the right to terminate this
                         Agreement at any time for "Just Cause" given by you.
                         "Just Cause" shall mean your commission of a felony, a
                         crime involving moral turpitude, embezzlement,
                         misappropriation of property of the Corporation or a
                         subsidiary, any other act involving dishonesty or fraud
                         with respect to the Corporation or a subsidiary, a
                         material breach of a directive which is not cured
                         within a specified reasonable time after written notice
                         of such breach, or repeated failure after written
                         notice to follow the directives of the Board of
                         Directors of the Corporation.

               (b)  Upon termination of your employment pursuant to Section 7(a)
above, or upon your voluntary termination of this Agreement, except as
specifically provided in Section 7(c) below, the Corporation's obligations
hereunder shall cease; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Corporation's obligations to
pay your Salary


                                        5
<PAGE>


pursuant to Section 2 above and to reimburse you for expenses pursuant to
Section 5 above, in each case accrued prior to the date of termination, shall
survive such termination.

               (c)  You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on five
days' written notice given to the Corporation on the following terms and
conditions:

                    (i)  Within 60 days after the occurrence of a Change of
                         Control (as hereinafter defined).  In such event, the
                         Corporation shall pay you, in a lump sum (and in lieu
                         of any other payments under this Agreement), within ten
                         days following the effective date of such termination,
                         the sum of Six Hundred Thousand ($600,000.00) Dollars,
                         less applicable tax withholding.

                    (ii) Within 60 days after the occurrence of events or
                         circumstances which constitute Good Reason (as
                         hereinafter defined).  In such event, the Corporation
                         shall pay you, in twelve equal monthly installments
                         beginning on the first business day of the month
                         following the month in which the date of such
                         termination occurred (and in lieu of any other payments
                         under


                                        6
<PAGE>

                         this Agreement), an amount equal to the greater of (x)
                         Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand ($750,000.00) Dollars or
                         (y) the remaining aggregate amount of Salary which
                         would otherwise have been payable to you under this
                         Agreement during the period from the date of
                         termination through the last day of the Term less, in
                         any case, applicable tax withholding.

               (d)  For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall
be deemed to have occurred if:

                    (i)  any person (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and as used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof)), excluding Charterhouse Group International,
Inc. or any affiliate thereof, the Corporation or any employee benefit plan
sponsored or maintained by the Corporation (including any trustee of any such
plan acting in his capacity as trustee), but including a "group" as defined in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, becomes the beneficial owner of shares of
the Corporation having at least a majority of the total number of votes that may
be cast for the election of directors of the Corporation; or (ii) the
Corporation consummates any merger or other business combination, sale of all or
substantially all of the Corporation's assets or combination of the foregoing
transactions (a "Transaction"), other than (x) a


                                        7
<PAGE>


Transaction involving only the Corporation and one or more of its subsidiaries,
or (y) a Transaction immediately following which the shareholders of the
Corporation immediately prior to the Transaction continue to have a majority of
the voting power in the resulting entity.

               (e)  For purposes of this Agreement, events or circumstances
which constitute "Good Reason" shall be deemed to have occurred if:  (i) the
Corporation employs an officer in a capacity that is senior to you (except that
the Corporation shall be entitled to employ a Chairman of the Board in a
capacity that is senior to you so long as such Chairman of the Board is not the
Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation); or (ii) the Board of Directors of
the Corporation materially diminishes your position, duties or responsibilities
under this Agreement or assigns to you duties or responsibilities that are
materially inconsistent with your position as President of the Corporation.  The
events or circumstances set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7(e)
shall not constitute Good Reason to the extent they occur in connection with the
termination of your employment pursuant to Section 7(a)(i), 7(a)(ii) or
7(a)(iii) above.

               (f)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, you shall
not be entitled to receive payment under more than one provision of Section 7(c)
above.


                                        8
<PAGE>


               (g)  In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant
to Section 7(c) above, all unvested stock options then held by you (excluding
options theretofore exercised or expired) shall immediately vest and become
fully exercisable, notwithstanding any provisions of any applicable stock option
agreement to the contrary.

          8.   ARBITRATION.  Either you or the Corporation may give written
notice of a dispute arising under this Agreement.  In the event the parties are
unable to resolve any dispute arising under this Agreement within thirty (30)
days of receipt of written notice, (the "Resolution Period"), then such dispute
shall be resolved by a committee of three arbitrators (one appointed by you, one
appointed by the Corporation and one appointed by the other two so appointed),
which shall be appointed within 60 days after the expiration of the Resolution
Period.  The arbitrators shall abide by the rules of the American Arbitration
Association and their decision shall be made within 45 days and shall be final
and binding on all parties.

          9.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATION; CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement
constitutes the full and complete understanding of the parties, and will, on the
Effective Date, supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or
written, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including any agreements you
may have with the Corporation's subsidiaries.  Each party to this Agreement
acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises or


                                        9
<PAGE>


agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by either party, or anyone acting
on behalf of either party, which are not embodied herein and that no other
agreement, statement or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid
or binding.  This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement thereof may
be sought.

          10.  SEVERABILITY.  Any term or provision of this Agreement which is
invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without
rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this
Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or
provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

          11.  WAIVER OF BREACH.   The waiver by either party of a breach or any
provision of this Agreement, which waiver must be in writing to be effective,
shall not operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

          12.  NOTICES.  All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
hand delivered or sent by prepaid express mail or other overnight prepaid
courier or by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, if to you, to your residence as listed in the Corporation's records,
and if to the Corporation, to the address set forth at the head of this


                                       10
<PAGE>


Agreement, Attention:  Chief Financial Officer, with copies to Proskauer Rose
Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention:
Stephen W. Rubin, Esq.

          13.  ASSIGNABILITY; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall not be
assignable by you.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of you, your legal representatives, heirs and distributees, and shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Corporation, its successors and
assigns.

          14.  GOVERNING LAW.  All questions pertaining to the validity,
construction, execution and performance of this Agreement shall be construed and
governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to
the conflicts or choice of law provisions thereof.

          15.  HEADINGS.  The headings of this Agreement are intended solely for
convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the construction or
interpretation of this Agreement.

          16.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          17.  REVIEW OF THIS AGREEMENT.  You acknowledge that you have (a)
carefully read this Agreement, (b) had an opportunity to


                                       11
<PAGE>


consult with independent counsel with respect to this Agreement and (c) entered
into this Agreement of your own free will.

          If this letter correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign the
duplicate original in the space provided below and return it to the Corporation,
whereupon this shall constitute the employment agreement between you and the
Corporation effective on the Effective Date and for the Term stated herein.

                                   AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                                   By: /s/ David C. Stoller
                                       _________________________
                                        Chairman


Agreed as of the date first
above written:

/s/ Richard DeYoung
_________________________
    Richard DeYoung


                                       12




<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.8


                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                              745 MCCLINTOCK DRIVE
                                    SUITE 305
                              BURR RIDGE, IL  60521


                                   As of May 31, 1996


Mr. David C. Stoller
535 Madison Avenue
New York, NY  10022

Dear Mr. Stoller:

American  Disposal Services,  Inc. a  Delaware corporation  (the "Corporation"),
agrees to employ you and you agree to accept such employment under the following
terms and conditions (the "Agreement"):

          1.   TERM  OF EMPLOYMENT.  Except for  earlier termination as provided
in Section 7 below, your employment under this Agreement shall be for an initial
term  commencing on the date of the  closing of the Corporation's initial public
offering of shares  of its Common  Stock (the "Effective  Date") and  continuing
until the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Initial Term").   If the
Effective Date has  not occurred by the close of business on September 30, 1996,
this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, and  be of no further force or effect.
After  the Initial  Term,  this Agreement  shall  be automatically  renewed  for
successive terms of  one year each, unless prior to the  end of the Initial Term
or any one-year renewal term either party shall have given to the other party at
least 180 days' prior written notice of termination of this Agreement.



<PAGE>


          2.   COMPENSATION.  You shall be compensated for all services rendered
by you under  this Agreement at the rate  of $300,000 per annum  (the "Salary"),
payable in such manner as is consistent with the Corporation's payroll practices
for executive employees.

          3.   DUTIES.   During the term of your employment hereunder, you agree
to serve as  the Chairman of the Corporation subject to the control of the Board
of Directors.   You shall be  provided with such working  facilities and support
services as are suitable to your position and appropriate for the performance of
your duties.

          4.   BENEFITS.   You  shall  be  entitled  to  such  benefits  as  are
generally  provided  by  the  Corporation  to  its  senior  executive  employees
including,  without limitation, personal leave, sick leave and vacation leave to
the extent such leaves are provided to all senior executive employees.  You also
shall have the benefit of any life and health insurance plans, pensions, 401(k),
stock option plans  and other similar plans as  the Corporation may have  or may
establish from time to time for its senior executive employees.   The foregoing,
however, shall not be construed to require the Corporation to establish any such
plans  or to  prevent the  Corporation from  modifying or  terminating any  such
plans,  and  no such  action  or failure  thereof shall  affect  this Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER  that the Corporation  shall, at  all times  during the  Term,
provide you with  term life insurance  with death  benefits in an  amount of  at
least $600,000 payable to a beneficiary designated by you.


                                         2

<PAGE>

          5.   EXPENSES.  The  Corporation  will  reimburse you  for  reasonable
expenses,  including travel  expenses, incurred  by you  in connection  with the
business  of the  Corporation  upon  the  presentation  by  you  of  appropriate
substantiation for such expenses.

          6.   CONFIDENTIALITY,  NON-INTERFERENCE.    In  the  course  of   your
employment by the Corporation, you will have and have had access to confidential
or proprietary data  or information of the Corporation and  its operations.  You
will not at any time  divulge or communicate to any person nor  shall you direct
any Corporation employee to divulge or communicate to any person  (other than to
a  person bound by confidentiality obligations similar to those contained herein
and  other than as necessary in performing your  duties hereunder) or use to the
detriment of the Corporation or for the benefit of any other person, any of such
data  or information.   The  provisions  of this  section 6  shall survive  your
employment hereunder,  whether  by  the normal expiration  thereof or otherwise.
The term  "confidential or  proprietary  data or  information" as  used in  this
Agreement  shall  mean  information  not  generally  available  to  the  public,
including, without  limitation,  personnel information,  financial  information,
customer lists, supplier lists, trade secrets, information regarding operations,
systems, services, knowhow, computer  and any other processed or  collated data,
computer programs, pricing, marketing  and advertising data.  You  further agree
that  you will  not, for  a period  of one  year after  the termination  of your
employment  hereunder, for  your own  account or  for the  account of  any other
person,  interfere with  the  Corporation's relationship  with  any of  its  key
employees.  With respect to the covenants contained in this Section 6, you agree
that  any remedy at law for  any breach of said covenants  may be inadequate and
that the Corporation shall be entitled to specific performance or any other mode
of injunctive and/or other  equitable relief to enforce its  rights hereunder or
any other relief a court might award.


                                         3

<PAGE>

          7.   EARLIER TERMINATION.

               (a)  Your  employment  hereunder  shall terminate  prior  to  the
expiration of the Initial Term (or any renewal term in the  event of renewal) on
the following terms and conditions:

                    (i)  This  Agreement  shall terminate  automatically  on the
                         date of your death.

                    (ii) This Agreement shall be terminated at the option of the
                         Corporation if  you are  unable to perform  your duties
                         hereunder  for 180  days  (whether  or not  continuous)
                         during any period of 365 consecutive days  by reason of
                         physical or mental disability.  The disability shall be
                         deemed to  have occurred  on the one  hundred eightieth
                         (180th)  day  of  your  absence  or  lack  of  adequate
                         performance.


                                         4

<PAGE>

                  (iii)  The Corporation shall have the right to terminate  this
                         Agreement at any time for "Just Cause"  given  by  you.
                         "Just Cause" shall mean your commission of a felony,  a
                         crime  involving  moral  turpitude,  embezzlement, mis-
                         appropriation  of  property  of  the  Corporation  or a
                         subsidiary, any other act involving dishonesty or fraud
                         with  respect  to the Corporation or  a  subsidiary,  a
                         material breach  of a  directive  which  is  not  cured
                         within a specified reasonable time after written notice
                         of such  breach,  or  repeated  failure  after  written
                         notice  to  follow  the  directives  of  the  Board  of
                         Directors of the Corporation.

               (b)  Upon  termination of  your  employment pursuant  to  Section
7(a), the  Corporation's obligations  hereunder shall cease;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that  the Corporation's  obligations to  pay your Salary  pursuant to  Section 2
above  and to reimburse you  for expenses pursuant  to Section 5  above, in each
case accrued prior to the date of termination, shall survive such termination.


                                         5

<PAGE>

               (c)  You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on five
days' written notice given to the Corporation     within   60  days   after  the
occurrence of a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined).   In such event, the
Corporation shall  pay you, in  a lump  sum (and in  lieu of any  other payments
under this  Agreement), within  ten days  following the  effective date of  such
termination,  the  sum  of  Six Hundred  Thousand  ($600,000.00)  Dollars,  less
applicable tax withholding.

               (d)  For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control"  shall
be deemed to have occurred if:  (i) any person (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and as used
in   Sections  13(d)   and   14(d)  thereof)),   excluding  Charterhouse   Group
International,  Inc. or any affiliate  thereof, the Corporation  or any employee
benefit plan sponsored or  maintained by the Corporation (including  any trustee
of any such plan acting  in his capacity as trustee), but including a "group" as
defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, becomes the beneficial owner of
shares of  the Corporation having  at least  a majority of  the total number  of
votes that  may be cast  for the  election of directors  of the  Corporation; or
(ii) the Corporation  consummates any merger or other business combination, sale
of all  or substantially all of  the Corporation's assets or  combination of the
foregoing transactions (a "Transaction"), other than (x) a Transaction involving
only the Corporation and one or  more of its subsidiaries, or (y)  a Transaction
immediately  following which  the  shareholders of  the Corporation  immediately
prior to the Transaction continue to have a majority of the voting power  in the
resulting entity.


                                         6
<PAGE>


          8.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  MODIFICATION;  CONSTRUCTION.   This  Agreement
constitutes the full and complete understanding of the parties, and will, on the
Effective  Date, supersede  all  prior agreements  and  understandings, oral  or
written, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including any agreements you
may have with Charterhouse Environmental Capital Group, Inc. or with  any of the
Corporation's subsidiaries.  Each  party to this Agreement acknowledges  that no
representations, inducements,  promises or  agreements, oral or  otherwise, have
been made by either party, or anyone acting on behalf of either party, which are
not  embodied herein  and  that no  other agreement,  statement  or promise  not
contained in this Agreement shall be  valid or binding.  This Agreement  may not
be  modified or amended except  by an instrument in writing  signed by the party
against which enforcement thereof may be sought.

          9.   SEVERABILITY.  Any term  or provision of this  Agreement which is
invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such  jurisdiction, be
ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such  invalidity  or unenforceability  without
rendering  invalid or unenforceable the  remaining terms and  provisions of this
Agreement or affecting  the validity or  enforceability of any  of the terms  or
provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.


                                         7

<PAGE>

          10.  WAIVER OF BREACH.   The waiver by either party of a breach or any
provision of  this Agreement, which waiver  must be in writing  to be effective,
shall not operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

          11.  NOTICES.  All notices hereunder shall be  in writing and shall be
hand  delivered or  sent  by prepaid  express mail  or  other overnight  prepaid
courier  or by  certified or  registered mail,  postage prepaid,  return receipt
requested, if  to you, to your residence as listed in the Corporation's records,
and if  to  the Corporation,  to  the address  set  forth at  the head  of  this
Agreement,  Attention:  Chief Financial  Officer, with copies  to Proskauer Rose
Goetz &  Mendelsohn LLP,  1585 Broadway,  New York,  New York  10036, Attention:
Stephen W. Rubin, Esq.

          12.  ASSIGNABILITY;  BINDING  EFFECT.   This  Agreement  shall not  be
assignable  by you.   This  Agreement shall  be binding  upon and  inure to  the
benefit of you, your legal representatives, heirs and distributees, and shall be
binding upon  and inure to  the benefit of  the Corporation, its  successors and
assigns.

          13.  GOVERNING  LAW.    All  questions  pertaining  to  the  validity,
construction, execution and performance of this Agreement shall be construed and
governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to
the conflicts or choice of law provisions thereof.


                                         8

<PAGE>

          14.  HEADINGS.  The headings of this Agreement are intended solely for
convenience  of reference and  shall be given  no effect in  the construction or
interpretation of this Agreement.

          15.  COUNTERPARTS.    This  Agreement   may  be  executed  in  several
counterparts, each of which  shall be deemed to be an original  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          16.  REVIEW  OF THIS  AGREEMENT.   You acknowledge  that you  have (a)
carefully   read  this  Agreement,  (b)  had  an  opportunity  to  consult  with
independent counsel with  respect to this  Agreement and (c)  entered into  this
Agreement of your own free will.

          If this letter correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign the
duplicate original in the space provided below and return it to the Corporation,
whereupon this shall  constitute the  employment agreement between  you and  the
Corporation effective on the Effective Date.


                                   AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.
                                   By:  /s/ Richard De Young
                                        ---------------------------
                                        President



Agreed as of the date first
above written:


/s/  David C. Stoller
- ---------------------
     David C. Stoller




                                         9



<PAGE>

                                                              EXHIBIT 10.9

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.


                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                Table of Contents
                                -----------------

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

I.     Purposes of the Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

II.    Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

III.   Effective Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

IV.    Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
       (A)  Duties of the Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
       (B)  Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
       (C)  Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
       (D)  Meetings of the Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
       (E)  Determinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

V.     Shares; Adjustment Upon Certain Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
       (A)  Shares to be Delivered; Fractional Shares. . . . . . . . . . . .   6
       (B)  Number of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
       (C)  Adjustments; Recapitalization, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
       (D)  Extraordinary Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

VI.    Awards and Terms of Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
       (A)  Grant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
       (B)  Exercise Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
       (C)  Number of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
       (D)  Exercisability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
       (E)  Exercise of Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
       (F)  Incentive Stock Option Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
       (G)  Other Terms and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

VII.   Effect of Termination of Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
       (A)  Death, Disability, Retirement, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
       (B)  Cause. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
       (C)  Cancellation of Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

VIII.  Nontransferability of Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

IX.    Rights as a Stockholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

X.     Termination, Amendment and Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

XI.    Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12


                                        i
<PAGE>


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

XII.   General Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
       (A)  Right to Terminate Employment or Consulting Arrangements . . . .  13
       (B)  Purchase for Investment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
       (C)  Trusts, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
       (D)  Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
       (E)  Severability of Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
       (F)  Payment to Minors, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
       (G)  Headings and Captions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
       (H)  Controlling Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
       (I)  Other Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
       (J)  Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
       (K)  Section 162(m) Deduction Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
       (L)  Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

XIII.  Issuance of Stock Certificates;
       Legends; Payment of Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
       (A)  Stock Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
       (B)  Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
       (C)  Payment of Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

XIV.   Listing of Shares and Related Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

XV.    Withholding Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16



                                       ii
<PAGE>

                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.

                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN


I.     PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

            The purposes of this 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") are to
enable American Disposal Services, Inc. (the "Company") and Designated
Subsidiaries (as defined herein) to attract, retain and motivate certain key
employees and certain consultants who are important to the success and growth of
the business of the Company and Designated Subsidiaries and to create a long-
term mutuality of interest between such persons and the stockholders of the
Company by granting the options to purchase Common Stock (as defined herein).


II.    DEFINITIONS


            In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, for purposes of
this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings when used herein
with initial capital letters:

            (A)     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

            (B)     "Cause" means, with respect to a Participant's Termination
of Employment, (i) in the case where there is no employment or consulting
agreement between the Company and the Participant, or where there is an
employment or consulting agreement, but such agreement does not define cause (or
words of like import), commission of a felony, a crime involving moral
turpitude, embezzlement, misappropriation of property of the Company or a
Subsidiary, any other act involving dishonesty or fraud with respect to the
Company or a Subsidiary, a material breach of a directive which is not cured
within a specified time after written notice of such breach, or repeated failure
after written notice to follow the directives of an appropriate officer or the
Board, or (ii) in the case where there is an employment or consulting agreement
between the Company or a Subsidiary and the Participant, termination that is or
would be deemed to be for cause (or words of like import) as defined under such
employment or consulting agreement.

            (C)     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

            (D)     "Committee" means a committee of the Board appointed from
time to time by the Board consisting of two or more non-employee directors, each
of whom shall be an "outside director" as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code
to the extent then required and a "disinterested person" as defined in Rule
16b-3 promulgated under


                                        1
<PAGE>


Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, except that if and to the extent that no
Committee exists which has the authority to administer the Plan, the functions
of the Committee shall be exercised by the Board.

            (E)     "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company, par
value $.01 per share, any common stock into which the Common Stock may be
converted and any common stock resulting from any reclassification of the Common
Stock.

            (F)     "Company" means American Disposal Services, Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

            (G)     "Designated Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary which has been
designated from time to time by the Board.  An entity shall be deemed a
Designated Subsidiary only for such periods as the requisite ownership
relationship is maintained.

            (H)     "Disability" means a permanent and total disability,
rendering a Participant unable to perform the duties performed by the
Participant for the Company or Designated Subsidiaries by reason of physical or
mental disability for a period of more than an aggregate of one hundred eighty
days in any twelve month period.  A Disability shall only be deemed to occur at
the time of the determination by the Committee of the Disability.

            (I)     "Eligible Consultants" means the consultants of the Company
and Designated Subsidiaries who are eligible to participate in the Plan
(including but not limited to employees of entities providing consulting
services), as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

            (J)     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

            (K)     "Fair Market Value" means, for purposes of this Plan, unless
otherwise required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations
issued thereunder, as of any date, the last sales prices reported for the Common
Stock on the applicable date, (i) as reported by the principal national
securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded, or (ii) if
not traded on any such national securities exchange, as quoted on an automated
quotation system sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers, or
if the sale of the Common Stock shall not have been reported or quoted on such
date, on the first day prior thereto on which the Common Stock was reported or
quoted.  If the Common Stock is not readily tradable on a national securities
exchange or any system sponsored by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, its Fair Market Value shall be set by the Committee based upon its
assessment of the cash price that would be paid between a fully informed buyer
and seller under no compulsion to buy or sell (without giving effect to


                                        2
<PAGE>


any discount for a minority interest or any restrictions on transferability or
any lack of liquidity of the stock).

            (L)     "Incentive Stock Option" means any Option awarded under this
Plan intended to be and designated as an "Incentive Stock Option" within the
meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

            (M)     "Key Employee" means any person who is an officer or other
valuable employee of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary, as determined by
the Committee in its sole discretion.  A Key Employee may, but need not, be an
officer of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary.

            (N)     "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means any Option awarded under
this Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

            (O)     "Option" means the right to purchase one Share at a
prescribed purchase price on the terms specified in the Plan.

            (P)     "Participant" means an Eligible Consultant or Key Employee
who is granted Options under the Plan which Options have not expired; provided,
however, that any Eligible Consultant of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary
shall be a Participant for purposes of the Plan solely with respect to grants of
Non-Qualified Stock Options and shall be ineligible for Incentive Stock Options.

            (Q)     "Person" means any individual or entity, and the heirs,
executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of such
Person as the context may require.

            (R)     "Retirement" means a Termination of Employment without cause
from the Company and/or a Subsidiary by a Participant who is at least age 65 or,
with the consent of the Committee, such earlier date before age 65 but after age
55.

            (S)     "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

            (T)     "Share" means a share of Common Stock.

            (U)     "Subsidiary" means any corporation that is defined as a
subsidiary corporation in Section 424(f) of the Code.

            (V)     "Ten Percent Shareholder" means a person owning Common Stock
of the Company possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company as defined in Section 422 of
the Code.


                                        3
<PAGE>


            (W)      "Termination of Employment" with respect to an individual
means that individual is no longer actively employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary on a full-time basis, irrespective of whether or not such employee is
receiving salary continuance pay, is continuing to participate in other employee
benefit programs or is otherwise receiving severance type payments.  In the
event an entity shall cease to be a Subsidiary, there shall be deemed a
Termination of Employment of any individual who is not otherwise an employee of
the Company or another Subsidiary at the time the entity ceases to be a
Subsidiary.  A Termination of Employment shall not include a leave of absence
approved for purposes of the Plan by the Committee.  For purposes of this plan,
a full-time employee is a person who is scheduled to work at least thirty (30)
hours per week.  With respect to an Eligible Consultant, a Termination of
Employment shall occur upon the termination of the consulting contract or the
termination of the performance of consulting services, as determined by the
Committee in its sole discretion.

            (X)     "Withholding Election" means the election set forth in
Article XV.


III.   EFFECTIVE DATE

            The Plan shall become effective as of January 1, 1996 (the
"Effective Date").  Grants of Options by the Committee under the Plan may be
made as of or after the Effective Date of the Plan, including retroactively,
provided that, if the Plan is not approved by the majority of the Common Stock
(at the time of approval), all Options which have been granted by the Committee
shall be null and void.  No Options may be exercised prior to the approval of
the Plan by the majority of the Common Stock (at the time of approval).


IV.    ADMINISTRATION

            (A)     DUTIES OF THE COMMITTEE.  The Plan shall be administered and
interpreted by the Committee.  The Committee shall have full authority to
interpret the Plan and to decide any questions and settle all controversies and
disputes that may arise in connection with the Plan; to establish, amend and
rescind rules for carrying out the Plan; to administer the Plan, subject to its
provisions; to select Participants in, and grant Options under, the Plan; to
determine the terms, vesting requirements, exercise price and form of exercise
payment for each Option granted under the Plan; to determine the consideration
to be received by the Company in exchange for the grant of the Options; to
determine whether and to what extent Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified
Stock Options, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder to one or
more Key Employees and whether and to what extent Non-Qualified Stock Options
are to be granted hereunder to one or more Eligible Consultants; to prescribe
the form or forms of instruments evidencing Options and any other instruments
required under the Plan (which need not be


                                        4
<PAGE>


uniform) and to change such forms from time to time; to determine whether, to
what extent and under what circumstances to permit reloads, such that to the
extent that Options are settled with Common Stock, that Non-Qualified Stock
Options may be granted for the same number of shares of the same or different
types, based on such terms as the Committee may determine, in its sole
discretion; and to make all other determinations and to take all such steps in
connection with the Plan and the Options as the Committee, in its sole
discretion, deems necessary or desirable.  The Committee shall not be bound to
any standards of uniformity or similarity of action, interpretation or conduct
in the discharge of its duties hereunder, regardless of the apparent similarity
of the matters coming before it.  Any determination, action or conclusion of the
Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.  Anything in
the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of this Plan relating to
Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any
discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to
disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code, or, without the consent of
the Participants affected, to disqualify any Incentive Stock Option under such
Section 422.

            (B)     ADVISORS.  The Committee may employ such legal counsel,
consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the
Plan, and may rely upon any advice or opinion received from any such counsel or
consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent.
Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant
or agent shall be paid by the Company.

            (C)     INDEMNIFICATION.  To the maximum extent permitted by
applicable law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the
Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made
in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it.  To the
maximum extent permitted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation
or By-Laws of the Company and to the extent not covered by insurance, each
officer and member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Company against any cost or expense
(including reasonable fees of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company) or
liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of
the Company), and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the
earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or
omission to act in connection with the Plan, except to the extent arising out of
such officer's, member's or former member's own fraud or bad faith.  Such
indemnification shall be in addition to any rights of indemnification the
officers, members or former members may have as directors under applicable law
or under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or
Designated Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding anything else herein, this
indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an
individual with regard to Options granted to him or her under this Plan.


                                        5
<PAGE>


            (D)     MEETINGS OF THE COMMITTEE.  The Committee shall adopt such
rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate concerning the holding of its
meetings and the transaction of its business.  Any member of the Committee may
be removed from the Committee at any time either with or without cause by
resolution adopted by the Board, and any vacancy on the Committee may at any
time be filled by resolution adopted by the Board.  All determinations by the
Committee shall be made by the affirmative vote of a majority of its members.
Any such determination may be made at a meeting duly called and held at which a
majority of the members of the Committee are in attendance in person or through
telephonic communication.  Any determination set forth in writing and signed by
all the members of the Committee shall be as fully effective as if it had been
made by a majority vote of the members at a meeting duly called and held.

            (E)     DETERMINATIONS.  Each determination, interpretation or other
action made or taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan by the Committee
shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes and upon all persons,
including, without limitation, the Participants, the Company and Subsidiaries,
directors, officers and other employees of the Company and Subsidiaries, and the
respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives and other
successors in interest of each of the foregoing.


V.     SHARES; ADJUSTMENT UPON CERTAIN EVENTS

            (A)     SHARES TO BE DELIVERED; FRACTIONAL SHARES.  Shares to be
issued under the Plan shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the
Board, either from authorized but unissued Shares or from issued Shares
reacquired by the Company and held in treasury.  No fractional Shares will be
issued or transferred upon the exercise of any Option.  In lieu thereof, the
Company shall pay a cash adjustment equal to the same fraction of the Fair
Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise.

            (B)     NUMBER OF SHARES.  Subject to adjustment as provided in this
Article V, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the
Plan shall be One Million One Hundred Thousand (1,100,000).  If Options are for
any reason canceled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the Shares covered by
such Options shall again be available for the grant of Options, subject to the
foregoing limit.

            (C)     ADJUSTMENTS; RECAPITALIZATION, ETC.  The existence of the
Plan and the Options granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or
power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any
adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company's
capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company,
any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks ahead of or
affecting Common Stock, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or
Designated Subsidiaries, any sale or


                                        6
<PAGE>


transfer of all or part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or
proceeding.  The Committee may make or provide for such adjustments in the
maximum number of Shares specified in Article V(B), in the number of Shares
covered by outstanding Options granted hereunder, and/or in the Purchase Price
(as hereinafter defined) applicable to such Options or such other adjustments in
the number and kind of securities received upon the exercise of Options, as the
Committee in its sole discretion may determine is equitably required to prevent
dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants or to otherwise recognize
the effect that otherwise would result from any stock dividend, stock split,
combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure
of the Company, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization, partial or
complete liquidation, issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities or
any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the
foregoing.  Except as herein expressly provided, the issuance by the Company of
shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of
any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the
exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor or upon conversion of
shares or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall
not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
the number and class of shares and/or other securities or property subject to
Options theretofore granted or the Purchase Price.

            (D)  EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS.   (i)  In the event the Company
shall, pursuant to action by its Board of Directors, at any time propose to
merge with or into, consolidate with, or sell or otherwise transfer all or
substantially all of its assets to another entity or in the event of the
acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company's outstanding Common
Stock by a single person or entity and/or group of entities acting in concert
(each, an "Extraordinary Transaction"), the Company shall cause written notice
of the proposed Extraordinary Transaction to be given to the Participant not
less than 30 days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed
Extraordinary Transaction (the "Extraordinary Transaction Effective Date").

         (ii)  On a date which the Company shall specify in such notice (the
"Early Vesting Date"), which date shall not be less than 20 days prior to the
Extraordinary Transaction Effective Date, the Options shall become fully vested,
except as otherwise expressly provided in any Option Agreement with respect to
the Options granted thereunder.

        (iii)  If the Extraordinary Transaction is consummated, the Options, to
the extent not previously exercised prior to the Extraordinary Transaction
Effective Date, shall terminate on the Extraordinary Transaction Effective Date.
If the Extraordinary Transaction is abandoned or otherwise not consummated then,
to the extent that the portion of the Options not exercised prior to such
abandonment or termination shall have vested solely by operation of Article
V(D)(ii) and the relevant Option agreements, such vesting shall be annulled and
be of no further force or effect,


                                        7
<PAGE>


and the vesting provisions set forth in the relevant Option agreements shall be
reinstituted, as of the date of such abandonment or termination.


VI.  AWARDS AND TERMS OF OPTIONS

          (A)  GRANT.  The Committee may grant Non-Qualified Stock Options or
Incentive Stock Options, or any combination thereof to Key Employees, and Non-
Qualified Stock Options to Eligible Consultants, provided that the maximum
number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted to any Key
Employee or any Eligible Consultant during any calendar year may not exceed Two
Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000), subject to adjustment as provided in Article
V(C).  To the extent that the maximum number of Shares with respect to which
Options may be granted are not granted in a particular calendar year to a
Participant (beginning with the year in which the Participant receives his or
her first grant of Options hereunder), such ungranted Options for any year shall
increase the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options may be
granted to such Participant in subsequent calendar years during the term of the
Plan until used.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to comply with Section
162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall take into account that (1) if an Option
is cancelled, the cancelled Option continues to be counted against the maximum
number of shares for which Options may be granted to the Key Employee or
Consultant under the Plan and (2) for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, if
after the grant of an Option, the Committee or the Board reduces the exercise
price or Purchase Price (as defined below), the transaction is treated a
cancellation of the Option and a grant of a new Option, and in such case, both
the Option that is deemed to be cancelled and the Option that is deemed to be
granted reduce the maximum number of shares for which Options may be granted to
the Key Employee or Consultant under the Plan.  To the extent that any Option
does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (whether because of its provisions
or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Option or the portion
thereof which does not qualify, shall constitute a separate Non-Qualified Stock
Option.  Each Option shall be evidenced by an Option agreement (the "Option
Agreement") in such form as the Committee shall approve from time to time.

          (B)  EXERCISE PRICE.  The purchase price per Share (the "Purchase
Price") deliverable upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be
determined by the Committee and set forth in a Participant's Option Agreement,
provided that the Purchase Price shall not be less than the par value of a
Share.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Committee grants an
Incentive Stock Option or grants an option which is intended to be "performance
based" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Purchase Price
deliverable upon the exercise of any such option shall be determined by the
Committee and set forth in a Participant's Option Agreement but shall be not
less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share at the time of grant;
provided, however, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent


                                        8
<PAGE>


Shareholder, the Purchase Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market
Value of a Share.

          (C)  NUMBER OF SHARES.  The Option Agreement shall specify the number
of Options granted to the Participant, as determined by the Committee in its
sole discretion.

          (D)  EXERCISABILITY.   At the time of grant, the Committee shall
specify when and on what terms (including any vesting requirements) the Options
granted shall be exercisable.  In the case of Options not immediately
exercisable in full, the Committee may at any time accelerate the time at which
all or any part of the Options may be exercised and may waive any other
conditions to exercise.  No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of
ten years from the date of grant; provided, however, the term of an Incentive
Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder may not exceed five years.
Each Option shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in Article VII
below.

          (E)  EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

               (i)  A Participant may elect to exercise one or more Options then
     exercisable by giving written notice to the Company of such election and of
     the number of Options such Participant has elected to exercise, accompanied
     by payment in full of the aggregate Purchase Price for the number of Shares
     for which the Options are being exercised.

               (ii) Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of Options shall
     be paid for at the time of exercise as follows:

                    (a)  in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable
          to the order of Company;

                    (b)  in the form shares of Common Stock owned by the
          Participant (and for which the Participant has good title free and
          clear of any liens and encumbrances);

                    (c)  by agreeing to surrender then exercisable Options
          equivalent in value;

                    (d)  if the Shares are traded on a national securities
          exchange, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker
          to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the aggregate
          Purchase Price plus all required tax withholding by payment through a
          cash or margin arrangement with a broker;


                                        9
<PAGE>


                    (e)  in shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the
          Option; or

                    (f)  on such other terms and conditions as may be acceptable
          to the Committee (which may include payment in full or in part by the
          transfer of Shares which have been owned by the Participant for at
          least 6 months or the surrender of Options owned by the Participant)
          and in accordance with applicable law.

     No shares shall be issued until payment, as provided herein, has been made
     or provided for.

               (iii)      Upon receipt of payment, the Company shall deliver to
     the Participant as soon as practicable a certificate or certificates for
     the Shares then purchased.

          (F)  INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS.  To the extent that the
aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common
Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the
first time by the Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any
other stock option plan of the Company or any subsidiary or parent corporation
(within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) exceeds $100,000, such Options
shall be treated as Options which are not Incentive Stock Options.

          To the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code, or the
applicable regulations thereunder or any applicable Internal Revenue Service
pronouncement, if (i) a Participant's employment with the Company or Designated
Subsidiary is terminated by reason of death, Disability, Retirement or
termination without Cause, and (ii) the portion of any Incentive Stock Option
that would be exercisable during the post-termination period specified under
Article VII but for the $100,000 limitation currently contained in Section
422(d) of the Code, is greater than the portion of such Stock Option that is
immediately exercisable as an `incentive stock option' during such post-
termination period under Section 422, such excess shall be treated as a Non-
Qualified Stock Option.  If the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option is
accelerated for any reason, any portion of such Option that is not exercisable
as an Incentive Stock Option by reason of the $100,000 limitation contained in
Section 422(d) of the Code shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

          Should any of the foregoing provisions not be necessary in order for
the Stock Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any
additional provisions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly,
without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the
Company, except as otherwise required by law.


                                       10
<PAGE>


          (G)  OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  Options may contain such other
provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the foregoing terms of
the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate including, without limitation,
provisions permitting the use of shares of Common Stock to exercise and settle a
Stock Option ("Stock Swaps") or permitting "reloads" such that in the case of
Stock Swaps, the same number of Non-Qualified Stock Options are granted as the
number of shares of Common Stock swapped ("Reloads").  With respect to Stock
Swaps, shares of Common Stock shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the date
of exercise and shall have the same remaining time period as the shares of
Common Stock that were swapped.  With respect to Reloads, the exercise price of
the new Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be the Fair Market Value on the date
granted and the term of the Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be the same as the
remaining term of the Options that are exercised.


VII. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

          (A)  DEATH, DISABILITY, RETIREMENT, ETC.  Except as otherwise provided
in the Participant's Option Agreement, upon Termination of Employment, all
outstanding Options then exercisable and not exercised by the Participant prior
to such Termination of Employment (and any Options not previously exercisable
but made exercisable by the Committee at or after the Termination of Employment)
shall remain exercisable by the Participant to the extent not exercised for the
following time periods, or, if earlier, the prior expiration of the Option in
accordance with the terms of the Plan and grant:

               (i)  In the event of the Participant's death, Retirement or
     Disability, such Options shall remain exercisable by the Participant (or by
     the Participant's estate or by the person given authority to exercise such
     Options by the Participant's will or by operation of law) for a period of
     one year from the date of the Participant's death, Retirement or
     Disability, provided that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may at any
     time extend such time period.

               (ii) In the event the Participant's employment is terminated by
     the Company or a Designated Subsidiary without Cause, such Options shall
     remain exercisable for 90 days from the date of the Participant's
     Termination of Employment, provided that the Committee, in its sole
     discretion, may at any time extend such time period.

Unless the Committee otherwise determines, there shall be no effect on the
exercisability of Options held by a Participant if (i) the Participant's
employment or consultancy is transferred from the Company to a Designated
Subsidiary, from a Designated Subsidiary to the Company or from one Designated
Subsidiary to another or (ii) the Participant is a Key Employee who becomes an
Eligible Consultant or an Eligible Consultant who becomes a Key Employee.


                                       11
<PAGE>


          (B)  CAUSE.  Upon the Termination of Employment of a Participant for
Cause, or if the Company or a Designated Subsidiary obtains or discovers
information after Termination of Employment that such Participant had engaged in
conduct that would have justified a Termination of Employment for Cause during
employment, all outstanding Options of such Participant shall, unless the
Committee in its sole discretion determines otherwise, terminate and be null and
void.

          (C)  CANCELLATION OF OPTIONS.  Except as otherwise provided in Article
V(D), no Options that were not exercisable during the period of employment shall
thereafter become exercisable upon a Termination of Employment for any reason or
no reason whatsoever, and such options shall terminate and become null and void
upon a Termination of Employment, unless the Committee determines in its sole
discretion that such Options shall be exercisable.


VIII.     NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

               No Option shall be transferable by the Participant otherwise than
by will or under applicable laws of descent and distribution, and during the
lifetime of the Participant may be exercised only by the Participant or his or
her guardian or legal representative.  In addition, except as provided in the
immediately preceding sentence, no Option shall be assigned, negotiated, pledged
or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and no
Option shall be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  Upon any
attempt to transfer, assign, negotiate, pledge or hypothecate any Option, or in
the event of any levy upon any Option by reason of any execution, attachment or
similar process contrary to the provisions hereof, such Option shall immediately
terminate and become null and void.


IX.  RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

          A Participant (or a permitted transferee of an Option) shall have no
rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Participant's
Option until such Participant (or permitted transferee) shall have become the
holder of record of such Shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends
in cash or other property or distributions or other rights in respect to any
such Shares, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan.


X.   TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION

          The Plan shall terminate at the close of business on the tenth
anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Termination Date"), unless terminated
sooner as hereinafter provided, and no Option shall be granted under the Plan on
or after that date.  The termination of the Plan shall not terminate any
outstanding Options that by their


                                       12
<PAGE>


terms continue beyond the Termination Date.  At any time prior to the
Termination Date, the Committee may amend or terminate the Plan or suspend the
Plan in whole or in part.

          The Committee may at any time, and from time to time, amend, in whole
or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan (including any amendment
deemed necessary to ensure that the Company may comply with any regulatory
requirements referred to in Article XII), or suspend or terminate it entirely,
retroactively or otherwise; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, unless otherwise required
by law or specifically provided herein, the rights of a Participant with respect
to Options granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination, may not,
be materially impaired without the consent of such Participant and, provided
further, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company entitled to
vote, no amendment may be made (except by operation of Article V(C) with respect
to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below), which would (i) increase the aggregate
number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan; (ii)
decrease the minimum Purchase Price of any Option; (iii) increase the individual
limitation set forth in Article VI(A) of the Plan; (iv) extend the maximum
option period; or (v) effect any other change that would require stockholder
approval under Section 162(m) of the Code.

          The Committee may amend the terms of any Option granted, prospectively
or retroactively, but, subject to Article VI above or as otherwise provided
herein, no such amendment or other action by the Committee shall materially
impair the rights of any Participant without the Participant's consent.  No
modification of an Option shall adversely affect the status of an Incentive
Stock Option as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no such amendment may, without the
approval of the stockholders of the Company, effect any change that would
require stockholder approval under applicable law.


XI.  USE OF PROCEEDS

          The proceeds of the sale of Shares subject to Options under the Plan
are to be added to the general funds of Company and used for its general
corporate purposes as the Board shall determine.

XII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

          (A)  RIGHT TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING ARRANGEMENTS.
Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the grant of Options shall impose any
obligation on the Company or Designated Subsidiaries to continue the employment
of any Participant or the consulting arrangement with any Eligible Consultant,
nor shall it impose any obligation on the part of any Participant to remain in
the employ of the Company or Designated Subsidiaries or to remain as a
consultant of the Company or its Designated Subsidiaries.


                                       13
<PAGE>


          (B)  PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT.  If the Board or the Committee
determines that the law so requires, the holder of an Option granted hereunder
shall, upon any exercise or conversion thereof, execute and deliver to the
Company a written statement, in form satisfactory to the Company, representing
and warranting that such Participant is purchasing or accepting the Shares then
acquired for such Participant's own account and not with a view to the resale or
distribution thereof, that any subsequent offer for sale or sale of any such
Shares shall be made either pursuant to (i) a Registration Statement on an
appropriate form under the Securities Act, which Registration Statement shall
have become effective and shall be current with respect to the Shares being
offered and sold, or (ii) a specific exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, and that in claiming such exemption the
holder will, prior to any offer for sale or sale of such Shares, obtain a
favorable written opinion, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company,
from counsel acceptable to the Company as to the availability of such exception.

          (C)  TRUSTS, ETC.  Nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken
pursuant to the Plan (including, without limitation, the grant of any Option
thereunder) shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a
fiduciary relationship, between the Company and any Participant or the executor,
administrator or other personal representative or designated beneficiary of such
Participant, or any other persons.  Any reserves that may be established by the
Company in connection with the Plan shall continue to be part of the general
funds of the Company, and no individual or entity other than the Company shall
have any interest in such funds until paid to a Participant.  If and to the
extent that any Participant or such Participant's executor, administrator or
other personal representative, as the case may be, acquires a right to receive
any payment from the Company pursuant to the Plan, such right shall be no
greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

          (D)  NOTICES.  Any notice to the Company required by or in respect of
this Plan will be addressed to the Company, American Disposal Services, Inc.,
745 McClintock Dr., Ste. 305, Burr Ridge, IL 60521, Attention: Chief Financial
Officer, or such other place of business as shall become the Company's principal
executive offices from time to time.  Each Participant shall be responsible for
furnishing the Company with the current and proper address for the mailing to
such Participant of notices and the delivery to such Participant of agreements,
Shares and payments.  Any such notice to the Participant will, if the Company
has received notice that the Participant is then deceased, be given to the
Participant's personal representative if such representative has previously
informed the Company of his status and address (and has provided such reasonable
substantiating information as the Company may request) by written notice under
this Section.  Any notice required by or in respect of this Plan will be deemed
to have been duly given when delivered in person or when dispatched by telegram
or one business day after having been dispatched by a nationally recognized
overnight courier service or three business days after having been mailed by
United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid.  The


                                       14
<PAGE>


Company assumes no responsibility or obligation to deliver any item mailed to
such address that is returned as undeliverable to the addressee and any further
mailings will be suspended until the Participant furnishes the proper address.

          (E)  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any provisions of the Plan shall
be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not
affect any other provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and
enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

          (F)  PAYMENT TO MINORS, ETC.  Any benefit payable to or for the
benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipt
thereof shall be deemed paid when paid to such person's guardian or to the party
providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and
such payment shall fully discharge the Committee, the Company and their
employees, agents and representatives with respect thereto.

          (G)  HEADINGS AND CAPTIONS.  The headings and captions herein are
provided for reference and convenience only.  They shall not be considered part
of the Plan and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

          (H)  CONTROLLING LAW.  The Plan shall be construed and enforced
according to the laws of the State of Delaware.

          (I)  OTHER BENEFITS.  No payment under this Plan shall be considered
compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the
Company or a Designated Subsidiary nor affect any benefits under any other
benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability of
benefits is related to the level of compensation.

          (J)  COSTS.  The Company shall bear all expenses included in
administering this Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock pursuant to
any Options hereunder.

          (K)  SECTION 162(M) DEDUCTION LIMITATION.  The Committee at any time
may in its sole discretion limit the number of Options that can be exercised in
any taxable year of the Company, to the extent necessary to prevent the
application of Section 162(m) of the Code (or any similar or successor
provision), provided that the Committee may not postpone the earliest date on
which Options can be exercised beyond the last day of the stated term of such
Options.

          (L)  SECTION 16(B) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT.  All elections and
transactions under the Plan by persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act
involving shares of Common Stock are intended to comply with all exemptive
conditions under Rule 16b-3.  The Committee may establish and adopt written
administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b)
of the Exchange Act, as it may


                                       15
<PAGE>


deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and
the transaction of business thereunder.


XIII.     ISSUANCE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES;
          LEGENDS; PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

               (A)  STOCK CERTIFICATES.  Upon any exercise of an Option and
payment of the exercise price as provided in such Option, a certificate or
certificates for the Shares as to which such Option has been exercised shall be
issued by the Company in the name of the person or persons exercising such
Option and shall be delivered to or upon the order of such person or persons.

               (B)  LEGENDS.  Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of an
Option shall bear such legend or legends as the Committee, in its sole
discretion, determines to be necessary or appropriate to prevent a violation of,
or to perfect an exemption from, the registration requirements of the Securities
Act or to implement the provisions of any agreements between Company and the
Participant with respect to such Shares.

               (C)  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  The Company shall pay all issue or
transfer taxes with respect to the issuance or transfer of Shares, as well as
all fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection with
such issuance or transfer and with the administration of the Plan.


XIV. LISTING OF SHARES AND RELATED MATTERS

          If at any time the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory
body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the
grant of Options or the award or sale of Shares under the Plan, no Option grant
shall be effective and no Shares will be delivered, as the case may be, unless
and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall
have been effected or obtained, or otherwise provided for, free of any
conditions not acceptable to the Board.



                                       16
<PAGE>


XV.  WITHHOLDING TAXES

          The Company shall have the right to require prior to the issuance or
delivery of any shares of Common Stock payment by the Participant of any
Federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld.

          The Committee may permit any such withholding obligation to be
satisfied by reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise
deliverable.  A person required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the
Exchange Act with respect to securities of the Company may elect to have a
sufficient number of shares of Common Stock withheld to fulfill such tax
obligations (hereinafter a "Withholding Election") only if the election complies
with such conditions as are necessary to prevent the withholding of such shares
from being subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  To the extent
necessary under then current law, such conditions shall include the following:
(x) the Withholding Election shall be subject to the approval of the Committee
and (y) the Withholding Election is made (i) during the period beginning on the
third business day following the date of release for publication of the
quarterly or annual summary statements of sales and earnings of the Company and
ending on the twelfth business day following such date or is made in advance but
takes effect during such period, (ii) six (6) months before the stock award
becomes taxable, or (iii) during any other period in which a Withholding
Election may be made under the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated pursuant to
the Exchange Act.  Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy
such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid
instead in cash by the Participant.


                                       17


<PAGE>

                                                               EXHIBIT 10.10



                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


          INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of January 1, 1996, between
AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CORPORATION"), and
[NAME OF DIRECTOR] ("DIRECTOR").

          WHEREAS, Director is a director of Corporation and in such capacity is
performing a valuable service for Corporation; and

          WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of Corporation
(collectively, the "CHARTER") provide for the indemnification of the officers,
directors, agents and employees of Corporation to the maximum extent authorized
by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "STATE STATUTE"); and

          WHEREAS, such Charter and the State Statute specifically provide that
they are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered
into between Corporation and its directors with respect to indemnification of
such directors; and

          WHEREAS, to induce Director to serve as a director of Corporation,
Corporation has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Director;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Director's continued service as a
director of Corporation after the date hereof the parties hereto agree as
follows:

          1.   INDEMNITY OF DIRECTOR.  Corporation shall hold harmless and
indemnify Director to the full extent authorized or permitted by the provisions
of the State Statute, or by any amendment thereof or other statutory provisions
authorizing or permitting such indemnification which is adopted after the date
hereof.  All amounts incurred by Director for which the Corporation is obligated
to indemnify Director shall be paid directly by the Corporation to the obligee
thereof prior to its due date, assuming the Corporation is timely notified of
such obligations.  In the event the Corporation cannot pay the obligation when
due, the Corporation shall notify Director and Director may either obtain an
extension of the obligation or pay the obligation.  In any event, the
Corporation shall reimburse Director for any and all amounts which the
Corporation is obligated to indemnify Director pursuant to this Agreement within
thirty (30) days after Director has paid such amounts and submitted evidence of
such payment to the Corporation.

          2.  ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY.  Subject only to the exclusions set forth in
SECTION 3 hereof, Corporation shall hold harmless and indemnify Director:



<PAGE>


               2.1.  Against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by Director in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(including an action by or in the right of the Corporation) to which Director
is, was or at any time becomes a party or is threatened to be made a party, by
reason of the fact that Director is, was or at any time becomes a director,
officer, employee or agent of Corporation, or is or was serving or at any time
serves at the request of Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise;
and

               2.2.  Otherwise to the fullest extent as may be provided to
Director by Corporation under the non-exclusivity provisions of the Charter and
the State Statute.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Corporation shall
advance legal fees and expenses as and when incurred by Director in connection
with any matter that is the subject of indemnification under this Agreement.

               3.  LIMITATIONS ON ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY.  No indemnity pursuant
to SECTION 2 hereof shall be paid by Corporation:

                    3.1.  In respect of remuneration paid to Director if it
shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such
remuneration was in violation of law; or

                    3.2.  On account of any suit in which judgment is rendered
against Director for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by
Director of securities of Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar
provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law; or

                    3.3.  On account of Director's conduct which is finally
judicially determined to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately
dishonest or to have constituted willful misconduct; or

                    3.4.  If a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in
the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful.

          4.  CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY.  All agreements and obligations of
Corporation contained herein shall continue during the period Director is a
director, officer, employee or agent of Corporation (or is or was serving at the
request of Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall
continue thereafter so long as Director shall be subject to any


                                        2
<PAGE>


possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal or investigative, by reason of the fact that Director
was a director of Corporation or serving in any other capacity referred to
herein.

          5.  NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.  Promptly after receipt by
Director of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding,
Director shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against Corporation
under this Agreement, notify Corporation of the commencement thereof; but the
omission so to notify Corporation shall not relieve it from any liability which
it may have to Director otherwise than under this Agreement.  With respect to
any such action, suit or proceeding as to which Director notifies Corporation of
the commencement thereof:

               5.1.  Corporation shall be entitled to participate therein at its
own expense; and

               5.2.  Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it
may wish, Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel
satisfactory to the Director.  After notice from Corporation to Director of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, Corporation will not be liable to
Director under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by Director in connection with the defense thereof other than
reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below.  Director
shall have the right to employ its counsel in such action, suit or proceeding
but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from Corporation
of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Director
unless (i) the employment of counsel by Director has been authorized by
Corporation, (ii) Director shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a
conflict of interest between Corporation and Director in the conduct of the
defense of such action or (iii) Corporation shall not in fact have employed
counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees
and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of Corporation.  Corporation
shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding
brought by or on behalf of Corporation or as to which Director shall have made
the conclusion provided for in (ii) above.

               5.3.  Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify Director under
this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim
effected without its written consent.  Corporation shall not settle any action
or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Director
without Director's written consent.  Neither Corporation nor Director shall
unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.


                                        3
<PAGE>


          6.  REPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  Director shall reimburse Corporation for
all reasonable expenses paid by Corporation in defending any civil or criminal
action, suit or proceeding against Director in the event and only to the extent
that it shall be finally judicially determined that Director is not entitled to
be indemnified by Corporation for such expenses under the provisions of the
State Statute, the Charter, this Agreement or otherwise.

          7.  ENFORCEMENT.

               7.1.  Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has
entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on Corporation
hereby in order to induce Director to serve as an officer of Corporation, and
acknowledges that Director is relying upon this Agreement in serving in such
capacity.

               7.2.  In the event Director is required to bring any action to
enforce rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful
in such action, Corporation shall reimburse Director for all of Director's
reasonable fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such action.

          8.  SEPARABILITY.  Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a
separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any
provision hereof shall be held to be valid or unenforceable for any reason, such
invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability
of the other provisions hereof.

          9.  GOVERNING LAW;  BINDING EFFECT; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

               9.1.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

               9.2.  This Agreement shall be binding upon Director and upon
Corporation, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of
Director, his heirs, personal representatives and assigns and to the benefit of
Corporation, its successors and assigns.

               9.3.  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of
this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties
hereto.


                                        4
<PAGE>


               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                              AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.


                              By________________________________
                              Title:

                              ___________________________________
                              [NAME OF DIRECTOR], Director


                                      5




<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.11



                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


          INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of January 1, 1996, between
AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CORPORATION"), and
[NAME OF OFFICER] ("OFFICER").

          WHEREAS, Officer is a an officer of Corporation and in such capacity
is performing a valuable service for Corporation; and

          WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of Corporation
(collectively, the "CHARTER") provide for the indemnification of the officers,
directors, agents and employees of Corporation to the maximum extent authorized
by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "STATE STATUTE"); and

          WHEREAS, such Charter and the State Statute specifically provide that
they are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered
into between Corporation and its officers with respect to indemnification of
such officers; and

          WHEREAS, to induce Officer to serve as an officer of Corporation,
Corporation has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Officer;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Officer's continued service as an
officer of Corporation after the date hereof the parties hereto agree as
follows:

          1.   INDEMNITY OF OFFICER.  Corporation shall hold harmless and
indemnify Officer to the full extent authorized or permitted by the provisions
of the State Statute, or by any amendment thereof or other statutory provisions
authorizing or permitting such indemnification which is adopted after the date
hereof.  All amounts incurred by Officer for which the Corporation is obligated
to indemnify Officer shall be paid directly by the Corporation to the obligee
thereof prior to its due date, assuming the Corporation is timely notified of
such obligations.  In the event the Corporation cannot pay the obligation when
due, the Corporation shall notify Officer and Officer may either obtain an
extension of the obligation or pay the obligation.  In any event, the
Corporation shall reimburse Officer for any and all amounts which the
Corporation is obligated to indemnify Officer pursuant to this Agreement within
thirty (30) days after Officer has paid such amounts and submitted evidence of
such payment to the Corporation.

          2.  ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY.  Subject only to the exclusions set forth in
SECTION 3 hereof, Corporation shall hold harmless and indemnify Officer:



<PAGE>


               2.1.  Against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by Officer in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(including an action by or in the right of the Corporation) to which Officer is,
was or at any time becomes a party or is threatened to be made a party, by
reason of the fact that Officer is, was or at any time becomes a director,
officer, employee or agent of Corporation, or is or was serving or at any time
serves at the request of Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise;
and

               2.2.  Otherwise to the fullest extent as may be provided to
Officer by Corporation under the non-exclusivity provisions of the Charter and
the State Statute.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Corporation shall
advance legal fees and expenses as and when incurred by Officer in connection
with any matter that is the subject of indemnification under this Agreement.

          3.  LIMITATIONS ON ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY.  No indemnity pursuant to
SECTION 2 hereof shall be paid by Corporation:

               3.1.  In respect of remuneration paid to Officer if it shall be
determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such
remuneration was in violation of law; or

               3.2.  On account of any suit in which judgment is rendered
against Officer for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by
Officer of securities of Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar
provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law; or

               3.3.  On account of Officer's conduct which is finally judicially
determined to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or to
have constituted willful misconduct; or

               3.4.  If a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the
matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful.

          4.  CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY.  All agreements and obligations of
Corporation contained herein shall continue during the period Officer is a
director, officer, employee or agent of Corporation (or is or was serving at the
request of Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall
continue thereafter so long as Officer shall be subject to any


                                        2
<PAGE>


possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal or investigative, by reason of the fact that Officer was
an officer of Corporation or serving in any other capacity referred to herein.

          5.  NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.  Promptly after receipt by
Officer of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Officer
shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against Corporation under
this Agreement, notify Corporation of the commencement thereof; but the omission
so to notify Corporation shall not relieve it from any liability which it may
have to Officer otherwise than under this Agreement.  With respect to any such
action, suit or proceeding as to which Officer notifies Corporation of the
commencement thereof:

               5.1.  Corporation shall be entitled to participate therein at its
own expense; and

               5.2.  Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it
may wish, Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel
satisfactory to the Officer.  After notice from Corporation to Officer of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, Corporation will not be liable to
Officer under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by Officer in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below.  Officer shall have the
right to employ its counsel in such action, suit or proceeding but the fees and
expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from Corporation of its
assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Officer unless (i)
the employment of counsel by Officer has been authorized by Corporation, (ii)
Officer shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest
between Corporation and Officer in the conduct of the defense of such action or
(iii) Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense
of such action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be
at the expense of Corporation.  Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the
defense of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of Corporation
or as to which Officer shall have made the conclusion provided for in (ii)
above.

               5.3.  Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify Officer under
this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim
effected without its written consent.  Corporation shall not settle any action
or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Officer
without Officer's written consent.  Neither Corporation nor Officer shall
unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.

          6.  REPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  Officer shall reimburse Corporation for
all reasonable expenses paid by Corporation in


                                        3
<PAGE>


defending any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding against Officer in
the event and only to the extent that it shall be finally judicially determined
that Officer is not entitled to be indemnified by Corporation for such expenses
under the provisions of the State Statute, the Charter, this Agreement or
otherwise.

          7.  ENFORCEMENT.

               7.1.  Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has
entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on Corporation
hereby in order to induce Officer to serve as an officer of Corporation, and
acknowledges that Officer is relying upon this Agreement in serving in such
capacity.

               7.2.  In the event Officer is required to bring any action to
enforce rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful
in such action, Corporation shall reimburse Officer for all of Officer's
reasonable fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such action.

          8.  SEPARABILITY.  Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a
separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any
provision hereof shall be held to be valid or unenforceable for any reason, such
invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability
of the other provisions hereof.

          9.  GOVERNING LAW;  BINDING EFFECT; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

               9.1.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

               9.2.  This Agreement shall be binding upon Officer and upon
Corporation, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of
Officer, his heirs, personal representatives and assigns and to the benefit of
Corporation, its successors and assigns.

               9.3.  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of
this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties
hereto.


                                        4
<PAGE>


               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                              AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.


                              By________________________________
                              Title:

                              ___________________________________
                              [NAME OF OFFICER], Officer


                                       5




<PAGE>

                                                            EXHIBIT 10.12


                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


          INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of January 1, 1996, between
AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CORPORATION"), and
[Name of Director and Executive Officer] ("________").

          WHEREAS, __________ is a director and officer of Corporation and in
such capacity is performing a valuable service for Corporation; and

          WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of Corporation
(collectively, the "CHARTER") provide for the indemnification of the officers,
directors, agents and employees of Corporation to the maximum extent authorized
by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "STATE STATUTE"); and

          WHEREAS, such Charter and the State Statute specifically provide that
they are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered
into between Corporation and its directors with respect to indemnification of
such directors; and

          WHEREAS, to induce __________ to serve as a director and officer of
Corporation, Corporation has determined and agreed to enter into this contract
with __________;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of __________'s continued service as
a director and officer of Corporation after the date hereof the parties hereto
agree as follows:

          1.   INDEMNITY OF __________.  Corporation shall hold harmless and
indemnify __________ to the full extent authorized or permitted by the
provisions of the State Statute, or by any amendment thereof or other statutory
provisions authorizing or permitting such indemnification which is adopted after
the date hereof.  All amounts incurred by __________ for which the Corporation
is obligated to indemnify __________ shall be paid directly by the Corporation
to the obligee thereof prior to its due date, assuming the Corporation is timely
notified of such obligations.  In the event the Corporation cannot pay the
obligation when due, the Corporation shall notify __________ and __________ may
either obtain an extension of the obligation or pay the obligation.  In any
event, the Corporation shall reimburse __________ for any and all amounts which
the Corporation is obligated to indemnify __________ pursuant to this Agreement
within thirty (30) days after __________ has paid such amounts and submitted
evidence of such payment to the Corporation.

          2.  ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY.  Subject only to the exclusions set forth in
SECTION 3 hereof, Corporation shall hold harmless and indemnify __________:



<PAGE>


               2.1.  Against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by __________ in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(including an action by or in the right of the Corporation) to which __________
is, was or at any time becomes a party or is threatened to be made a party, by
reason of the fact that __________ is, was or at any time becomes a director,
officer, employee or agent of Corporation, or is or was serving or at any time
serves at the request of Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise;
and

               2.2.  Otherwise to the fullest extent as may be provided to
__________ by Corporation under the non-exclusivity provisions of the Charter
and the State Statute.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Corporation shall
advance legal fees and expenses as and when incurred by __________ in connection
with any matter that is the subject of indemnification under this Agreement.

          3.  LIMITATIONS ON ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY.  No indemnity pursuant to
SECTION 2 hereof shall be paid by Corporation:

               3.1.  In respect of remuneration paid to __________ if it shall
be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such
remuneration was in violation of law; or

               3.2.  On account of any suit in which judgment is rendered
against __________ for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale
by __________ of securities of Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar
provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law; or

               3.3.  On account of __________'s conduct which is finally
judicially determined to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately
dishonest or to have constituted willful misconduct; or

               3.4.  If a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the
matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful.

          4.  CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY.  All agreements and obligations of
Corporation contained herein shall continue during the period __________ is a
director, officer, employee or agent of Corporation (or is or was serving at the
request of Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other


                                        2
<PAGE>


enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as __________ shall be subject
to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal or investigative, by reason of the fact that
__________ was a director or officer of Corporation or serving in any other
capacity referred to herein.

          5.  NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.  Promptly after receipt by
__________ of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding,
__________ shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
Corporation under this Agreement, notify Corporation of the commencement
thereof; but the omission so to notify Corporation shall not relieve it from any
liability which it may have to __________ otherwise than under this Agreement.
With respect to any such action, suit or proceeding as to which __________
notifies Corporation of the commencement thereof:

               5.1.  Corporation shall be entitled to participate therein at its
own expense; and

               5.2.  Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it
may wish, Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel
satisfactory to __________.  After notice from Corporation to __________ of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, Corporation will not be liable to
__________ under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by __________ in connection with the defense thereof other than
reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below.  __________
shall have the right to employ its counsel in such action, suit or proceeding
but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from Corporation
of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of __________
unless (i) the employment of counsel by __________ has been authorized by
Corporation, (ii) __________ shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a
conflict of interest between Corporation and __________ in the conduct of the
defense of such action or (iii) Corporation shall not in fact have employed
counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees
and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of Corporation.  Corporation
shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding
brought by or on behalf of Corporation or as to which __________ shall have made
the conclusion provided for in (ii) above.

               5.3.  Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify __________
under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim
effected without its written consent.  Corporation shall not settle any action
or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on
__________ without __________'s written consent.  Neither Corporation nor


                                        3
<PAGE>


__________ shall unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.

          6.  REPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  __________ shall reimburse Corporation for
all reasonable expenses paid by Corporation in defending any civil or criminal
action, suit or proceeding against __________ in the event and only to the
extent that it shall be finally judicially determined that __________ is not
entitled to be indemnified by Corporation for such expenses under the provisions
of the State Statute, the Charter, this Agreement or otherwise.

          7.  ENFORCEMENT.

               7.1.  Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has
entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on Corporation
hereby in order to induce __________ to serve as a director and officer of
Corporation, and acknowledges that __________ is relying upon this Agreement in
serving in such capacity.

               7.2.  In the event __________ is required to bring any action to
enforce rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful
in such action, Corporation shall reimburse __________ for all of __________'s
reasonable fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such action.

          8.  SEPARABILITY.  Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a
separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any
provision hereof shall be held to be valid or unenforceable for any reason, such
invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability
of the other provisions hereof.

          9.  GOVERNING LAW;  BINDING EFFECT; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

               9.1.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

               9.2.  This Agreement shall be binding upon __________ and upon
Corporation, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of
__________, his heirs, personal representatives and assigns and to the benefit
of Corporation, its successors and assigns.

               9.3.  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of
this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties
hereto.


                                        4
<PAGE>



               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                              AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.


                              By________________________________
                              Title:

                              ___________________________________
                              [NAME OF DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE OFFICER]



                                      5



<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT 10.13


                        American Disposal Services, Inc.

                              As of January 1, 1996

[Name]

Dear [Name]:

          We refer to the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the "OPTION
AGREEMENT"), dated as of January 1, 1996, between American Disposal Services,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and you.

          With respect to each year in which you exercise stock options granted
pursuant to the Option Agreement ("OPTIONS"), the Company will pay to you,
within ten days after it files its federal income return with respect to such
year, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) your Additional Tax (as hereinafter
defined) on the exercise of the Options for such year and (ii) your
Proportionate Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Tax Savings (as hereinafter
defined) for such year, if any.  You will not be entitled to additional payments
and the Company will not be entitled to any refund under this letter if there is
a change in the amount of the Tax Savings as a result of events occurring in
subsequent years.

          For purposes of this letter, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below:

          "ADDITIONAL TAX" means an amount equal to the difference between (i)
the federal income tax actually paid by you as a result of your exercise of your
Options and (ii) the federal income tax that would have actually been paid by
you as a result of your exercise of your Options had such exercise been taxed at
capital gains rates.

          "OPERATING MANAGEMENT OPTIONEES" means Richard De Young, John
McDonnell, Richard Kogler, Lawrence Conrath and Ann Straw.

          "OTHER OPTIONS" means options granted to Operating Management
Optionees and other Stollerco Optionees pursuant to Nonqualified Option
Agreements dated as of January 1, 1996.

          "PROPORTIONATE SHARE" means, with respect to any year, the ratio of
(x) the total number of Options exercised by you during such year to (y) the sum
of (i) the total number of Options exercised by you during such year and (ii)
the total number of Other Options exercised by the Operating Management
Optionees and Stollerco Optionees during such year.

          "STOLLERCO OPTIONEES" means Scott H. Flamm and Michael S. Pfeffer.



<PAGE>



          "TAX SAVINGS" means, with respect to any year, the amount of federal
income taxes, if any, actually saved by the Company as a result of deductions
attributable to the exercise of Options and Other Options in that year, assuming
that the Company first utilizes all of the following to the extent then
available to it: (i) losses, (ii) deductions other than those described above
and (iii) credits.

          If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please so indicate by
signing in the space provided below.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        AMERICAN DISPOSAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By:______________________
                                        Title:

Agreed to and accepted
as of the date first above written:


____________________
[Name]

                                       2




<PAGE>



                                                                      EXHIBIT 21

                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

Name                                                      State of Incorporation
- ----                                                      ----------------------

ADS, Inc.                                                   Oklahoma

County Disposal, Inc.                                       Delaware

American Disposal Services of Kansas, Inc.                  Kansas*

American Disposal Services of Missouri, Inc.                Missouri*

Tate's Transfer Systems, Inc.                               Oklahoma*

Pittsburg County Landfill, Inc.                             Delaware*

County Disposal (Illinois), Inc.                            Delaware*

County Disposal (Ohio), Inc.                                Delaware**

County Landfill, Inc.                                       Delaware**

Southwest Waste, Inc.                                       Missouri*


*    Indirect Ownership through ADS, Inc.
**   Indirect Ownership through County Disposal, Inc.

<PAGE>

                                             Exhibit 23.1

                     Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to 
the use of our report dated March 22, 1996, except Note 10, as to which the 
date is May 30, 1996, included in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and 
the related Prospectus of American Disposal Services, Inc. for the 
registration of up to 3,162,500 shares of its common stock.


                                     ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
July 11, 1996

<PAGE>

                                             Exhibit 23.2



                     Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to 
the use of our reports dated November 8, 1995 and February 9, 1996,
with respect to the financial statements of the MSG Facilities of Envirite
Corporation, included in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and the
related Prospectus of American Disposal Services, Inc. for the registration
of up to 3,162,500 shares of its commonn stock.


                                     ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
July 11, 1996


<PAGE>


                                                                   Exhibit 23.3





                  CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report 
and to all references to our Firm included in this registration statement.



                                       ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
July 11, 1996




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission